Federal Solicitation Opportunities
Showing 1-50 of 885 opportunities
VALVE,BALL
CONTACT INFORMATION|4|N743.49|WVN|7176052147|benjamin.t.spangler.civ@us.navy.mil| ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT (NAVICP REVIEW FEB 1991)(FEB 1999)|1|See specification sections C and E.| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE - SHORT VERSION|8||||||||| GENERAL INFORMATION-FOB-DESTINATION|1|B| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|Stand-Alone Receiving Report - Certifications Combo - Receiving Report & Invoice - Material |N/A|TBD|N00104|TBD|N39040 - Certifications, S4306A - Material |N50286|TBD|133.2|N/A|N/A|N39040 - Certifications |N/A |N/A|SEE DD FORM 1423 |PORT_PTNH_WAWF_NOTIFICATION@NAVY.MIL BENJAMIN.T.SPANGLER.CIV@US.NAVY.MIL| NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|| WARRANTY OF SUPPLIES OF A NONCOMPLEX NATURE (JUNE 2003)|6|One year from date of delivery.|One year from date of delivery.||||| WARRANTY OF DATA--BASIC (MAR 2014)|2||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM-BASIC (FEB 2024)|11|||||||||||| NOTICE OF TOTAL SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE (OCT 2020)(DEVIATION 2020-O0008)|1|| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2024)|13|||||||||||||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024))|5|||||| BUY AMERICAN-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|332919|750|||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||X| This amendment is issued to extend the closing date. \ 1.DD1423 Data Item A001 (Inspection and Test Plan) may be waived if already on file at NAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg. 2. Portsmouth NSY's DODAAC has changed from N00102 to N50286. Any reference toN00102 within this order should be updated to N50286. 3. The following proposed delivery schedule applies: Submission of Certification Data CDRLs will be on or before 20 days prior to scheduled delivery. RADIOGRAPHIC SHOOTING SKETCHES (RSS) 45 DAYS ADC APPROVAL OF RADIO RSS 30 DAYS AFTER RECEIPT PRODUCTION RADIOGRAPHY (PR) 135 DAYS AFTER APPROVAL OF RSS APPROVAL OF PR 30 DAYS AFTER RECEIPT PNSY review/acceptance of Certification CDRLs 6 working days after receipt of Certification DD 1423 CDRLs. Final delivery of material will be on or before 365 days after effective date of the resulting contract. 4. Any contract awarded as a result of this solicitation will be "DO" rated order; "DO" rated order certified for national defense use under the Defense Priorities and Allocations System (DPAS). 5. NAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg will be considering past performance in the evaluation of offers in accordance with FAR 13.106(a)(2) and DFARS 252.213-7000. 6. If drawings are included in the solicitation, access needs to be requested on the individual solicitation page on Contracts Opportunities on the Government's beta.SAM website. After requesting access, send an email to the Primary POC listed on the solicitation. 7. This requirement requires access to classified drawings. These drawings are not required to submit a quote, however, in the event of an award, a facility clearance may be required in accordance with FAR 52.204-2. 8. This order is issued pursuant to Emergency Acquisition Flexibilities (EAF). \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 The material covered in this contract/purchase order will be used in a crucial shipboard system. The use of incorrect or defective material would create a high probability of failure resulting in serious personnel injury, loss of life, loss of vital shipboard systems, or loss of the ship itself. Therefore, the material has been designated as SPECIAL EMPHASIS material (Level I, Scope of Certification, or Quality Assured) and special control procedures are invoked to ensure receipt of correct material. 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Order of Precedence - In the event of a conflict between the text of this contract/purchase order and the references and/or drawings cited herein, the text of this contract/purchase order must take precedence. Nothing in this contract/purchase order, however, must supersede applicable laws and regulations unless a specific exemption has been obtained. 2.2 Identification of Classified Documents - This contract/purchase order requires the Contractor to have authorized access to classified documents in accordance with the attached Contract Security Classification Specification (DD Form 254). The classified documents and security level are: ;4384676 - CONFIDENTIAL; 2.3 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.3.1 Specification Revisions - The specification revisions listed under "Documents References" below are the preferred revision. Older and/or newer r evisions are acceptable when listed within Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD155 in ECDS (Electric Contractor Data Submission) at: ht tps://register.nslc.navy.mil/. This is to allow Contractors to use certain acceptable older specification revisions to purge their existing stock of material certified to those older revisions or to use newer specification revisions when material is certified to newly released revisions,without requiring the submittal of waiver/deviation requests for each specification revision on every contract. Revisions of specifications reflecting editorial and/or re-approval (e.g. E2009, R2014, etc.) are considered inconsequential, but are acceptable when their revisions are listedwithin CSD155 or elsewhere within this contract. 2.3.2 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. 2.3.3 Documents, drawings, and publications supplied are listed under "Drawing Number". These items should be retained until an award is made. DRAWING DATA=DM117384 |96169| A| |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384676 |53711| C| |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678 |80064| C| |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C01 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C02 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C03 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C04 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C05 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C06 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050 |80064| C|DW |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C1 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C2 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C3 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C4 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C5 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C6 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=FED-STD-H28 | | |B |190424|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=FED-STD-H28 |0020| |B |941221|A| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 | | | |080101|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-B139 | | | |121001|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=QQ-N-281 | | |D |851023|A|2 | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=QQ-N-286 | | |G |001207|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-B367 | | | |220401|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-B369 | | | |240701|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-B505 | | | |180301|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-792 | | |F |230223|A| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-1222 | | |J |001208|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-E1417 | | | |160615|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-E1444 | | | |160601|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-2035 | | |A |950515|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-2132 | | |D |080310|F| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-D4066 | | | |130701|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-D6456 | | | |100801|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=SAE AMS 6931 | | |D |171201|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO_9001 | | | |081115|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO10012 | | | |030415|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-15024 | | |G |180303|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO/IEC 17025 | | | |050515|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=QPL 25027 | | |17 |000207|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-32258 | | | |210601|A|2 | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-I-45208 | | |A |810724|A|1 | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-45662 | | |A |880801|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=A-A-50433 | | | |890815|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=A-A-59004 | | |B |081118|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ANSI/NCSL Z540.3 | | | |130326|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=0900-LP-001-7000 | | | |810101|C| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=AIA/NAS NASM 25027 | | |1 |121221|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 | | |1 |191112|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 | | |1 |140911|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278 (CHG A) | | | |130214|A| | | 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 ;The 1 1/2 Inch Hull and Backup Valve must be in accordance with Naval Ship Systems Command Drawing 803-4385050, Assembly D, and DRNs 4385050-C1 through 4385050-C6, along with Naval Sea Systems Command Drawing 803-4384678 and DRNs 4384678-C1 through 4384678-C6, and Engineering Notice DM117384, except as amplified or modified herein.; 3.1.1 ;Less piece 42 (Actuator), piece 56 (Self-Locking Socket Head Cap Screw), piece 57 (Locking Plug), piece 59 (Adapter), piece 60 (Special Nut), piece 61 (Locking Plug), piece 63 (Stud), piece 64 (Stud), piece 65 (Stud), piece 69 (Special Nut), piece 70 (Special Nut), and Manual Operator.; 3.1.2 ;All actuator associated mounting parts must be supplied in a bag attached to the valve; 3.1.3 ;Bolt holes on mounting flange(s) must not be drilled. Dowel pin holes for actuator locating must not be drilled.; 3.2 ;Thrust Washers, Pieces 18, 19, and 20, must be Nylatron GSVQ-II or Delrin AF DE 588.; 3.3 Material for Parts Requiring Certification - Quantitative chemical and mechanical analysis is required for the parts listed below unless specifically stated otherwise: Part - ;Body, Piece 72-S1; Material - ;ASTM-B369, Alloy UNS C96400; Part - ;Tailpiece, Piece 73-S1; Material - ;ASTM-B369, UNS C96400, with Maximum Yield Strength of 45,000 PSI; Part - ;Stem, Piece 14 and Stem, Piece 15; Material - ;QQ-N-286, Form 2, Annealed and Age Hardened; Part - ;Stem Retaining Nut, Piece 10 and Stem Retaining Nut, Piece 12; Material - ;ASTM-B505, Alloy C90300 or ASTM-B139, Alloy C51000, Temper H04 with the following minimum mechanical properties: 55 ksi tensile strength, 22 ksi yield strength, 18% elongation.; Part - ;Stud, Piece 62; Material - ;QQ-N-286, Annealed and Age Hardened, IAW MIL-DTL-1222, Type IV; Part - ;Body Insert (Q3), Piece 68-S1; Material - ;QQ-N-281, Class A, Hot Finished; PART - ;Self-Locking Heavy Hex Nuts, Piece 76, Part Number M25027/1-20C; MATERIAL - QQ-N-281, Class A or B, with chemical composition in accordance with MIL-DTL-32258. NOTE: All material must be the same Class. SELF-LOCKING ELEMENT - For 250 degree nuts use ASTM-D6456, Type 1 or ASTM-D4066, Group 01, Class 1 or 2, Grade 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,or 6. For 450 degree nuts use ASTM-D6456, Type 1. Part - ;Ball, Piece 7 and Ball, Piece 8; Material - SAE-AMS-6931 OR Centrifugally cast 6AL-4V, ASTM-B367, Grade C-5, with mechanical properties as listed in supplementary Requirement S6. Note: Mechanical properties for bars, forgings and forging stock over 10" must be as specified in the applicable drawing. If the mechanical properties are not provided in the drawing, the mechanical properties specified in SAE-AMS-6931 Table 2 for material 6" to 10", must be applied. Part - ;Seats (Q3), Piece 9; Material - MD71-GG Mearthane (Graphite Filled Urethane). Material must be manufactured by Mearthane Products Inc. Cranston, RI. (Properties Specified Below Only) ITEM PROPERTY ASTM TEST METHOD VALUE (A) Hardness D2240 70 +/- 5 Shore D (B) Specific Gravity D792 1.18 +/- 0.02 (C) Tensile Strength D412 (DIEC) 5000 PSI MIN (D) Compression-Defl D575 700 PSI MIN @ 2% DEF. (E) Tensile Impact D1822 300 FT-LB/SQ IN (Note 1) (TYPE L SPECIMEN) (F) Water Absorption D570 1.5% MAX (1 Week at R.T.) Note 1: These values are minimum averages. Separate specimen values may not vary more than 25% under the specified minimum. 3.4 Testing Certification - Certifications are required for the following tests on the items listed below. Additional testing on other piece parts (if any) per applicable drawings and specifications is still required, but certifications are only required as listed below. Test - ;Liquid Penetrant Inspection; Item - ;Studs, Piece 62; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271; Sampling must be per MIL-DTL-1222 Acceptance - MIL-DTL-1222 Test - ;Dye Penetrant Inspection for Non-Magnetic Grades; Item - ;Self-Locking Heavy Hex Nuts, Piece 76; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 or ASTM-E1417/ASTM-E1444 (Method C solvent removal techniques must not be used on thread) Acceptance - ;NASM25027 with sampling in accordance with MIL-DTL-32258; Test - ;Dye Penetrant Inspection; Item - ;Tailpiece Weld Ends in final machined condition including 1/2" of base material; Performance - ;T9074-AS-GIB-010/271; Acceptance - ;S9074-AR-GIB-010/278; Test - ;Dye Penetrant Inspection; Item - ;Stem, Piece 14; Stem, Piece 15; and Body Insert, Piece 68-S1; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 Acceptance - MIL-STD-2035 Attribute - Annealing and Age Hardening Item - ;Stem, Piece 14; Stem, Piece 15; and Studs, Piece 62; Performance - QQ-N-286 Test - Ultrasonic Inspection on Starting Material Item - ;All Items requiring certification made from QQ-N-286 with a diameter or minimum distance between parallel surfaces of 4 inches or greater of the starting material, or when required by a drawing or specification invoked elsewhere in this contract; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 or MIL-STD-2132, and QQ-N-286 Acceptance - QQ-N-286 Test - Weldability Test of ASTM-B369 material Item - ;Body, Piece 72-S1 and Tailpiece, Piece 73-S1; Performance - ASTM-B369 Acceptance - ASTM-B369 Test - Pressure Tests Item - Each Assembly Performance - ;General Note 1 on Drawing 803-4384678; Acceptance - ;General Note 1 on Drawing 803-4384678; Test - Quality Conformance Tests Item - Self-Locking Nuts Performance - ;MIL-DTL-32258; Acceptance - ;MIL-DTL-32258; Attribute - Certificate of Completion Item - Self-Locking Nut Nonmetallic Insert Performance - ;ASTM D6456, Type 1 or ASTM D4066, Group 01, Class 1 or 2, Grade 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; Attribute - Certificate of Compliance Item - Self-Locking Nuts Performance - This Certificate must state that self-locking nuts were manufactured by an approved source. Approved sources are those listed on QPL-25027 for the appropriate fastener. This QPL may also be considered as approved sources for Heavy Hex self-locking nuts. Test - Non-Destructive Tests Item - ;Weld Repair and/or Production Weld (as applicable); Performance - Per applicable fabrication specification Acceptance - Per applicable fabrication specification 3.5 Radiography is required on ;Body, Piece 72-S1 and Tailpiece, Piece 73-S1; . 3.6 The pressure tolerance must be as specified in the assembly drawing, detail drawing, design specification or elsewhere in this contract. Where pressure tolerances are not provided by drawings, specifications or specified elsewhere in this contract, the following must be used: For pressure tests below 100 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +1 PSIG / -0 PSIG. For pressure tests at or above 100 PSIG up to and including 2500 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +2% / -0 PSIG rounded off to the nearest multiple of the smallest graduation on an analog test pressure gauge, not to exceed 50 PSIG. For pressure tests above 2500 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +2% / -0 PSIG, rounded off to the nearest multiple of the smallest graduation on an analog test pressure gauge, not to exceed 200 PSIG. The pressure test time tolerance must be as specified in the assembly drawing, detail drawing, design specification or elsewhere in this contract. Where pressure test time tolerances are not provided by drawings, specifications or specified elsewhere in this contract, the following must be used: For a test duration up to and including 1 hour, the tolerance must be +5 minutes / - 0 minutes. For a test duration of more than 1 hour up to and including 24 hours, the tolerance must be +30 minutes / - 0 minutes. For a test duration of more than 24 hours, the tolerance must be +60 minutes / - 0 minutes. 3.7 Confidential Hydrostatic Test Pressures - When test pressures are confidential, certification must reference ;803-4384676, Revision C; and the item number to which the item was tested in lieu of the actual pressures. Any drawing requirement to mark the working pressure on the item does not apply and is strictly prohibited. 3.8 Contract Support Library - Additional requirements for this item are identified as Contract Support Library Reference Number ;CSD099; in ECDS at https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.9 Chemours Company (formerly DuPont) Teflon Coating 850G-204 and 852G-201. Use of Chemours Company (formerly DuPont) Teflon Coating 851N-204 and 852N-201 is acceptable until exhausted - Teflon coating of ball(s) must be in accordance with general note ;4. F.; of drawing ;803-4384678; . 3.9.1 Naval Ordnance Systems Command OD 10362 First Revision dated 15 Aug 1961 is provided by Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD018 in ECDS at https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.9.2 CSD099 provides guidance for acceptance/rejection of teflon-coated valve balls after valve assembly production testing. 3.10 A visual inspection shall be performed on the finished seat with acceptance criteria on critical surfaces per CSD167 in the ECDS (Electronic Contractor Data Submission) system at: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/. 3.11 Seat Stack Height Measurement - To ensure that each seat is within tolerance, check each seat individually by measuring the seat height with the ball resting on the seat. Limits are determined by the ball diameter tolerance and the stack height tolerance combined. Refer to CSD171 for recommended methods to measure and calculate stack heights. CSD171 is available in the ECDS (Electronic Contractor Data Submission) system at: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/. 3.12 Component Identification Description (CID) - When applicable drawing(s) and/or specification(s) specify that a nameplate or identification plate is required, the CID number ( ;CID T884305724; ) must be added. When no plate is specified, an identification plate in accordance with MIL-DTL-15024, Type "C" on brass or Type "H" on aluminum must be securely attached to each assembly showing the above CID number. No assembly must be shipped without the CID number attached. 3.13 K-MONEL Fasteners - Material must be heat treated per QQ-N-286. 3.13.1 Fasteners that have been hot or cold headed or roll threaded must be solution annealed followed by age hardening subsequent to all heading and thread rolling operations. The mechanical properties on certifications must be actual properties of the annealed and age hardened material and must meet the requirements of QQ-N-286. 3.13.2 QQ-N-286 fasteners that have been headed and/or roll threaded must not beage hardened unless the material has been solution annealed subsequent to the heading and threading operations. Threads formed after the final age hardening heat treatment must be cut or ground only. 3.14 K-MONEL Fasteners - K-MONEL externally threaded fasteners must have mechanical properties determined in accordance with MIL-DTL-1222. Test results must include Tensile, Yield, Elongation and Hardness as required by MIL-DTL-1222. (The Hardness tests must be performed on a full size fastener.) 3.14.1 Studs require an Axial Tensile test in accordance with MIL-DTL-1222. 3.14.2 Headed fasteners require a Wedge Tensile test as specified elsewhere in this contract/purchase order. 3.15 Slow Strain Rate Tensile Test Laboratories - The Slow Strain Rate Tensile Test of QQ-N-286 must be performed by one of the following laboratories: Huntington Alloys, a Special Metals Company Attn: Bill Bolenr 3200 Riverside Drive Huntington, WV 257059 Phone: (304) 526-5889 FAX: (304) 526-5973 Metallurgical Consultants, Inc. Attn: W. M. Buehler 4820 Caroline PO Box 88046 Houston, TX 77288-0046 Phone: (713) 526-6351 FAX: (713) 526-2964 Naval Surface Warfare Center, Carderock Division Attn: Eric Focht Code 614 9500 Macarthur Blvd West Bethesda, MD 20817-5700 Phone: (301) 227-5032 FAX: (301) 227-5576 Teledyne Allvac Attn: Dr. W. D. Cao 2020 Ashcraft Ave. Monroe, NC 28110 Phone: (704) 289-4511 FAX: (704) 289-4269 Westmoreland Mechanical Testing and Research Inc. Attn: Andrew Wisniewski P.O. Box 388 Youngstown, PA 15696-0388 Mannesmann Rohrenwerke Mannesmann Forschungsinstitut (MFI) Attn: Dr. Weiss Postfach 251160 47251 Duisburg Germany Phone: 011-49-0203-9993194 FAX: 011-49-0203-9994415 ThyssenKrupp VDM USA, Inc. Attn: D. C. Agarwal 11210 Steeplecrest Drive, Suite 120 Houston, TX 77065-4939 Phone: (281) 955-6683 3.16 Thread Forming - The following provides the official interpretation of paragraph 4.5.2.7 of MIL-DTL-1222. 3.16.1 In order to qualify for "Alternate Mechanical Testing" found in MIL-DTL-1222J paragraph 4.5.2.7 and utilize the mechanical properties for the starting bar stock in lieu of performing yield strength or proof stress testing on finished fasteners, all of the subsequent provisions found in MIL-DTL-1222J paragraphs 4.5.2.7 a through e must be met. If any single provision is not met, all required mechanical testing must be performed on the finished full sized fasteners. These provisions are explained as follows: a. Proper product lot control and traceability must be in place. b. No heat treatment (including hot heading and hot forming), cold forming, drawing, rolling and thread rolling may be performed on the starting bar, fastener blanks or finished fasteners after the completion of the mechanical testing on the starting bar. c. and d. The proper size starting bar must be selected to ensure mechanical properties of finished fasteners are represented by the mechanical properties of the starting bar. e. The mandatory testing, axial tensile (studs) and wedge tensile (screws and bolts) must be performed on full sized fasteners. Note that there is a typographical error in paragraph 4.5.2.7 and that the axial load test is a mandatory test that must be performed on studs as required in paragraph 4.5.2.7.e. 3.16.2 Thread rolling is a cold working process and is not considered to be a machining or grinding operation. Therefore, fasteners which have rolled threads do not satisfy the provisions of MIL-DTL-1222J paragraph 4.5.2.7.b and are not eligible for the "Alternate Mechanical Testing" provision. 3.16.3 Thread rolling alone is not a sufficient cold working process to qualify a fastener to be in the cold worked (CW) condition. This condition is only applicable to some 300 series stainless steel studs, screws and nuts. These CW condition fasteners must be manufactured from cold worked bar stock or be cold headed in order to qualify. The threads may subsequently be rolled, machined or ground. Testing of the finished fasteners and/or reporting of the starting bar stock material properties is subject to the same provisions found in MIL-DTL-1222J paragraph 4.5.2.7 and discussed above. 3.17 Thread Inspection Requirements - All threads on threaded parts must be inspected using appropriate inspection methods, inspection systems, and inspection gages/instruments in accordance with FED-STD-H28 series. Substitution of thecommercial equivalent inspection in accordance with ASME B1 series is acceptable. 3.17.1 System 21 of FED-STD-H28/20 must be used as a minimum inspection requirement for threads when the design drawing or design specification does not specify an inspection requirement. 3.17.2 For Navy and Shipyard drawings, system 21 of FED-STD-H28/20 may be substituted for System 22 without further Navy approval when the design drawing invokes System 22 and does not cite governing specifications that specifically require system 22. System 22 of FED-STD-H28/20 must be used when the drawing references other governing specifications that specifically require System 22, such as certain thread types of MIL-DTL-1222. 3.17.3 A written request for concurrence must be submitted when utilizing alternative measuring equipment or measuring systems not applicable to the specified inspection system. 3.18 Internal Threads - All internal threads must be formed by cutting. Cold forming of internal threads is not acceptable. 3.19 Thread Lubricant - Thread lubricants containing molybdenum disulfide must not be used on this material. Bacteria in water, especially seawater, causes molybdenum disulfide to break down. The by-products of the breakdown form compounds which attack the fasteners. Anti-galling compound A-A-59004 must be used as a replacement when thread lubricant is required for assembly. 3.20 Lubrication: For drawing 4384678, grease per CID A-A-50433 must be used in lieu of DOD-G-24508, MIL-G-24139 or MIL-PRF-24139. 3.21 Specification Change - For QQ-N-281, Class B material: 1 - Footnote 9 to Table II of QQ-N-281 does not apply. 2 - When starting material is Round Bar greater than 3" dia, the mechanical properties of Hex Bar apply. 3.22 O-ring grooves and mating sealing surfaces must be inspected per the contractually invoked drawings or specifications. When the drawings or specifications do not provide specific defect criteria or state that no defects are allowed, the General Acceptance Criteria (GAC) standard must be used for inspecting O-ring grooves and mating sealing surfaces only. Repairs to sealing surfaces and O-ring grooves with unacceptable defects may be accomplished within the limits of the size and tolerances provided in the applicable drawing. Repairs thatwould exceed these limits require approval (including final dimensions). The data that is red lined (crossed out) is excluded from the GAC for this contract and is not to be used for acceptance or rejection criteria. The GAC document is identified as Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD008 at https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.23 Welding or Brazing - When welding, brazing, and allied processes are required, as invoked by Section C paragraph 3 requirements, they must be in accordance with S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278, 0900-LP-001-7000 for brazing of piping and pressure vessel applications, or S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 for brazing of other applications. For all production and repair welding and brazing, personnel and procedures must be qualified under S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 or 0900-LP-001-7000, as applicable. Repair welding is not permitted on ;UNS C90300 and QQ-N-286 material; . Procedures and Qualification Data must be submitted for review and approval prior to performing any welding or brazing. 3.24 Configuration Control - The Contractor must maintain the total equipment baseline configuration. For items of proprietary design, Contractor drawings showing the latest assembly configuration must be provided to the Government in electronic (C4) format. Definitions are provided elsewhere in the Contract/Purchase Order. 3.24.1 Waivers/Deviations - All waivers and deviations, regardless of significance or classification require review and approval by the Contracting Officer. Waivers and Deviations must be designated as Critical, Major, or Minor. The Contractor must provide a copy of this request to the QAR. Requests must include the information listed below. a. A complete description of the contract requirement affected and the nature of the waiver/deviation (non-conformance), including a classification of Critical, Major, or Minor. b. Number of units (and serial/lot numbers) to be delivered in this configuration. c. Any impacts to logistics support elements (such as software, manuals, spares, tools, and similar) being utilized by Government personnel or impacts to the operational use of the product. d. Information about remedial action being taken to prevent reoccurrence of the non-conformance. 3.24.2 All requests for Waivers/Deviations on NAVSUP-WSS Contracts must be submitted to the NAVSUP WSS Contracting Specialist via eMail. 3.24.3 ECPs - The Government will maintain configuration control and change authority for all modifications or changes affecting form, fit, function, or interface parameters of the Equipment and its sub-assemblies. The Contractor must submit an Engineering Change Proposal (ECP) for any Class I or II changes that impact the Equipment covered by this contract. ECPs must be prepared in Contractor format, and must include the following information: a. The change priority, change classification (Class I or Class II), and change justification. b. A complete description of the change to be made and the need for that change. c. A complete listing of other Configuration Items impacted by the proposed change and a description of the impact on those CIs. d. Proposed changes to documents controlled by the Government. e. Proposed serial/lot number effectivities of units to be produced in, or retrofitted to, the proposed configuration. f. Recommendations about the way a retrofit should be accomplished. g. Impacts to any logistics support elements (such as software, manuals, spares, tools, and similar) being utilized by Government personnel in support of the product. h. Impacts to the operational use of the product. i. Complete estimated life-cycle cost impact of the proposed change. j. Milestones relating to the processing and implementation of the engineering change. 3.25 Certificate of Compliance - (SPECIAL EMPHASIS MATERIAL) The Contractor must prepare and submit a certificate of compliance certifying that the items/components furnished under this contract comply with the requirements of the procurement document, including any/all invoked specifications and drawings. 3.26 Mercury Free - Mercury and mercury containing compounds must not be intentionally added or come in direct contact with hardware or supplies furnished under this contract. Mercury contamination of the material will be cause for rejection. 3.27 NAVSEA 0948-LP-045-7010 - Any applicable requirements of NAVSHIPS 4410.17,NAVSEA 0948-LP-045-7010, or 0948-045-7010 which the contractor must meet are included in this contract/purchase order. The above documents are for GovernmentUse Only. Further application of the above documents is prohibited.prohibited. 3.27.1 Marking of material with a Material Designator per the Drawing is also prohibited, with the exception of Fasteners. Fasteners must be marked with a Material Symbol/Designator as specified elsewhere in this contract. ^ QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ^ 3.28 See CDRL DI-MISC-80678 (Test Certification) - A statement of tests performed, listing the pieces tested must be furnished along with a copy of the test results. Certification must include the contractor's name, address and date, quantity inspected, identified to the contract/purchase order and item number, and the Contractor's or authorized personnel's signature. Test certifications must reference the standard/specification, including the revision, to which the testing was performed and the acceptance criteria used. Test procedure numbers may also be referenced on test reports. Test reports on weldments must be identified to weld joint and layer. 3.29 Welding Requirements - When production or repair welding is required, the applicable welding procedure(s) and qualification data must be submitted for review and approval. In addition, the CONSUMED WELD METAL C of C as defined below must be submitted as part of the certification OQE package submitted by the Contractor. Note: These requirements do not apply to tack/spot welds when the conditions of Section 4.2.1.1 of S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278 are met. 3.29.1 Approval of the Contractor's qualification data must be obtained prior to performing any welding (production or repair). 3.29.2 If the Contractors qualification data has previously been approved by the Navy for other contracts, a copy of the original approval letter may be submitted along with the procedures and qualification data report to expedite the approval process. The approval letter must reference the applicable welding procedure and qualification dat...
VALVE,BALL
CONTACT INFORMATION|4|N743.49|WVN|7176052147|benjamin.t.spangler.civ@us.navy.mil| ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT (NAVICP REVIEW FEB 1991)(FEB 1999)|1|See specification sections C and E.| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE - SHORT VERSION|8||||||||| GENERAL INFORMATION-FOB-DESTINATION|1|B| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|Stand-Alone Receiving Report - Certifications Combo - Receiving Report & Invoice - Material |N/A|TBD|N00104|TBD|N39040 - Certifications, S4306A - Material |N50286|TBD|133.2|N/A|N/A|N39040 - Certifications |N/A |N/A|SEE DD FORM 1423 |PORT_PTNH_WAWF_NOTIFICATION@NAVY.MIL BENJAMIN.T.SPANGLER.CIV@US.NAVY.MIL| NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|| WARRANTY OF SUPPLIES OF A NONCOMPLEX NATURE (JUNE 2003)|6|One year from date of delivery.|One year from date of delivery.||||| WARRANTY OF DATA--BASIC (MAR 2014)|2||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM-BASIC (FEB 2024)|11|||||||||||| NOTICE OF TOTAL SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE (OCT 2020)(DEVIATION 2020-O0008)|1|| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2024)|13|||||||||||||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024))|5|||||| BUY AMERICAN-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|332919|750|||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||X| 1.DD1423 Data Item A001 (Inspection and Test Plan) may be waived if already on file at NAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg. 2. Portsmouth NSY's DODAAC has changed from N00102 to N50286. Any reference toN00102 within this order should be updated to N50286. 3. The following proposed delivery schedule applies: Submission of Certification Data CDRLs will be on or before 20 days prior to scheduled delivery. RADIOGRAPHIC SHOOTING SKETCHES (RSS) 45 DAYS ADC APPROVAL OF RADIO RSS 30 DAYS AFTER RECEIPT PRODUCTION RADIOGRAPHY (PR) 135 DAYS AFTER APPROVAL OF RSS APPROVAL OF PR 30 DAYS AFTER RECEIPT PNSY review/acceptance of Certification CDRLs 6 working days after receipt of Certification DD 1423 CDRLs. Final delivery of material will be on or before 365 days after effective date of the resulting contract. 4. Any contract awarded as a result of this solicitation will be "DO" rated order; "DO" rated order certified for national defense use under the Defense Priorities and Allocations System (DPAS). 5. NAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg will be considering past performance in the evaluation of offers in accordance with FAR 13.106(a)(2) and DFARS 252.213-7000. 6. If drawings are included in the solicitation, access needs to be requested on the individual solicitation page on Contracts Opportunities on the Government's beta.SAM website. After requesting access, send an email to the Primary POC listed on the solicitation. 7. This requirement requires access to classified drawings. These drawings are not required to submit a quote, however, in the event of an award, a facility clearance may be required in accordance with FAR 52.204-2. 8. This order is issued pursuant to Emergency Acquisition Flexibilities (EAF). \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 The material covered in this contract/purchase order will be used in a crucial shipboard system. The use of incorrect or defective material would create a high probability of failure resulting in serious personnel injury, loss of life, loss of vital shipboard systems, or loss of the ship itself. Therefore, the material has been designated as SPECIAL EMPHASIS material (Level I, Scope of Certification, or Quality Assured) and special control procedures are invoked to ensure receipt of correct material. 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Order of Precedence - In the event of a conflict between the text of this contract/purchase order and the references and/or drawings cited herein, the text of this contract/purchase order must take precedence. Nothing in this contract/purchase order, however, must supersede applicable laws and regulations unless a specific exemption has been obtained. 2.2 Identification of Classified Documents - This contract/purchase order requires the Contractor to have authorized access to classified documents in accordance with the attached Contract Security Classification Specification (DD Form 254). The classified documents and security level are: ;4384676 - CONFIDENTIAL; 2.3 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.3.1 Specification Revisions - The specification revisions listed under "Documents References" below are the preferred revision. Older and/or newer r evisions are acceptable when listed within Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD155 in ECDS (Electric Contractor Data Submission) at: ht tps://register.nslc.navy.mil/. This is to allow Contractors to use certain acceptable older specification revisions to purge their existing stock of material certified to those older revisions or to use newer specification revisions when material is certified to newly released revisions,without requiring the submittal of waiver/deviation requests for each specification revision on every contract. Revisions of specifications reflecting editorial and/or re-approval (e.g. E2009, R2014, etc.) are considered inconsequential, but are acceptable when their revisions are listedwithin CSD155 or elsewhere within this contract. 2.3.2 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. 2.3.3 Documents, drawings, and publications supplied are listed under "Drawing Number". These items should be retained until an award is made. DRAWING DATA=DM117384 |96169| A| |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384676 |53711| C| |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678 |80064| C| |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C01 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C02 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C03 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C04 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C05 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C06 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050 |80064| C|DW |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C1 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C2 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C3 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C4 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C5 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C6 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=FED-STD-H28 | | |B |190424|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=FED-STD-H28 |0020| |B |941221|A| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 | | | |080101|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-B139 | | | |121001|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=QQ-N-281 | | |D |851023|A|2 | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=QQ-N-286 | | |G |001207|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-B367 | | | |220401|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-B369 | | | |240701|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-B505 | | | |180301|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-792 | | |F |230223|A| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-1222 | | |J |001208|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-E1417 | | | |160615|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-E1444 | | | |160601|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-2035 | | |A |950515|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-2132 | | |D |080310|F| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-D4066 | | | |130701|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-D6456 | | | |100801|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=SAE AMS 6931 | | |D |171201|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO_9001 | | | |081115|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO10012 | | | |030415|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-15024 | | |G |180303|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO/IEC 17025 | | | |050515|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=QPL 25027 | | |17 |000207|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-32258 | | | |210601|A|2 | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-I-45208 | | |A |810724|A|1 | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-45662 | | |A |880801|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=A-A-50433 | | | |890815|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=A-A-59004 | | |B |081118|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ANSI/NCSL Z540.3 | | | |130326|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=0900-LP-001-7000 | | | |810101|C| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=AIA/NAS NASM 25027 | | |1 |121221|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 | | |1 |191112|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 | | |1 |140911|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278 (CHG A) | | | |130214|A| | | 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 ;The 1 1/2 Inch Hull and Backup Valve must be in accordance with Naval Ship Systems Command Drawing 803-4385050, Assembly D, and DRNs 4385050-C1 through 4385050-C6, along with Naval Sea Systems Command Drawing 803-4384678 and DRNs 4384678-C1 through 4384678-C6, and Engineering Notice DM117384, except as amplified or modified herein.; 3.1.1 ;Less piece 42 (Actuator), piece 56 (Self-Locking Socket Head Cap Screw), piece 57 (Locking Plug), piece 59 (Adapter), piece 60 (Special Nut), piece 61 (Locking Plug), piece 63 (Stud), piece 64 (Stud), piece 65 (Stud), piece 69 (Special Nut), piece 70 (Special Nut), and Manual Operator.; 3.1.2 ;All actuator associated mounting parts must be supplied in a bag attached to the valve; 3.1.3 ;Bolt holes on mounting flange(s) must not be drilled. Dowel pin holes for actuator locating must not be drilled.; 3.2 ;Thrust Washers, Pieces 18, 19, and 20, must be Nylatron GSVQ-II or Delrin AF DE 588.; 3.3 Material for Parts Requiring Certification - Quantitative chemical and mechanical analysis is required for the parts listed below unless specifically stated otherwise: Part - ;Body, Piece 72-S1; Material - ;ASTM-B369, Alloy UNS C96400; Part - ;Tailpiece, Piece 73-S1; Material - ;ASTM-B369, UNS C96400, with Maximum Yield Strength of 45,000 PSI; Part - ;Stem, Piece 14 and Stem, Piece 15; Material - ;QQ-N-286, Form 2, Annealed and Age Hardened; Part - ;Stem Retaining Nut, Piece 10 and Stem Retaining Nut, Piece 12; Material - ;ASTM-B505, Alloy C90300 or ASTM-B139, Alloy C51000, Temper H04 with the following minimum mechanical properties: 55 ksi tensile strength, 22 ksi yield strength, 18% elongation.; Part - ;Stud, Piece 62; Material - ;QQ-N-286, Annealed and Age Hardened, IAW MIL-DTL-1222, Type IV; Part - ;Body Insert (Q3), Piece 68-S1; Material - ;QQ-N-281, Class A, Hot Finished; PART - ;Self-Locking Heavy Hex Nuts, Piece 76, Part Number M25027/1-20C; MATERIAL - QQ-N-281, Class A or B, with chemical composition in accordance with MIL-DTL-32258. NOTE: All material must be the same Class. SELF-LOCKING ELEMENT - For 250 degree nuts use ASTM-D6456, Type 1 or ASTM-D4066, Group 01, Class 1 or 2, Grade 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,or 6. For 450 degree nuts use ASTM-D6456, Type 1. Part - ;Ball, Piece 7 and Ball, Piece 8; Material - SAE-AMS-6931 OR Centrifugally cast 6AL-4V, ASTM-B367, Grade C-5, with mechanical properties as listed in supplementary Requirement S6. Note: Mechanical properties for bars, forgings and forging stock over 10" must be as specified in the applicable drawing. If the mechanical properties are not provided in the drawing, the mechanical properties specified in SAE-AMS-6931 Table 2 for material 6" to 10", must be applied. Part - ;Seats (Q3), Piece 9; Material - MD71-GG Mearthane (Graphite Filled Urethane). Material must be manufactured by Mearthane Products Inc. Cranston, RI. (Properties Specified Below Only) ITEM PROPERTY ASTM TEST METHOD VALUE (A) Hardness D2240 70 +/- 5 Shore D (B) Specific Gravity D792 1.18 +/- 0.02 (C) Tensile Strength D412 (DIEC) 5000 PSI MIN (D) Compression-Defl D575 700 PSI MIN @ 2% DEF. (E) Tensile Impact D1822 300 FT-LB/SQ IN (Note 1) (TYPE L SPECIMEN) (F) Water Absorption D570 1.5% MAX (1 Week at R.T.) Note 1: These values are minimum averages. Separate specimen values may not vary more than 25% under the specified minimum. 3.4 Testing Certification - Certifications are required for the following tests on the items listed below. Additional testing on other piece parts (if any) per applicable drawings and specifications is still required, but certifications are only required as listed below. Test - ;Liquid Penetrant Inspection; Item - ;Studs, Piece 62; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271; Sampling must be per MIL-DTL-1222 Acceptance - MIL-DTL-1222 Test - ;Dye Penetrant Inspection for Non-Magnetic Grades; Item - ;Self-Locking Heavy Hex Nuts, Piece 76; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 or ASTM-E1417/ASTM-E1444 (Method C solvent removal techniques must not be used on thread) Acceptance - ;NASM25027 with sampling in accordance with MIL-DTL-32258; Test - ;Dye Penetrant Inspection; Item - ;Tailpiece Weld Ends in final machined condition including 1/2" of base material; Performance - ;T9074-AS-GIB-010/271; Acceptance - ;S9074-AR-GIB-010/278; Test - ;Dye Penetrant Inspection; Item - ;Stem, Piece 14; Stem, Piece 15; and Body Insert, Piece 68-S1; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 Acceptance - MIL-STD-2035 Attribute - Annealing and Age Hardening Item - ;Stem, Piece 14; Stem, Piece 15; and Studs, Piece 62; Performance - QQ-N-286 Test - Ultrasonic Inspection on Starting Material Item - ;All Items requiring certification made from QQ-N-286 with a diameter or minimum distance between parallel surfaces of 4 inches or greater of the starting material, or when required by a drawing or specification invoked elsewhere in this contract; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 or MIL-STD-2132, and QQ-N-286 Acceptance - QQ-N-286 Test - Weldability Test of ASTM-B369 material Item - ;Body, Piece 72-S1 and Tailpiece, Piece 73-S1; Performance - ASTM-B369 Acceptance - ASTM-B369 Test - Pressure Tests Item - Each Assembly Performance - ;General Note 1 on Drawing 803-4384678; Acceptance - ;General Note 1 on Drawing 803-4384678; Test - Quality Conformance Tests Item - Self-Locking Nuts Performance - ;MIL-DTL-32258; Acceptance - ;MIL-DTL-32258; Attribute - Certificate of Completion Item - Self-Locking Nut Nonmetallic Insert Performance - ;ASTM D6456, Type 1 or ASTM D4066, Group 01, Class 1 or 2, Grade 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; Attribute - Certificate of Compliance Item - Self-Locking Nuts Performance - This Certificate must state that self-locking nuts were manufactured by an approved source. Approved sources are those listed on QPL-25027 for the appropriate fastener. This QPL may also be considered as approved sources for Heavy Hex self-locking nuts. Test - Non-Destructive Tests Item - ;Weld Repair and/or Production Weld (as applicable); Performance - Per applicable fabrication specification Acceptance - Per applicable fabrication specification 3.5 Radiography is required on ;Body, Piece 72-S1 and Tailpiece, Piece 73-S1; . 3.6 The pressure tolerance must be as specified in the assembly drawing, detail drawing, design specification or elsewhere in this contract. Where pressure tolerances are not provided by drawings, specifications or specified elsewhere in this contract, the following must be used: For pressure tests below 100 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +1 PSIG / -0 PSIG. For pressure tests at or above 100 PSIG up to and including 2500 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +2% / -0 PSIG rounded off to the nearest multiple of the smallest graduation on an analog test pressure gauge, not to exceed 50 PSIG. For pressure tests above 2500 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +2% / -0 PSIG, rounded off to the nearest multiple of the smallest graduation on an analog test pressure gauge, not to exceed 200 PSIG. The pressure test time tolerance must be as specified in the assembly drawing, detail drawing, design specification or elsewhere in this contract. Where pressure test time tolerances are not provided by drawings, specifications or specified elsewhere in this contract, the following must be used: For a test duration up to and including 1 hour, the tolerance must be +5 minutes / - 0 minutes. For a test duration of more than 1 hour up to and including 24 hours, the tolerance must be +30 minutes / - 0 minutes. For a test duration of more than 24 hours, the tolerance must be +60 minutes / - 0 minutes. 3.7 Confidential Hydrostatic Test Pressures - When test pressures are confidential, certification must reference ;803-4384676, Revision C; and the item number to which the item was tested in lieu of the actual pressures. Any drawing requirement to mark the working pressure on the item does not apply and is strictly prohibited. 3.8 Contract Support Library - Additional requirements for this item are identified as Contract Support Library Reference Number ;CSD099; in ECDS at https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.9 Chemours Company (formerly DuPont) Teflon Coating 850G-204 and 852G-201. Use of Chemours Company (formerly DuPont) Teflon Coating 851N-204 and 852N-201 is acceptable until exhausted - Teflon coating of ball(s) must be in accordance with general note ;4. F.; of drawing ;803-4384678; . 3.9.1 Naval Ordnance Systems Command OD 10362 First Revision dated 15 Aug 1961 is provided by Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD018 in ECDS at https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.9.2 CSD099 provides guidance for acceptance/rejection of teflon-coated valve balls after valve assembly production testing. 3.10 A visual inspection shall be performed on the finished seat with acceptance criteria on critical surfaces per CSD167 in the ECDS (Electronic Contractor Data Submission) system at: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/. 3.11 Seat Stack Height Measurement - To ensure that each seat is within tolerance, check each seat individually by measuring the seat height with the ball resting on the seat. Limits are determined by the ball diameter tolerance and the stack height tolerance combined. Refer to CSD171 for recommended methods to measure and calculate stack heights. CSD171 is available in the ECDS (Electronic Contractor Data Submission) system at: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/. 3.12 Component Identification Description (CID) - When applicable drawing(s) and/or specification(s) specify that a nameplate or identification plate is required, the CID number ( ;CID T884305724; ) must be added. When no plate is specified, an identification plate in accordance with MIL-DTL-15024, Type "C" on brass or Type "H" on aluminum must be securely attached to each assembly showing the above CID number. No assembly must be shipped without the CID number attached. 3.13 K-MONEL Fasteners - Material must be heat treated per QQ-N-286. 3.13.1 Fasteners that have been hot or cold headed or roll threaded must be solution annealed followed by age hardening subsequent to all heading and thread rolling operations. The mechanical properties on certifications must be actual properties of the annealed and age hardened material and must meet the requirements of QQ-N-286. 3.13.2 QQ-N-286 fasteners that have been headed and/or roll threaded must not beage hardened unless the material has been solution annealed subsequent to the heading and threading operations. Threads formed after the final age hardening heat treatment must be cut or ground only. 3.14 K-MONEL Fasteners - K-MONEL externally threaded fasteners must have mechanical properties determined in accordance with MIL-DTL-1222. Test results must include Tensile, Yield, Elongation and Hardness as required by MIL-DTL-1222. (The Hardness tests must be performed on a full size fastener.) 3.14.1 Studs require an Axial Tensile test in accordance with MIL-DTL-1222. 3.14.2 Headed fasteners require a Wedge Tensile test as specified elsewhere in this contract/purchase order. 3.15 Slow Strain Rate Tensile Test Laboratories - The Slow Strain Rate Tensile Test of QQ-N-286 must be performed by one of the following laboratories: Huntington Alloys, a Special Metals Company Attn: Bill Bolenr 3200 Riverside Drive Huntington, WV 257059 Phone: (304) 526-5889 FAX: (304) 526-5973 Metallurgical Consultants, Inc. Attn: W. M. Buehler 4820 Caroline PO Box 88046 Houston, TX 77288-0046 Phone: (713) 526-6351 FAX: (713) 526-2964 Naval Surface Warfare Center, Carderock Division Attn: Eric Focht Code 614 9500 Macarthur Blvd West Bethesda, MD 20817-5700 Phone: (301) 227-5032 FAX: (301) 227-5576 Teledyne Allvac Attn: Dr. W. D. Cao 2020 Ashcraft Ave. Monroe, NC 28110 Phone: (704) 289-4511 FAX: (704) 289-4269 Westmoreland Mechanical Testing and Research Inc. Attn: Andrew Wisniewski P.O. Box 388 Youngstown, PA 15696-0388 Mannesmann Rohrenwerke Mannesmann Forschungsinstitut (MFI) Attn: Dr. Weiss Postfach 251160 47251 Duisburg Germany Phone: 011-49-0203-9993194 FAX: 011-49-0203-9994415 ThyssenKrupp VDM USA, Inc. Attn: D. C. Agarwal 11210 Steeplecrest Drive, Suite 120 Houston, TX 77065-4939 Phone: (281) 955-6683 3.16 Thread Forming - The following provides the official interpretation of paragraph 4.5.2.7 of MIL-DTL-1222. 3.16.1 In order to qualify for "Alternate Mechanical Testing" found in MIL-DTL-1222J paragraph 4.5.2.7 and utilize the mechanical properties for the starting bar stock in lieu of performing yield strength or proof stress testing on finished fasteners, all of the subsequent provisions found in MIL-DTL-1222J paragraphs 4.5.2.7 a through e must be met. If any single provision is not met, all required mechanical testing must be performed on the finished full sized fasteners. These provisions are explained as follows: a. Proper product lot control and traceability must be in place. b. No heat treatment (including hot heading and hot forming), cold forming, drawing, rolling and thread rolling may be performed on the starting bar, fastener blanks or finished fasteners after the completion of the mechanical testing on the starting bar. c. and d. The proper size starting bar must be selected to ensure mechanical properties of finished fasteners are represented by the mechanical properties of the starting bar. e. The mandatory testing, axial tensile (studs) and wedge tensile (screws and bolts) must be performed on full sized fasteners. Note that there is a typographical error in paragraph 4.5.2.7 and that the axial load test is a mandatory test that must be performed on studs as required in paragraph 4.5.2.7.e. 3.16.2 Thread rolling is a cold working process and is not considered to be a machining or grinding operation. Therefore, fasteners which have rolled threads do not satisfy the provisions of MIL-DTL-1222J paragraph 4.5.2.7.b and are not eligible for the "Alternate Mechanical Testing" provision. 3.16.3 Thread rolling alone is not a sufficient cold working process to qualify a fastener to be in the cold worked (CW) condition. This condition is only applicable to some 300 series stainless steel studs, screws and nuts. These CW condition fasteners must be manufactured from cold worked bar stock or be cold headed in order to qualify. The threads may subsequently be rolled, machined or ground. Testing of the finished fasteners and/or reporting of the starting bar stock material properties is subject to the same provisions found in MIL-DTL-1222J paragraph 4.5.2.7 and discussed above. 3.17 Thread Inspection Requirements - All threads on threaded parts must be inspected using appropriate inspection methods, inspection systems, and inspection gages/instruments in accordance with FED-STD-H28 series. Substitution of thecommercial equivalent inspection in accordance with ASME B1 series is acceptable. 3.17.1 System 21 of FED-STD-H28/20 must be used as a minimum inspection requirement for threads when the design drawing or design specification does not specify an inspection requirement. 3.17.2 For Navy and Shipyard drawings, system 21 of FED-STD-H28/20 may be substituted for System 22 without further Navy approval when the design drawing invokes System 22 and does not cite governing specifications that specifically require system 22. System 22 of FED-STD-H28/20 must be used when the drawing references other governing specifications that specifically require System 22, such as certain thread types of MIL-DTL-1222. 3.17.3 A written request for concurrence must be submitted when utilizing alternative measuring equipment or measuring systems not applicable to the specified inspection system. 3.18 Internal Threads - All internal threads must be formed by cutting. Cold forming of internal threads is not acceptable. 3.19 Thread Lubricant - Thread lubricants containing molybdenum disulfide must not be used on this material. Bacteria in water, especially seawater, causes molybdenum disulfide to break down. The by-products of the breakdown form compounds which attack the fasteners. Anti-galling compound A-A-59004 must be used as a replacement when thread lubricant is required for assembly. 3.20 Lubrication: For drawing 4384678, grease per CID A-A-50433 must be used in lieu of DOD-G-24508, MIL-G-24139 or MIL-PRF-24139. 3.21 Specification Change - For QQ-N-281, Class B material: 1 - Footnote 9 to Table II of QQ-N-281 does not apply. 2 - When starting material is Round Bar greater than 3" dia, the mechanical properties of Hex Bar apply. 3.22 O-ring grooves and mating sealing surfaces must be inspected per the contractually invoked drawings or specifications. When the drawings or specifications do not provide specific defect criteria or state that no defects are allowed, the General Acceptance Criteria (GAC) standard must be used for inspecting O-ring grooves and mating sealing surfaces only. Repairs to sealing surfaces and O-ring grooves with unacceptable defects may be accomplished within the limits of the size and tolerances provided in the applicable drawing. Repairs thatwould exceed these limits require approval (including final dimensions). The data that is red lined (crossed out) is excluded from the GAC for this contract and is not to be used for acceptance or rejection criteria. The GAC document is identified as Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD008 at https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.23 Welding or Brazing - When welding, brazing, and allied processes are required, as invoked by Section C paragraph 3 requirements, they must be in accordance with S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278, 0900-LP-001-7000 for brazing of piping and pressure vessel applications, or S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 for brazing of other applications. For all production and repair welding and brazing, personnel and procedures must be qualified under S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 or 0900-LP-001-7000, as applicable. Repair welding is not permitted on ;UNS C90300 and QQ-N-286 material; . Procedures and Qualification Data must be submitted for review and approval prior to performing any welding or brazing. 3.24 Configuration Control - The Contractor must maintain the total equipment baseline configuration. For items of proprietary design, Contractor drawings showing the latest assembly configuration must be provided to the Government in electronic (C4) format. Definitions are provided elsewhere in the Contract/Purchase Order. 3.24.1 Waivers/Deviations - All waivers and deviations, regardless of significance or classification require review and approval by the Contracting Officer. Waivers and Deviations must be designated as Critical, Major, or Minor. The Contractor must provide a copy of this request to the QAR. Requests must include the information listed below. a. A complete description of the contract requirement affected and the nature of the waiver/deviation (non-conformance), including a classification of Critical, Major, or Minor. b. Number of units (and serial/lot numbers) to be delivered in this configuration. c. Any impacts to logistics support elements (such as software, manuals, spares, tools, and similar) being utilized by Government personnel or impacts to the operational use of the product. d. Information about remedial action being taken to prevent reoccurrence of the non-conformance. 3.24.2 All requests for Waivers/Deviations on NAVSUP-WSS Contracts must be submitted to the NAVSUP WSS Contracting Specialist via eMail. 3.24.3 ECPs - The Government will maintain configuration control and change authority for all modifications or changes affecting form, fit, function, or interface parameters of the Equipment and its sub-assemblies. The Contractor must submit an Engineering Change Proposal (ECP) for any Class I or II changes that impact the Equipment covered by this contract. ECPs must be prepared in Contractor format, and must include the following information: a. The change priority, change classification (Class I or Class II), and change justification. b. A complete description of the change to be made and the need for that change. c. A complete listing of other Configuration Items impacted by the proposed change and a description of the impact on those CIs. d. Proposed changes to documents controlled by the Government. e. Proposed serial/lot number effectivities of units to be produced in, or retrofitted to, the proposed configuration. f. Recommendations about the way a retrofit should be accomplished. g. Impacts to any logistics support elements (such as software, manuals, spares, tools, and similar) being utilized by Government personnel in support of the product. h. Impacts to the operational use of the product. i. Complete estimated life-cycle cost impact of the proposed change. j. Milestones relating to the processing and implementation of the engineering change. 3.25 Certificate of Compliance - (SPECIAL EMPHASIS MATERIAL) The Contractor must prepare and submit a certificate of compliance certifying that the items/components furnished under this contract comply with the requirements of the procurement document, including any/all invoked specifications and drawings. 3.26 Mercury Free - Mercury and mercury containing compounds must not be intentionally added or come in direct contact with hardware or supplies furnished under this contract. Mercury contamination of the material will be cause for rejection. 3.27 NAVSEA 0948-LP-045-7010 - Any applicable requirements of NAVSHIPS 4410.17,NAVSEA 0948-LP-045-7010, or 0948-045-7010 which the contractor must meet are included in this contract/purchase order. The above documents are for GovernmentUse Only. Further application of the above documents is prohibited.prohibited. 3.27.1 Marking of material with a Material Designator per the Drawing is also prohibited, with the exception of Fasteners. Fasteners must be marked with a Material Symbol/Designator as specified elsewhere in this contract. ^ QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ^ 3.28 See CDRL DI-MISC-80678 (Test Certification) - A statement of tests performed, listing the pieces tested must be furnished along with a copy of the test results. Certification must include the contractor's name, address and date, quantity inspected, identified to the contract/purchase order and item number, and the Contractor's or authorized personnel's signature. Test certifications must reference the standard/specification, including the revision, to which the testing was performed and the acceptance criteria used. Test procedure numbers may also be referenced on test reports. Test reports on weldments must be identified to weld joint and layer. 3.29 Welding Requirements - When production or repair welding is required, the applicable welding procedure(s) and qualification data must be submitted for review and approval. In addition, the CONSUMED WELD METAL C of C as defined below must be submitted as part of the certification OQE package submitted by the Contractor. Note: These requirements do not apply to tack/spot welds when the conditions of Section 4.2.1.1 of S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278 are met. 3.29.1 Approval of the Contractor's qualification data must be obtained prior to performing any welding (production or repair). 3.29.2 If the Contractors qualification data has previously been approved by the Navy for other contracts, a copy of the original approval letter may be submitted along with the procedures and qualification data report to expedite the approval process. The approval letter must reference the applicable welding procedure and qualification data report identification/number. Prior approval does not...
VALVE,BALL
CONTACT INFORMATION|4|N743.49|WVN|7176052147|benjamin.t.spangler.civ@us.navy.mil| ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT (NAVICP REVIEW FEB 1991)(FEB 1999)|1|See specification sections C and E.| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE - SHORT VERSION|8||||||||| GENERAL INFORMATION-FOB-DESTINATION|1|B| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|Stand-Alone Receiving Report - Certifications Combo - Receiving Report & Invoice - Material |N/A|TBD|N00104|TBD|N39040 - Certifications, S4306A - Material |N50286|TBD|133.2|N/A|N/A|N39040 - Certifications |N/A |N/A|SEE DD FORM 1423 |PORT_PTNH_WAWF_NOTIFICATION@NAVY.MIL BENJAMIN.T.SPANGLER.CIV@US.NAVY.MIL| NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|| WARRANTY OF SUPPLIES OF A NONCOMPLEX NATURE (JUNE 2003)|6|One year from date of delivery.|One year from date of delivery.||||| WARRANTY OF DATA--BASIC (MAR 2014)|2||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM-BASIC (FEB 2024)|11|||||||||||| NOTICE OF TOTAL SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE (OCT 2020)(DEVIATION 2020-O0008)|1|| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2024)|13|||||||||||||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024))|5|||||| BUY AMERICAN-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|332919|750|||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||X| This amendment is issued to extend the closing date. \ 1.DD1423 Data Item A001 (Inspection and Test Plan) may be waived if already on file at NAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg. 2. Portsmouth NSY's DODAAC has changed from N00102 to N50286. Any reference toN00102 within this order should be updated to N50286. 3. The following proposed delivery schedule applies: Submission of Certification Data CDRLs will be on or before 20 days prior to scheduled delivery. RADIOGRAPHIC SHOOTING SKETCHES (RSS) 45 DAYS ADC APPROVAL OF RADIO RSS 30 DAYS AFTER RECEIPT PRODUCTION RADIOGRAPHY (PR) 135 DAYS AFTER APPROVAL OF RSS APPROVAL OF PR 30 DAYS AFTER RECEIPT PNSY review/acceptance of Certification CDRLs 6 working days after receipt of Certification DD 1423 CDRLs. Final delivery of material will be on or before 365 days after effective date of the resulting contract. 4. Any contract awarded as a result of this solicitation will be "DO" rated order; "DO" rated order certified for national defense use under the Defense Priorities and Allocations System (DPAS). 5. NAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg will be considering past performance in the evaluation of offers in accordance with FAR 13.106(a)(2) and DFARS 252.213-7000. 6. If drawings are included in the solicitation, access needs to be requested on the individual solicitation page on Contracts Opportunities on the Government's beta.SAM website. After requesting access, send an email to the Primary POC listed on the solicitation. 7. This requirement requires access to classified drawings. These drawings are not required to submit a quote, however, in the event of an award, a facility clearance may be required in accordance with FAR 52.204-2. 8. This order is issued pursuant to Emergency Acquisition Flexibilities (EAF). \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 The material covered in this contract/purchase order will be used in a crucial shipboard system. The use of incorrect or defective material would create a high probability of failure resulting in serious personnel injury, loss of life, loss of vital shipboard systems, or loss of the ship itself. Therefore, the material has been designated as SPECIAL EMPHASIS material (Level I, Scope of Certification, or Quality Assured) and special control procedures are invoked to ensure receipt of correct material. 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Order of Precedence - In the event of a conflict between the text of this contract/purchase order and the references and/or drawings cited herein, the text of this contract/purchase order must take precedence. Nothing in this contract/purchase order, however, must supersede applicable laws and regulations unless a specific exemption has been obtained. 2.2 Identification of Classified Documents - This contract/purchase order requires the Contractor to have authorized access to classified documents in accordance with the attached Contract Security Classification Specification (DD Form 254). The classified documents and security level are: ;4384676 - CONFIDENTIAL; 2.3 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.3.1 Specification Revisions - The specification revisions listed under "Documents References" below are the preferred revision. Older and/or newer r evisions are acceptable when listed within Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD155 in ECDS (Electric Contractor Data Submission) at: ht tps://register.nslc.navy.mil/. This is to allow Contractors to use certain acceptable older specification revisions to purge their existing stock of material certified to those older revisions or to use newer specification revisions when material is certified to newly released revisions,without requiring the submittal of waiver/deviation requests for each specification revision on every contract. Revisions of specifications reflecting editorial and/or re-approval (e.g. E2009, R2014, etc.) are considered inconsequential, but are acceptable when their revisions are listedwithin CSD155 or elsewhere within this contract. 2.3.2 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. 2.3.3 Documents, drawings, and publications supplied are listed under "Drawing Number". These items should be retained until an award is made. DRAWING DATA=DM117384 |96169| A| |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384676 |53711| C| |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678 |80064| C| |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C01 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C02 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C03 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C04 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C05 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4384678C06 |53711| C|DN |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050 |80064| C|DW |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C1 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C2 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C3 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C4 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C5 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=4385050-C6 |53711| -|1N |D| | | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=FED-STD-H28 | | |B |190424|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=FED-STD-H28 |0020| |B |941221|A| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 | | | |080101|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-B139 | | | |121001|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=QQ-N-281 | | |D |851023|A|2 | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=QQ-N-286 | | |G |001207|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-B367 | | | |220401|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-B369 | | | |240701|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-B505 | | | |180301|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-792 | | |F |230223|A| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-1222 | | |J |001208|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-E1417 | | | |160615|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-E1444 | | | |160601|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-2035 | | |A |950515|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-2132 | | |D |080310|F| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-D4066 | | | |130701|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-D6456 | | | |100801|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=SAE AMS 6931 | | |D |171201|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO_9001 | | | |081115|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO10012 | | | |030415|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-15024 | | |G |180303|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO/IEC 17025 | | | |050515|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=QPL 25027 | | |17 |000207|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-32258 | | | |210601|A|2 | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-I-45208 | | |A |810724|A|1 | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-45662 | | |A |880801|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=A-A-50433 | | | |890815|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=A-A-59004 | | |B |081118|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ANSI/NCSL Z540.3 | | | |130326|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=0900-LP-001-7000 | | | |810101|C| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=AIA/NAS NASM 25027 | | |1 |121221|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 | | |1 |191112|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 | | |1 |140911|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278 (CHG A) | | | |130214|A| | | 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 ;The 1 1/2 Inch Hull and Backup Valve must be in accordance with Naval Ship Systems Command Drawing 803-4385050, Assembly D, and DRNs 4385050-C1 through 4385050-C6, along with Naval Sea Systems Command Drawing 803-4384678 and DRNs 4384678-C1 through 4384678-C6, and Engineering Notice DM117384, except as amplified or modified herein.; 3.1.1 ;Less piece 42 (Actuator), piece 56 (Self-Locking Socket Head Cap Screw), piece 57 (Locking Plug), piece 59 (Adapter), piece 60 (Special Nut), piece 61 (Locking Plug), piece 63 (Stud), piece 64 (Stud), piece 65 (Stud), piece 69 (Special Nut), piece 70 (Special Nut), and Manual Operator.; 3.1.2 ;All actuator associated mounting parts must be supplied in a bag attached to the valve; 3.1.3 ;Bolt holes on mounting flange(s) must not be drilled. Dowel pin holes for actuator locating must not be drilled.; 3.2 ;Thrust Washers, Pieces 18, 19, and 20, must be Nylatron GSVQ-II or Delrin AF DE 588.; 3.3 Material for Parts Requiring Certification - Quantitative chemical and mechanical analysis is required for the parts listed below unless specifically stated otherwise: Part - ;Body, Piece 72-S1; Material - ;ASTM-B369, Alloy UNS C96400; Part - ;Tailpiece, Piece 73-S1; Material - ;ASTM-B369, UNS C96400, with Maximum Yield Strength of 45,000 PSI; Part - ;Stem, Piece 14 and Stem, Piece 15; Material - ;QQ-N-286, Form 2, Annealed and Age Hardened; Part - ;Stem Retaining Nut, Piece 10 and Stem Retaining Nut, Piece 12; Material - ;ASTM-B505, Alloy C90300 or ASTM-B139, Alloy C51000, Temper H04 with the following minimum mechanical properties: 55 ksi tensile strength, 22 ksi yield strength, 18% elongation.; Part - ;Stud, Piece 62; Material - ;QQ-N-286, Annealed and Age Hardened, IAW MIL-DTL-1222, Type IV; Part - ;Body Insert (Q3), Piece 68-S1; Material - ;QQ-N-281, Class A, Hot Finished; PART - ;Self-Locking Heavy Hex Nuts, Piece 76, Part Number M25027/1-20C; MATERIAL - QQ-N-281, Class A or B, with chemical composition in accordance with MIL-DTL-32258. NOTE: All material must be the same Class. SELF-LOCKING ELEMENT - For 250 degree nuts use ASTM-D6456, Type 1 or ASTM-D4066, Group 01, Class 1 or 2, Grade 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,or 6. For 450 degree nuts use ASTM-D6456, Type 1. Part - ;Ball, Piece 7 and Ball, Piece 8; Material - SAE-AMS-6931 OR Centrifugally cast 6AL-4V, ASTM-B367, Grade C-5, with mechanical properties as listed in supplementary Requirement S6. Note: Mechanical properties for bars, forgings and forging stock over 10" must be as specified in the applicable drawing. If the mechanical properties are not provided in the drawing, the mechanical properties specified in SAE-AMS-6931 Table 2 for material 6" to 10", must be applied. Part - ;Seats (Q3), Piece 9; Material - MD71-GG Mearthane (Graphite Filled Urethane). Material must be manufactured by Mearthane Products Inc. Cranston, RI. (Properties Specified Below Only) ITEM PROPERTY ASTM TEST METHOD VALUE (A) Hardness D2240 70 +/- 5 Shore D (B) Specific Gravity D792 1.18 +/- 0.02 (C) Tensile Strength D412 (DIEC) 5000 PSI MIN (D) Compression-Defl D575 700 PSI MIN @ 2% DEF. (E) Tensile Impact D1822 300 FT-LB/SQ IN (Note 1) (TYPE L SPECIMEN) (F) Water Absorption D570 1.5% MAX (1 Week at R.T.) Note 1: These values are minimum averages. Separate specimen values may not vary more than 25% under the specified minimum. 3.4 Testing Certification - Certifications are required for the following tests on the items listed below. Additional testing on other piece parts (if any) per applicable drawings and specifications is still required, but certifications are only required as listed below. Test - ;Liquid Penetrant Inspection; Item - ;Studs, Piece 62; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271; Sampling must be per MIL-DTL-1222 Acceptance - MIL-DTL-1222 Test - ;Dye Penetrant Inspection for Non-Magnetic Grades; Item - ;Self-Locking Heavy Hex Nuts, Piece 76; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 or ASTM-E1417/ASTM-E1444 (Method C solvent removal techniques must not be used on thread) Acceptance - ;NASM25027 with sampling in accordance with MIL-DTL-32258; Test - ;Dye Penetrant Inspection; Item - ;Tailpiece Weld Ends in final machined condition including 1/2" of base material; Performance - ;T9074-AS-GIB-010/271; Acceptance - ;S9074-AR-GIB-010/278; Test - ;Dye Penetrant Inspection; Item - ;Stem, Piece 14; Stem, Piece 15; and Body Insert, Piece 68-S1; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 Acceptance - MIL-STD-2035 Attribute - Annealing and Age Hardening Item - ;Stem, Piece 14; Stem, Piece 15; and Studs, Piece 62; Performance - QQ-N-286 Test - Ultrasonic Inspection on Starting Material Item - ;All Items requiring certification made from QQ-N-286 with a diameter or minimum distance between parallel surfaces of 4 inches or greater of the starting material, or when required by a drawing or specification invoked elsewhere in this contract; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 or MIL-STD-2132, and QQ-N-286 Acceptance - QQ-N-286 Test - Weldability Test of ASTM-B369 material Item - ;Body, Piece 72-S1 and Tailpiece, Piece 73-S1; Performance - ASTM-B369 Acceptance - ASTM-B369 Test - Pressure Tests Item - Each Assembly Performance - ;General Note 1 on Drawing 803-4384678; Acceptance - ;General Note 1 on Drawing 803-4384678; Test - Quality Conformance Tests Item - Self-Locking Nuts Performance - ;MIL-DTL-32258; Acceptance - ;MIL-DTL-32258; Attribute - Certificate of Completion Item - Self-Locking Nut Nonmetallic Insert Performance - ;ASTM D6456, Type 1 or ASTM D4066, Group 01, Class 1 or 2, Grade 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; Attribute - Certificate of Compliance Item - Self-Locking Nuts Performance - This Certificate must state that self-locking nuts were manufactured by an approved source. Approved sources are those listed on QPL-25027 for the appropriate fastener. This QPL may also be considered as approved sources for Heavy Hex self-locking nuts. Test - Non-Destructive Tests Item - ;Weld Repair and/or Production Weld (as applicable); Performance - Per applicable fabrication specification Acceptance - Per applicable fabrication specification 3.5 Radiography is required on ;Body, Piece 72-S1 and Tailpiece, Piece 73-S1; . 3.6 The pressure tolerance must be as specified in the assembly drawing, detail drawing, design specification or elsewhere in this contract. Where pressure tolerances are not provided by drawings, specifications or specified elsewhere in this contract, the following must be used: For pressure tests below 100 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +1 PSIG / -0 PSIG. For pressure tests at or above 100 PSIG up to and including 2500 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +2% / -0 PSIG rounded off to the nearest multiple of the smallest graduation on an analog test pressure gauge, not to exceed 50 PSIG. For pressure tests above 2500 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +2% / -0 PSIG, rounded off to the nearest multiple of the smallest graduation on an analog test pressure gauge, not to exceed 200 PSIG. The pressure test time tolerance must be as specified in the assembly drawing, detail drawing, design specification or elsewhere in this contract. Where pressure test time tolerances are not provided by drawings, specifications or specified elsewhere in this contract, the following must be used: For a test duration up to and including 1 hour, the tolerance must be +5 minutes / - 0 minutes. For a test duration of more than 1 hour up to and including 24 hours, the tolerance must be +30 minutes / - 0 minutes. For a test duration of more than 24 hours, the tolerance must be +60 minutes / - 0 minutes. 3.7 Confidential Hydrostatic Test Pressures - When test pressures are confidential, certification must reference ;803-4384676, Revision C; and the item number to which the item was tested in lieu of the actual pressures. Any drawing requirement to mark the working pressure on the item does not apply and is strictly prohibited. 3.8 Contract Support Library - Additional requirements for this item are identified as Contract Support Library Reference Number ;CSD099; in ECDS at https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.9 Chemours Company (formerly DuPont) Teflon Coating 850G-204 and 852G-201. Use of Chemours Company (formerly DuPont) Teflon Coating 851N-204 and 852N-201 is acceptable until exhausted - Teflon coating of ball(s) must be in accordance with general note ;4. F.; of drawing ;803-4384678; . 3.9.1 Naval Ordnance Systems Command OD 10362 First Revision dated 15 Aug 1961 is provided by Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD018 in ECDS at https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.9.2 CSD099 provides guidance for acceptance/rejection of teflon-coated valve balls after valve assembly production testing. 3.10 A visual inspection shall be performed on the finished seat with acceptance criteria on critical surfaces per CSD167 in the ECDS (Electronic Contractor Data Submission) system at: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/. 3.11 Seat Stack Height Measurement - To ensure that each seat is within tolerance, check each seat individually by measuring the seat height with the ball resting on the seat. Limits are determined by the ball diameter tolerance and the stack height tolerance combined. Refer to CSD171 for recommended methods to measure and calculate stack heights. CSD171 is available in the ECDS (Electronic Contractor Data Submission) system at: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/. 3.12 Component Identification Description (CID) - When applicable drawing(s) and/or specification(s) specify that a nameplate or identification plate is required, the CID number ( ;CID T884305724; ) must be added. When no plate is specified, an identification plate in accordance with MIL-DTL-15024, Type "C" on brass or Type "H" on aluminum must be securely attached to each assembly showing the above CID number. No assembly must be shipped without the CID number attached. 3.13 K-MONEL Fasteners - Material must be heat treated per QQ-N-286. 3.13.1 Fasteners that have been hot or cold headed or roll threaded must be solution annealed followed by age hardening subsequent to all heading and thread rolling operations. The mechanical properties on certifications must be actual properties of the annealed and age hardened material and must meet the requirements of QQ-N-286. 3.13.2 QQ-N-286 fasteners that have been headed and/or roll threaded must not beage hardened unless the material has been solution annealed subsequent to the heading and threading operations. Threads formed after the final age hardening heat treatment must be cut or ground only. 3.14 K-MONEL Fasteners - K-MONEL externally threaded fasteners must have mechanical properties determined in accordance with MIL-DTL-1222. Test results must include Tensile, Yield, Elongation and Hardness as required by MIL-DTL-1222. (The Hardness tests must be performed on a full size fastener.) 3.14.1 Studs require an Axial Tensile test in accordance with MIL-DTL-1222. 3.14.2 Headed fasteners require a Wedge Tensile test as specified elsewhere in this contract/purchase order. 3.15 Slow Strain Rate Tensile Test Laboratories - The Slow Strain Rate Tensile Test of QQ-N-286 must be performed by one of the following laboratories: Huntington Alloys, a Special Metals Company Attn: Bill Bolenr 3200 Riverside Drive Huntington, WV 257059 Phone: (304) 526-5889 FAX: (304) 526-5973 Metallurgical Consultants, Inc. Attn: W. M. Buehler 4820 Caroline PO Box 88046 Houston, TX 77288-0046 Phone: (713) 526-6351 FAX: (713) 526-2964 Naval Surface Warfare Center, Carderock Division Attn: Eric Focht Code 614 9500 Macarthur Blvd West Bethesda, MD 20817-5700 Phone: (301) 227-5032 FAX: (301) 227-5576 Teledyne Allvac Attn: Dr. W. D. Cao 2020 Ashcraft Ave. Monroe, NC 28110 Phone: (704) 289-4511 FAX: (704) 289-4269 Westmoreland Mechanical Testing and Research Inc. Attn: Andrew Wisniewski P.O. Box 388 Youngstown, PA 15696-0388 Mannesmann Rohrenwerke Mannesmann Forschungsinstitut (MFI) Attn: Dr. Weiss Postfach 251160 47251 Duisburg Germany Phone: 011-49-0203-9993194 FAX: 011-49-0203-9994415 ThyssenKrupp VDM USA, Inc. Attn: D. C. Agarwal 11210 Steeplecrest Drive, Suite 120 Houston, TX 77065-4939 Phone: (281) 955-6683 3.16 Thread Forming - The following provides the official interpretation of paragraph 4.5.2.7 of MIL-DTL-1222. 3.16.1 In order to qualify for "Alternate Mechanical Testing" found in MIL-DTL-1222J paragraph 4.5.2.7 and utilize the mechanical properties for the starting bar stock in lieu of performing yield strength or proof stress testing on finished fasteners, all of the subsequent provisions found in MIL-DTL-1222J paragraphs 4.5.2.7 a through e must be met. If any single provision is not met, all required mechanical testing must be performed on the finished full sized fasteners. These provisions are explained as follows: a. Proper product lot control and traceability must be in place. b. No heat treatment (including hot heading and hot forming), cold forming, drawing, rolling and thread rolling may be performed on the starting bar, fastener blanks or finished fasteners after the completion of the mechanical testing on the starting bar. c. and d. The proper size starting bar must be selected to ensure mechanical properties of finished fasteners are represented by the mechanical properties of the starting bar. e. The mandatory testing, axial tensile (studs) and wedge tensile (screws and bolts) must be performed on full sized fasteners. Note that there is a typographical error in paragraph 4.5.2.7 and that the axial load test is a mandatory test that must be performed on studs as required in paragraph 4.5.2.7.e. 3.16.2 Thread rolling is a cold working process and is not considered to be a machining or grinding operation. Therefore, fasteners which have rolled threads do not satisfy the provisions of MIL-DTL-1222J paragraph 4.5.2.7.b and are not eligible for the "Alternate Mechanical Testing" provision. 3.16.3 Thread rolling alone is not a sufficient cold working process to qualify a fastener to be in the cold worked (CW) condition. This condition is only applicable to some 300 series stainless steel studs, screws and nuts. These CW condition fasteners must be manufactured from cold worked bar stock or be cold headed in order to qualify. The threads may subsequently be rolled, machined or ground. Testing of the finished fasteners and/or reporting of the starting bar stock material properties is subject to the same provisions found in MIL-DTL-1222J paragraph 4.5.2.7 and discussed above. 3.17 Thread Inspection Requirements - All threads on threaded parts must be inspected using appropriate inspection methods, inspection systems, and inspection gages/instruments in accordance with FED-STD-H28 series. Substitution of thecommercial equivalent inspection in accordance with ASME B1 series is acceptable. 3.17.1 System 21 of FED-STD-H28/20 must be used as a minimum inspection requirement for threads when the design drawing or design specification does not specify an inspection requirement. 3.17.2 For Navy and Shipyard drawings, system 21 of FED-STD-H28/20 may be substituted for System 22 without further Navy approval when the design drawing invokes System 22 and does not cite governing specifications that specifically require system 22. System 22 of FED-STD-H28/20 must be used when the drawing references other governing specifications that specifically require System 22, such as certain thread types of MIL-DTL-1222. 3.17.3 A written request for concurrence must be submitted when utilizing alternative measuring equipment or measuring systems not applicable to the specified inspection system. 3.18 Internal Threads - All internal threads must be formed by cutting. Cold forming of internal threads is not acceptable. 3.19 Thread Lubricant - Thread lubricants containing molybdenum disulfide must not be used on this material. Bacteria in water, especially seawater, causes molybdenum disulfide to break down. The by-products of the breakdown form compounds which attack the fasteners. Anti-galling compound A-A-59004 must be used as a replacement when thread lubricant is required for assembly. 3.20 Lubrication: For drawing 4384678, grease per CID A-A-50433 must be used in lieu of DOD-G-24508, MIL-G-24139 or MIL-PRF-24139. 3.21 Specification Change - For QQ-N-281, Class B material: 1 - Footnote 9 to Table II of QQ-N-281 does not apply. 2 - When starting material is Round Bar greater than 3" dia, the mechanical properties of Hex Bar apply. 3.22 O-ring grooves and mating sealing surfaces must be inspected per the contractually invoked drawings or specifications. When the drawings or specifications do not provide specific defect criteria or state that no defects are allowed, the General Acceptance Criteria (GAC) standard must be used for inspecting O-ring grooves and mating sealing surfaces only. Repairs to sealing surfaces and O-ring grooves with unacceptable defects may be accomplished within the limits of the size and tolerances provided in the applicable drawing. Repairs thatwould exceed these limits require approval (including final dimensions). The data that is red lined (crossed out) is excluded from the GAC for this contract and is not to be used for acceptance or rejection criteria. The GAC document is identified as Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD008 at https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.23 Welding or Brazing - When welding, brazing, and allied processes are required, as invoked by Section C paragraph 3 requirements, they must be in accordance with S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278, 0900-LP-001-7000 for brazing of piping and pressure vessel applications, or S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 for brazing of other applications. For all production and repair welding and brazing, personnel and procedures must be qualified under S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 or 0900-LP-001-7000, as applicable. Repair welding is not permitted on ;UNS C90300 and QQ-N-286 material; . Procedures and Qualification Data must be submitted for review and approval prior to performing any welding or brazing. 3.24 Configuration Control - The Contractor must maintain the total equipment baseline configuration. For items of proprietary design, Contractor drawings showing the latest assembly configuration must be provided to the Government in electronic (C4) format. Definitions are provided elsewhere in the Contract/Purchase Order. 3.24.1 Waivers/Deviations - All waivers and deviations, regardless of significance or classification require review and approval by the Contracting Officer. Waivers and Deviations must be designated as Critical, Major, or Minor. The Contractor must provide a copy of this request to the QAR. Requests must include the information listed below. a. A complete description of the contract requirement affected and the nature of the waiver/deviation (non-conformance), including a classification of Critical, Major, or Minor. b. Number of units (and serial/lot numbers) to be delivered in this configuration. c. Any impacts to logistics support elements (such as software, manuals, spares, tools, and similar) being utilized by Government personnel or impacts to the operational use of the product. d. Information about remedial action being taken to prevent reoccurrence of the non-conformance. 3.24.2 All requests for Waivers/Deviations on NAVSUP-WSS Contracts must be submitted to the NAVSUP WSS Contracting Specialist via eMail. 3.24.3 ECPs - The Government will maintain configuration control and change authority for all modifications or changes affecting form, fit, function, or interface parameters of the Equipment and its sub-assemblies. The Contractor must submit an Engineering Change Proposal (ECP) for any Class I or II changes that impact the Equipment covered by this contract. ECPs must be prepared in Contractor format, and must include the following information: a. The change priority, change classification (Class I or Class II), and change justification. b. A complete description of the change to be made and the need for that change. c. A complete listing of other Configuration Items impacted by the proposed change and a description of the impact on those CIs. d. Proposed changes to documents controlled by the Government. e. Proposed serial/lot number effectivities of units to be produced in, or retrofitted to, the proposed configuration. f. Recommendations about the way a retrofit should be accomplished. g. Impacts to any logistics support elements (such as software, manuals, spares, tools, and similar) being utilized by Government personnel in support of the product. h. Impacts to the operational use of the product. i. Complete estimated life-cycle cost impact of the proposed change. j. Milestones relating to the processing and implementation of the engineering change. 3.25 Certificate of Compliance - (SPECIAL EMPHASIS MATERIAL) The Contractor must prepare and submit a certificate of compliance certifying that the items/components furnished under this contract comply with the requirements of the procurement document, including any/all invoked specifications and drawings. 3.26 Mercury Free - Mercury and mercury containing compounds must not be intentionally added or come in direct contact with hardware or supplies furnished under this contract. Mercury contamination of the material will be cause for rejection. 3.27 NAVSEA 0948-LP-045-7010 - Any applicable requirements of NAVSHIPS 4410.17,NAVSEA 0948-LP-045-7010, or 0948-045-7010 which the contractor must meet are included in this contract/purchase order. The above documents are for GovernmentUse Only. Further application of the above documents is prohibited.prohibited. 3.27.1 Marking of material with a Material Designator per the Drawing is also prohibited, with the exception of Fasteners. Fasteners must be marked with a Material Symbol/Designator as specified elsewhere in this contract. ^ QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ^ 3.28 See CDRL DI-MISC-80678 (Test Certification) - A statement of tests performed, listing the pieces tested must be furnished along with a copy of the test results. Certification must include the contractor's name, address and date, quantity inspected, identified to the contract/purchase order and item number, and the Contractor's or authorized personnel's signature. Test certifications must reference the standard/specification, including the revision, to which the testing was performed and the acceptance criteria used. Test procedure numbers may also be referenced on test reports. Test reports on weldments must be identified to weld joint and layer. 3.29 Welding Requirements - When production or repair welding is required, the applicable welding procedure(s) and qualification data must be submitted for review and approval. In addition, the CONSUMED WELD METAL C of C as defined below must be submitted as part of the certification OQE package submitted by the Contractor. Note: These requirements do not apply to tack/spot welds when the conditions of Section 4.2.1.1 of S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278 are met. 3.29.1 Approval of the Contractor's qualification data must be obtained prior to performing any welding (production or repair). 3.29.2 If the Contractors qualification data has previously been approved by the Navy for other contracts, a copy of the original approval letter may be submitted along with the procedures and qualification data report to expedite the approval process. The approval letter must reference the applicable welding procedure and qualification dat...
USNS GUADALUPE FY26 Mid-Term Availability
USNS GUADALUPE FY26 Mid-Term Availability
Fire Island Inlet to Montauk Point (FIMP) Nonstructural Pilot Project
See attached solicitation
Synopsis for Fire Island Inlet to Montauk Point (FIMP) Nonstructural Pilot Project
See attached solicitation
Wheel Assembly, Pneumatic
*This requirement is now posted as SPRDL1-24-R-0197 THIS A FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION PROCUREMENT IS EXPECTED TO RESULT IN A 5-YEAR, REQUIREMENTS TYPE CONTRACT (RTC). ITEM: Wheel Assembly, Pneumatic NSN:2530-01-514-7903 Part Number (CAGE: 19207): 12496888 FOB Point: Destination Inspection/Acceptance Points: Origin/Origin Packaging: Military B with Special Packaging Instructions See attached solicitation for additional information. There is a Technical Data Package (TDP) for this requirement.
SPRTA1-25-R-0031 (NSN: 2915-01-148-5517)
Noun: Heater Servo, Servo Fuel NSN: 2915-01-148-55187 P/N; 301-779-502-0 BEQ: 15 each, min: 4 each, med: 15 each, max: 23 each
Environmental Test and Integration Services (ETIS) IV Draft RFP
Amendment 6: The purpose of this amendment is to (1) provide the third batch of ETIS IV DRFP Questions and Answers (Q&A); and (2) provide an updated schedule to Industry which reflects the hold of the ETIS IV Final RFP. **************************************************************************************************************************************************** Amendment 5: The purpose of this amendment is to remove and delete all DEIA, and DRD information from this Draft Request for Proposal (DRFP) dated 9/3/2024, pursuant to the Executive Order 14035. See attached Amendment 5 (signed). **************************************************************************************************************************************************** Amendment 4: The purpose of this amendment is to provide the second batch of ETIS IV DRFP Questions and Answers (Q&A) and provide an updated schedule to Industry. **************************************************************************************************************************************************** Amendment 3: The purpose of this amendment is to provide the first batch of ETIS IV DRFP Questions and Answers (Q&A); update Attachment L, List of Government Furnished Property; update Attachment I, List of Installation-Accountable Government Property; and repost Exhibit 1A-1C. **************************************************************************************************************************************************** Amendment 2: The purpose of this amendment is to provide Attachment J - NG IBEW CBA REV 1 with unredacted rate information. **************************************************************************************************************************************************** Amendment 1: The purpose of this amendment is to provide an updated schedule to Industry. **************************************************************************************************************************************************** ETIS IV Draft RFP 80GSFC24R0012 and corresponding documents have been posted under attachments/links. Any comments or questions regarding the DRFP should be submitted electronically in writing, to Eboni Washington, Contracting Officer, at Eboni.N.Washington@nasa.gov, no later than September 18, 2024. Please note that we will be conducting an Industry Day on September 16, 2024. All industry day related forms are posted under Special Notice “Environmental Test and Integration Services (ETIS IV) – Industry Day.” Interested vendors are to submit all required registration document/information to the Government by 12pm (ET) on Monday, September 9, 2024.
Environmental Test and Integration Services (ETIS) IV Draft RFP
Amendment 5: The purpose of this amendment is to remove and delete all DEIA, and DRD information from this Draft Request for Proposal (DRFP) dated 9/3/2024, pursuant to the Executive Order 14035. See attached Amendment 5 (signed). **************************************************************************************************************************************************** Amendment 4: The purpose of this amendment is to provide the second batch of ETIS IV DRFP Questions and Answers (Q&A) and provide an updated schedule to Industry. **************************************************************************************************************************************************** Amendment 3: The purpose of this amendment is to provide the first batch of ETIS IV DRFP Questions and Answers (Q&A); update Attachment L, List of Government Furnished Property; update Attachment I, List of Installation-Accountable Government Property; and repost Exhibit 1A-1C. **************************************************************************************************************************************************** Amendment 2: The purpose of this amendment is to provide Attachment J - NG IBEW CBA REV 1 with unredacted rate information. **************************************************************************************************************************************************** Amendment 1: The purpose of this amendment is to provide an updated schedule to Industry. **************************************************************************************************************************************************** ETIS IV Draft RFP 80GSFC24R0012 and corresponding documents have been posted under attachments/links. Any comments or questions regarding the DRFP should be submitted electronically in writing, to Eboni Washington, Contracting Officer, at Eboni.N.Washington@nasa.gov, no later than September 18, 2024. Please note that we will be conducting an Industry Day on September 16, 2024. All industry day related forms are posted under Special Notice “Environmental Test and Integration Services (ETIS IV) – Industry Day.” Interested vendors are to submit all required registration document/information to the Government by 12pm (ET) on Monday, September 9, 2024.
Environmental Test and Integration Services (ETIS) IV Draft RFP
Amendment 7: The purpose of this amendment is to provide the fourth and final batch of ETIS IV DRFP Questions and Answers (Q&A). **************************************************************************************************************************************************** Amendment 6: The purpose of this amendment is to (1) provide the third batch of ETIS IV DRFP Questions and Answers (Q&A); and (2) provide an updated schedule to Industry which reflects the hold of the ETIS IV Final RFP. **************************************************************************************************************************************************** Amendment 5: The purpose of this amendment is to remove and delete all DEIA, and DRD information from this Draft Request for Proposal (DRFP) dated 9/3/2024, pursuant to the Executive Order 14035. See attached Amendment 5 (signed). **************************************************************************************************************************************************** Amendment 4: The purpose of this amendment is to provide the second batch of ETIS IV DRFP Questions and Answers (Q&A) and provide an updated schedule to Industry. **************************************************************************************************************************************************** Amendment 3: The purpose of this amendment is to provide the first batch of ETIS IV DRFP Questions and Answers (Q&A); update Attachment L, List of Government Furnished Property; update Attachment I, List of Installation-Accountable Government Property; and repost Exhibit 1A-1C. **************************************************************************************************************************************************** Amendment 2: The purpose of this amendment is to provide Attachment J - NG IBEW CBA REV 1 with unredacted rate information. **************************************************************************************************************************************************** Amendment 1: The purpose of this amendment is to provide an updated schedule to Industry. **************************************************************************************************************************************************** ETIS IV Draft RFP 80GSFC24R0012 and corresponding documents have been posted under attachments/links. Any comments or questions regarding the DRFP should be submitted electronically in writing, to Eboni Washington, Contracting Officer, at Eboni.N.Washington@nasa.gov, no later than September 18, 2024. Please note that we will be conducting an Industry Day on September 16, 2024. All industry day related forms are posted under Special Notice “Environmental Test and Integration Services (ETIS IV) – Industry Day.” Interested vendors are to submit all required registration document/information to the Government by 12pm (ET) on Monday, September 9, 2024.
Z1DA--Replace Parking Garage Sprinkler System 583-24-525
The Contractor shall demolish and replace overhead dry fire sprinkler piping and dry standpipe piping and associated components within the underground patient parking garage as detailed in the Technical Requirements section, project bid drawings and documents, and VHA Master Construction Specifications. The Contractor shall demolish and replace system piping and components including header, risers, DPV s, trim, fittings, hangers, sprinklers, and all other associated components according to the project drawings. Project workflow shall use the detailed anticipated sequence noted in the drawings as a baseline for completion. Completion of this project will replace sections of fire suppression system piping currently failing due to excessive corrosion and will result in an updated system meeting current edition NFPA standards.
USNS PATUXENT (T-AO 201) FY26 MTA
USNS PATUXENT FY26 Mid-Term Availability (MTA)
BIA Exclusive Use Amphibious Single Engine Scooper
Exclusive Use Amphibious Single Engine Scooper Flight Services in Support of the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) at Bemidji, Minnesota
POWER SUPPLY
ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE - SHORT VERSION|8|x||x|||||| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|INVOICE AND RECEIVING REPORT||TBD|SPRMM1|TBD|TBD|TBD|TBD|TBD|TBD|TBD|||||| NOTICE OF TOTAL SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE (OCT 2020)(DEVIATION 2020-O0008)|1|| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2025)|13|X|X|X|||X|||||||| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|335931|600|X|X|||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||X| 1. All contractual documents (i.e. contracts, purchase orders,task orders, Delivery orders, and modifications) related to the instant procurement are considered to be "issued" by the government when copies are either deposited in the mail, transmitted by facsimile, or sent by other electronic commerce methods, such as email. The government's acceptance of the contractor's proposal constitutes bilateral agreement to "issue" contractual documents as detailed herein. 2. Drawings or technical data are not available for this item. 3. Delivery days_________aro. 4. Offer valid for _____ days. 5. When submitting quotes via EDI, make sure you specify any exceptions (i.e. Mil specs/standards, packaging, I&A, packaging houses etc) or follow up with a hardcopy of the exceptions. If nothing is indicated or received, award will be based upon solicitation requirements. Changes or requests for changes after award will have consideration costs deducted on modifications. 6. If you are not the manufacturer of the material you are offering, you must state who the OEM is (cage code) and the part number you are offering. 7. Please provide an email address for follow up communications. ____________________________________________________________ 8. It is recommended that vendors provide contact information to NAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg in order to receive automated notifications from Navy Electronic Commerce Online (NECO) when contracts/modifications are issued by DLA Maritime Mechanicsburg and posted on EDA. To receive these notifications, contact: NAVSUPWSS code 025, procurement systems design and contract support division Via email at NAVSUPWSSITIMPHelpdesk@navy.mil. Please include the following information with your request: CAGE code, company name, address and POC with phone number and email address. 9. Contractors can view their orders, contracts and modifications at the Electronic Document Access (EDA) web tool. This web tool is located at the Procurement Integrated Enterprise Environment (PIEE) website. It is recommended that the contractor register for EDA at https://piee.eb.mil/. Click on new user and registration. Any order resulting from this Request for Quotation will require electronic submittal of Receiving Report and Invoices through PIEE-WAWF. 10. The following DLA Procurement Notes are applicable to this requirement: E06 Inspection and Acceptance at Source (JUN 2018) INSPECTION OF MATERIAL WILL BE AT (CAGE & ADDRESS): ______________________________________________________________ INSPECTION OF PACKAGING AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIAL WILL BE AT (CAGE & ADDRESS): ______________________________________________________________ UCF SECTION F PRODUCTION FACILITY CHANGES (a) The performance of any of the work contracted for in any place other than that named in the contract is prohibited unless specifically approved by the Contracting Officer. Written requests for a change in production facilities must be submitted in writing to the Contracting Officer. Changes in production facilities may be approved, provided: (1) Performance by small business or in labor surplus areas as required by the contract will not be changed; (2) The change will not cause a delay in delivery or necessitate a change in the purchase description; (3) The free on board (f.o.b.) point is not changed; and (4) Each request is supported by a price reduction of $250.00 to cover the Government's administrative costs to process the change. (b) The Government reserves the right to deny approval even if these four elements are met. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 This contract/purchase order contains the requirements for manufacture and the contract quality requirements for the POWER SUPPLY . 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.1.1 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Cage Code/Reference Number Items - The POWER SUPPLY furnished under this contract/purchase order shall be the design represented by Cage Code(s) reference number(s). Cage _______ ref. no. ;12868 94079-7; 3.2 Marking - This item shall be physically identified in accordance with ;MIL-STD-130, REV N, 16 NOV 2012; . 3.3 Changes in Design, Material Servicing, or Part Number - Except for a Code 1 change, which shall be processed as provided in the code statement shown below, no substitution of items shall be made until the NAVICP-MECH Contracting Officer has notified and approval has been given by issuance of a written change order. When any change in design, material, servicing or part number is made to replace or substitute any item to be furnished on this contract/purchase order, the Contractor shall furnish, for the substituting/replacement item, a drawing and an explanation of the reason for the change, explaining the reason therefor. If finished detail drawings are not available, shop drawings in the form used by the manufacturer will be acceptable for Government evaluation. When notifying the Procurement Contracting Officer of the reasons for making substitutions, the type of change shall be indicated by code number in accordance with one of the following statements: Code 1: PART NUMBER CHANGE ONLY - If the Manufacturer's Part Number indicated thereon has changed, but the parts are identical in all respects, supply the item and advise NAVICP-MECH immediately of the new part number. Code 2: Assembly (or set or kit) not furnished - Used following detail parts. Code 3: Part not furnished separately - Use assembly. Code 4: Part redesigned - Old and new parts are completely interchangeable. Code 5: Part redesigned - New part replaces old. Old part cannot replace new. Code 6: Part redesigned - Parts not interchangeable. 3.4 Mercury Free - The material supplied under this contract/purchase order is intended for use on submarines/surface ships and therefore shall contain no metallic mercury and shall be free from mercury contamination. Mercury contamination of the material will be cause for rejection. If the inclusion of metallic mercury is required as a functional part of the material furnished under this contract, the Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Procurement Contracting Officer before proceeding with manufacture. The contractor's request shall explain in detail the requirements for mercury, identify specifically the parts to contain mercury, and explain the method of protection against mercury escape. Such a request will be forwarded directly to the Procurement Contracting Officer with a copy to the applicable Government Inspector. Upon approval by the Contracting Officer, the vendor will provide a "Warning Plate" stating that metallic mercury is a functional part of the item and will include name and location of that part. The use of mercury, mercury compounds, or mercury-bearing instruments and/or equipment in a manner which might cause contamination in the manufacture, assembly, or test of material on this contract is prohibited. The most probable causes of contamination are direct-connected manometers, mercury vacuum pumps, mercury seals, or the handling of mercury in the immediate vicinity. Mercury switches, mercury in glass thermometers, standard cells and other items containing mercury may be used if they are located so as not to constitute a contamination hazard. If external contamination by metallic mercury occurs or is suspected, the following test may be used to determine whether contamination by metallic mercury exists or whether corrective cleaning measures have been effective. Enclose the equipment in a polyethylene bag or close-fitting airtight container for eight hours at room temperature (70 degrees F minimum).Sample the trapped air and if mercury vapor concentration is 0.01 mg/cu meter or more, the material is mercury contaminated insofar as the requirements of this contract are concerned. These requirements shall be included in any subcontract or purchase order hereunder and the Contractor shall insure SubContractor compliance with these requirements. Technical questions pertaining to these requirements shall be referred to the Procurement Contracting Officer via the cognizant Administrative Contracting Officer. For background, the following information is provided: Mercury is corrosive to gold, silver, nickel, stainless steels, aluminum and copper alloys. Stainless steels, nickel, and copper alloys are widely used in reactor plants and other submarine/surface ship systems. Accidental trapping of mercury in a component could cause serious damage to vital parts. Mercury is also toxic if inhaled, ingested, or absorbed through the skin. It is evident that grave consequences could result from small amounts of mercury vapor present in an unreplenished submarine/surface ship atmosphere. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Responsibility for Inspection - Unless otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor may use his own or any other facilities suitable for the performance of the inspection requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the Government. The Government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections set forth in the specification where such inspections are deemed necessary to assure supplies and services conform to prescribed requirements. 4.2 Responsibility for Compliance - All items must meet all requirements of this contract/purchase order. The inspection set forth in this specification shall become a part of the Contractor's overall inspection system or quality program. The absence of any inspection requirements shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of assuring that all products or supplies submitted to the Government for acceptance comply with all requirements of the contract/purchase order. Sampling in quality conformance does not authorize submission of known defective material, either indicated or actual, not does it commit the Government to acceptance of defective material. 4.3 Records - Records of all inspection work by the Contractor shall be kept complete and available to the Government during the performance of contract/purchase order and for a period of 365 calendar days after final delivery of supplies. 5. PACKAGING 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking shall be in accordance with the Contract/Purchase Order Schedule and as specified below. MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering Information for Document References - The Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP), Website http://www.dsp.dla.mil/, provides product information for the Department Of Defense Index Of Specifications and Standards (DODISS) (i.e.Military/Federal Specifications and Standards), Data Item Descriptions (DIDs), and other DODSSP Products. Most Specifications can obtained directly from http://quicksearch.dla.mil/ A. Availability of Cancelled Documents - The DODSSP offers cancelled documentsthat are required by private industry in fulfillment of contractual obligationsin paper format. Documents can be requested by phoning the Subscription Services Desk. B. Commercial Specifications, Standards, and Descriptions - These specifications, standards and descriptions are not available from Government sources. Theymay be obtained from the publishers of the applicable societies. C. Ordnance Standards (OS), Weapons Specifications (WS), and NAVORD OSTD 600 Pages - These type publications may be obtained by submitting a request to: Commander, Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center Code 8410P, 101 Strauss Avenue Indian Head, MD 20640-5035 D. On post-award actions, requests for "Official Use Only" and "NOFORN" (Not Releasable To Foreign Nationals) documents must identify the Government ContractNumber, and must be submitted via the cognizant Defense Contract Management Command (DCMC) for certification of need for the document. On pre-award actions such requests must be submitted to the PCO for certification of need for the document. E. NOFORN Military Specifications and Standards (including Amendments, Change Notices and Supplements, but NOT interim Changes) to be ordered from: Contracting Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 87321 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 F. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned NAVSEA Documents and Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding Standard, NAVSEA 250-1500-1) are to be ordered enue: Commanding Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 009 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 G. Technical Manuals Assigned NAVSEA Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding And Brazing Procedure, NAVSEA S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248) are to be ordered from: Commanding Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 1 Support Branch 700 Robbins Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. 19111-5094 H. Interim Changes and Classified Specifications must be obtained by submitting a request on DD Form 1425 to NAVSUP-WSS. 6.2 Notice To Distributors/Offerors - Consideration for award of contract shall be given only to authorized distributors of the original manufacturer's item represented in this solicitation. If you desire to be considered as a potential source for award of this contract, proof of being an authorized distributor shall be provided on company letterhead signed by a responsible company official and sent with your offer to the Procurement Contracting Officer. 6.3 In accordance with OPNAVINST 5510.1 all documents and drawings provided by the U.S. Navy to perspective Contractors must include a "Distribution Statement" to inform the contractor of the limits of distribution, and the safeguarding of the information contained on those documents and drawings. There are 7 (seven) seperate distribution statement codes used for non-classified documents and drawings. The definition for each is as follows: A... approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. B... distribution authorized to US Governments agencies only. C... distribution authorized to US Government agencies and their contractors. D... distribution authorized to DoD and DoD contractors only. E... distribution authorized to DoD Components only. F... further distribution only as directed by Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, code 09T. X... distribution is authorized to US Government agencies and private individuals or enterprises eligible to obtain export controlled technical data in accordance with OPNAVINST 5510.161.
61--CABLE ASSEMBLY,SPEC
CONTACT INFORMATION|4|N743.43|WWJ|N/A|NOELLE.M.SMITH10.CIV@US.NAVY.MIL| ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT (NAVICP REVIEW FEB 1991)(FEB 1999)|1|SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION C & E| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE - SHORT VERSION|8|X||X|||||| GENERAL INFORMATION-FOB-DESTINATION|1|A| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|INVOICE AND RECEIVING REPORT (COMBO)||TBD|N00104|TBD|TBD|N50286|TBD|||N/A|||||| NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|| WARRANTY OF SUPPLIES OF A NONCOMPLEX NATURE (JUNE 2003)|6|ONE YEAR|365 DAYS AFTER THE LAST DELIVERY UNDER THIS CONTRACT||||| WARRANTY OF DATA--BASIC (MAR 2014)|2||| FIRST ARTICLE APPROVAL--CONTRACTOR TESTING (SEP 1989)|10|1|0001|30|390||TDB|0001|30|1|| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM-BASIC (FEB 2024)|11|||||||||||| NOTICE OF TOTAL SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE (OCT 2020)(DEVIATION 2020-O0008)|1|| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2025)|13|||||||||||||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024))|5|||||| BUY AMERICAN-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|335311|800|||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||X| 1.DD1423 Data Item A001 (Inspection and Test Plan) may be waived if already on file at NAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg. 2.The following proposed delivery schedule applies: Submission of all certification data CDRLS 20 days prior to delivery. PNSY review/acceptance of certification CDRLS 6 working days after receipt Final delivery of material (390 days) FAT REPORT 180 DAYS AFTER APPROVAL OF PR LT APPROVAL OF FAT REPORT 60 DAYS AFTER RECEIPT \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 The material covered in this contract/purchase order will be used in a crucial shipboard system. The use of incorrect or defective material would create a high probability of failure resulting in serious personnel injury, loss of life, loss of vital shipboard systems, or loss of the ship itself. Therefore, the material has been designated as SPECIAL EMPHASIS material (Level I, Scope of Certification, or Quality Assured) and special control procedures are invoked to ensure receipt of correct material. 1.1.1 DSSP Scope of Certification Material - Material Control Division ;(B); applies to this material. 1.1.2 This ;CABLE ASSEMBLY,SPEC; contains non-metallic materials which must satisfy the toxicity and flammability requirements of NAVSEA SS800-AG-MAN-010/P-9290. Use of any material other than that specified requires special engineering approval and may require testing. 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Order of Precedence - In the event of a conflict between the text of this contract/purchase order and the references and/or drawings cited herein, the text of this contract/purchase order must take precedence. Nothing in this contract/purchase order, however, must supersede applicable laws and regulations unless a specific exemption has been obtained. 2.2 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.2.1 Specification Revisions - The specification revisions listed under "Documents References" below are the preferred revision. Older and/or newer r evisions are acceptable when listed within Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD155 in ECDS (Electric Contractor Data Submission) at: ht tps://register.nslc.navy.mil/. This is to allow Contractors to use certain acceptable older specification revisions to purge their existing stock of material certified to those older revisions or to use newer specification revisions when material is certified to newly released revisions,without requiring the submittal of waiver/deviation requests for each specification revision on every contract. Revisions of specifications reflecting editorial and/or re-approval (e.g. E2009, R2014, etc.) are considered inconsequential, but are acceptable when their revisions are listedwithin CSD155 or elsewhere within this contract. 2.2.2 Documents, drawings, and publications supplied are listed under "Drawing Number". These items should be retained until an award is made. 2.2.3 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. DRAWING DATA=5486641 |53711| K| |D|0001 | K|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=5486641 |57311| K| |D|0001 | G|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=5486641 |57311| K| |D|0001.A | H|00000|0000000 DOCUMENT REF DATA=ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 | | | |080101|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-792 | | |F |230223|A| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-915 |0006| |K |020822|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO_9001 | | | |081115|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO10012 | | | |030415|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO/IEC 17025 | | | |050515|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-24231 | | |E |130426|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-24231 |0004| |E |240513|A|1 | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-I-45208 | | |A |810724|A|1 | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-45662 | | |A |880801|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ANSI/NCSL Z540.3 | | | |130326|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=SS800-AG-MAN-010/P-9290 | | |A |200324|A| |42| DOCUMENT REF DATA=S9320-AM-PRO-020/MLDG | | |2 |990801|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=S9320-AM-PRO-030/MLDG | | |3 |050201|A| | | 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 ;The Cable Assembly must be manufactured in accordance with NAVSEA Drawing 5486641 P/N 5486641-027, except as amplified or modified herein.; 3.2 ;Insulation must be in accordance with MIL-DTL-915/6, ERP (Ethylene Propylene Rubber) in lieu of MIL-C-915/6, Butyl or SBR.; 3.3 ;On drawing 5486641, Detail "O", item 2, modification referred to by THOF-9 (MOD) and by MIL-DTL-915/6(MOD) is given in CSD017.; 3.4 ;General Note 13 of drawing 5486641 does not apply.; 3.5 ;Marker Tags must be manufactured per MIL-DTL-15024 Type B Style IV Cres 304 and self-clinching adjustable strap ties per SAE AS 23190 Type 2 Class 1. Capital letters must be used on cable tags. The height of all letters and numbers must not be less than 3/16-inch. Letters and numbers must be engraved not less 0.008-inch deep and tag thickness must not be less than 0.03-inch. Label plate dimensions must be per Figure 1 in CSD016. Cable tags must be as shown in the Label Plate Engraving Chart CSD016 for both the Hanger Power and Hyper Chmbr Pwr. Two Tag "B"s must be provided for both Hanger Power and Hyper Chmbr Pwr. Four Tag "A" cable label plate tags for both the Hanger Power and Hyper Chmbr Pwr are required to be provided with each cable. Two tags "A" for both the Hanger Power and Hyper Chmbr Pwr per the Cable Label Plate Engraving Chart as outlined in CSD016. The cable label plate tags must be included but not attached to the cable.; 3.5.1 ;The "procurement date" referred to in CSD016 must be the contract award date.; 3.6 Contract Support Library - Additional requirements for this item are identified as Contract Support Library Reference Number ;CSD016 and CSD017; in ECDS at https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.7 Prior to molding, MIL-DTL-24231 connector plug bodies must be treated with a Non-Conductive Coating (NCC) plasma spray in accordance with NAVSEA S9320-AM-PRO-030/MLDG by an approved vendor listed in CSD024 of the ECDS (Electronic Contractor Data Submission) system at: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.7.1 The approved vendor utilized for this contract, if other than the prime manufacturer, must be identified on the Special Emphasis C of C. 3.8 The cable assembly must be wired and molded in accordance with volume II of NAVSEA S9320-AM-PRO-020/MLDG by an approved vendor listed in CSD023 of the ECDS (Electronic Contractor Data Submission) system at: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.8.1 The approved vendor utilized for this contract, if other than the prime manufacturer, must be identified on the Special Emphasis C of C. 3.9 Quality Conformance Tests - Each Cable assembly must be subjected to Quality conformance tests per MIL-DTL-24231 Type 1 with the following exceptions: (Certificate of Compliance only) A) The hydrostatic pressure test must be per SS800-AG-MAN-010/P-9290 Appendix M and MIL-DTL-24231 at ;1000; +5%/-0% PSI for both the three cycle test and 2 hour test. B) The Insulation resistance check must be per SS800-AG-MAN-010/P-9290 Appendix M and MIL-DTL-24231. C) A dielectric test is required per SS800-AG-MAN-010/P-9290 paragraph 3.6.3.5 Electrical Testing and MIL-DTL-24231 at ;1250; V AC. 3.10 First Article Test (Contractor): One complete Cable assembly must be subjected to First Article Tests per MIL-DTL-24231 type 1 and the following: A) The hydrostatic pressure test must be per SS800-AG-MAN-010/P-9290 Appendix M and MIL-DTL-24231 at ;1000; PSI. B) The Insulation resistance check must be per SS800-AG-MAN-010/P-9290 Appendix M and MIL-DTL-24231. C) A dielectric test is required per SS800-AG-MAN-010/P-9290 paragraph 3.6.3.5 Electrical Testing and MIL-DTL-24231 at ;1250; V AC. 3.11 The pressure tolerance must be as specified in the assembly drawing, detail drawing, design specification or elsewhere in this contract. Where pressure tolerances are not provided by drawings, specifications or specified elsewhere in this contract, the following must be used: For pressure tests below 100 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +1 PSIG / -0 PSIG. For pressure tests at or above 100 PSIG up to and including 2500 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +2% / -0 PSIG rounded off to the nearest multiple of the smallest graduation on an analog test pressure gauge, not to exceed 50 PSIG. For pressure tests above 2500 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +2% / -0 PSIG, rounded off to the nearest multiple of the smallest graduation on an analog test pressure gauge, not to exceed 200 PSIG. The pressure test time tolerance must be as specified in the assembly drawing, detail drawing, design specification or elsewhere in this contract. Where pressure test time tolerances are not provided by drawings, specifications or specified elsewhere in this contract, the following must be used: For a test duration up to and including 1 hour, the tolerance must be +5 minutes / - 0 minutes. For a test duration of more than 1 hour up to and including 24 hours, the tolerance must be +30 minutes / - 0 minutes. For a test duration of more than 24 hours, the tolerance must be +60 minutes / - 0 minutes. 3.12 Mercury Free - Mercury and mercury containing compounds must not be intentionally added or come in direct contact with hardware or supplies furnished under this contract. Mercury contamination of the material will be cause for rejection. 3.13 Configuration Control - The Contractor must maintain the total equipment baseline configuration. For items of proprietary design, Contractor drawings showing the latest assembly configuration must be provided to the Government in electronic (C4) format. Definitions are provided elsewhere in the Contract/Purchase Order. 3.13.1 Waivers/Deviations - All waivers and deviations, regardless of significance or classification require review and approval by the Contracting Officer. Waivers and Deviations must be designated as Critical, Major, or Minor. The Contractor must provide a copy of this request to the QAR. Requests must include the information listed below. a. A complete description of the contract requirement affected and the nature of the waiver/deviation (non-conformance), including a classification of Critical, Major, or Minor. b. Number of units (and serial/lot numbers) to be delivered in this configuration. c. Any impacts to logistics support elements (such as software, manuals, spares, tools, and similar) being utilized by Government personnel or impacts to the operational use of the product. d. Information about remedial action being taken to prevent reoccurrence of the non-conformance. 3.13.2 All requests for Waivers/Deviations on NAVSUP-WSS Contracts must be submitted to the NAVSUP WSS Contracting Specialist via eMail. 3.13.3 ECPs - The Government will maintain configuration control and change authority for all modifications or changes affecting form, fit, function, or interface parameters of the Equipment and its sub-assemblies. The Contractor must submit an Engineering Change Proposal (ECP) for any Class I or II changes that impact the Equipment covered by this contract. ECPs must be prepared in Contractor format, and must include the following information: a. The change priority, change classification (Class I or Class II), and change justification. b. A complete description of the change to be made and the need for that change. c. A complete listing of other Configuration Items impacted by the proposed change and a description of the impact on those CIs. d. Proposed changes to documents controlled by the Government. e. Proposed serial/lot number effectivities of units to be produced in, or retrofitted to, the proposed configuration. f. Recommendations about the way a retrofit should be accomplished. g. Impacts to any logistics support elements (such as software, manuals, spares, tools, and similar) being utilized by Government personnel in support of the product. h. Impacts to the operational use of the product. i. Complete estimated life-cycle cost impact of the proposed change. j. Milestones relating to the processing and implementation of the engineering change. 3.13.4 A copy of the final waiver/deviation (both approved and disapproved) must be forwarded with the applicable asset(s). 3.14 Certificate of Compliance - (SPECIAL EMPHASIS MATERIAL) The Contractor must prepare and submit a certificate of compliance certifying that the items/components furnished under this contract comply with the requirements of the procurement document, including any/all invoked specifications and drawings. ^ QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ^ 3.15 Quality System Requirements - The Contractor furnishing items under this contract/purchase order must provide and maintain a quality system in accordance with ISO-9001 as amplified or modified herein, with the calibration system requirements of ISO-10012 or ANSI-Z540.3 with ISO-17025. A Quality System in accordance with MIL-I-45208, with the calibration system requirements of MIL-STD-45662, is acceptable as an alternate. 3.15.1 The Contractor's quality system and products supplied under the system are subject to evaluation, verification inspection, and acceptance/nonacceptance by the Government representative to determine the system's effectiveness in meeting the quality requirements established in the Contract/Purchase Order. 3.15.2 The Contractor's quality system must be documented and must be available for review by the Contracting Officer or his representative prior to initiation of production and throughout the life of the contract. The Prime Contractor must, upon notification, make his facilities available for audit by the contracting Officer or his authorized representative. 3.15.3 See CDRL DI-QCIC-81110 (Inspection System Procedures) - All suppliers of Deep Submergence Systems Program (DSSP) material are required to submit a copy of their current documented quality system procedures to the Procurement Contracting Officer (PCO) prior to award of any contract/purchase order. Suppliers that have a copy of their current quality system procedures on file at NAVICP-Mech may request the PCO waive this requirement. 3.15.4 This contract provides for the performance of Government Quality Assurance at source. The place or places of performance may not be changed without the authorization of the Procurement Contracting Officer. Upon receipt of this order, promptly notify the Government representative who normally services your plant so that appropriate planning for Government inspection can be accomplished. If you do not have an assigned Government representative, notify the nearest Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA) Office. In the event that a local Government representative or DCMA Office cannot be located, our purchasing agent should be notified immediately. 3.15.5 Any changes made by the Contractor to a qualified quality system will require concurrence by the Government Quality Assurance Representative prior to adoption. 3.16 Contractor Inspection Requirements - The Contractor must maintain adequate records of all inspections and tests. The records must indicate the nature and number of observations made, the number and type of deficiencies found, the quantities approved and rejected and the nature of corrective action taken as appropriate. 3.16.1 The supplier's gages, measuring and test equipment must be made available for use by the Government representative when required to determine conformance with Contract requirements. When conditions warrant, the supplier's personnel must be made available for operations of such devices and for verification of their accuracy and condition. 3.16.2 All documents and reference data applicable to this contract must be available for review by the Government representative. Copies of documents required for Government inspection purposes must be furnished in accordance with the instructions provided by the Government representative. 3.17 Subcontractor Inspection Requirements - The Government has the right to inspect at source, any supplies or services that were not manufactured/performed within the contractor's facility. Such inspection can only be requested by or under authorization of the Government representative. Any purchasing documents to a subcontractor must cite the applicable portions of the contractually invoked quality system (e.g. calibration requirements), plus any product requirements that apply to the supplies being purchased. When the Government elects to perform source inspection at the subcontractor's facility, applicable purchase documents must be annotated with the following statement: "A Government inspection is required prior to shipment from your plant. Upon receipt of this order, promptly notify the Government representative who normally services your plant so that appropriate planning for Government inspection can be accomplished. If you do not have an assigned Government representative, notify the nearest Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA) Office. In the event that a local Government representative DCMA Office cannot be located, our purchasing agent should be notified immediately." 3.18 Government Furnished Material and/or Equipment (GFM/GFE) - When material or equipment is furnished by the Government, the Contractor must develop documented control procedures that require at least the following: 3.18.1 Visual examination upon receipt to detect damage during transit. 3.18.2 Inspection for completeness and proper type. 3.18.3 Verification of material quality received. 3.18.4 Periodic inspection and precautions to assure adequate storage conditions and to guard against damage from handling and deterioration during storage. 3.18.5 Functional testing, either prior to or after installation, or both, as required by the Contract to determine satisfactory operation. 3.18.6 Identification and protection from improper use or disposition. 3.18.7 Reporting to the Government, any GFM or GFE property found damaged, malfunctioning, or otherwise unsuitable for use. In the event of damage or malfunction during or after installation, the supplier must determine and record probable cause and necessity for withholding the material from use. 3.18.8 For GFE material, and as required by the terms of the bailment agreement, the supplier must establish procedures for adequate storage, maintenance, and inspection of bailed Government material. Records of all inspection and maintenance performed on bailed property must be maintained. 3.18.9 Material returned to the contractor must be handled as GFM. 3.19 Traceability and Certification Requirements - To assure that correct materials are installed in DSSP systems, it is imperative that traceability be maintained from the material to all required Objective Quality Evidence (OQE). 3.19.1 The following provides the minimum requirements for maintaining material traceability and supplements the requirements specified elsewhere in the contract/purchase order. 3.20 Material Traceability - Traceability markings must be permanently applied to the material in accordance with MIL-STD-792 or to a tag affixed to the material, and annotated on the required OQE. The traceability marking may be any vendor traceability number/code which provides complete traceability to the required OQE. Traceability Marking/Identification may include such items as Nomenclature, Part Number, Technical Description, National Stock Number (NSN), etc. Traceability must be maintained through all process operations including any subcontracted operations, to the finished component. 3.20.1 When traceability markings on the material would be removed by a manufacturing or fabrication process, the marking must be recorded prior to removal and be immediately restored upon completion of the process. If this cannot be done or is impractical, an appropriate material control procedure (such as a bag and tag, tagging, and/or tote box control) must be employed. The material control procedure must provide a method of positive control to preclude commingling of material or loss of traceability. The traceability marking must be reapplied upon completion of the final manufacturing process. 3.20.2 The material control process must include requirements for the maintenance of traceability for items sent out for subcontracted operations. If such operations would remove traceability markings on the material, purchase or work orders must specify a method and marking location for remarking. The contractor must also ensure that subcontractor production controls are adequate to preclude commingling of materials during processing. 3.21 Final Inspection - The following inspections must be performed prior to Government inspection and acceptance. 3.21.1 Material Sampling - Material must be inspected for form, fit, and function. Lot acceptance must be based on zero defects and lot rejection based on one defect. The sample size must be in accordance with the sampling plan(s) in the applicable military specification or standard, federal specification or standard, or drawing to which the material was manufactured. In the absence of such sampling plans, sampling inspection must be per ANSI/ASQ-Z1.4, general inspection level II (for sample size selection code), table IIA (for sample size). SMALL LOT SIZES - For lot sizes of fifty or less, the minimum sample size must be eight units. For lot sizes of eight or less, the sample size must be one hundred percent of the lot. 3.21.2 The Manufacturer may elect to use Statistical Process Control (SPC) to assure product quality in lieu of the above attribute sampling plan, provided that the SPC methodology/system used provides acceptable products to the Government. However, the Government Inspection Activity may perform their acceptance inspection of the material using the attribute sampling plan outlined above. 3.21.3 All OQE required by the Contract and all data concerning material traceability (OQE to traceability marking) must be 100% inspected. The certification test reports must also be 100% inspected for completeness and legibility. 3.22 Test Certification - When test certifications are required elsewhere in the contract, certification documents must be positive and unqualified. Disclaimers such as "to the best of our knowledge" or "we believe the information contained herein is true" are not acceptable. 3.22.1 If material is received without the required test certification papers or with incorrect/missing data on the certification papers, the material will be rejected. 3.23 See CDRL DI-NDTI-80809 (First Article Testing) - First Article Test/Inspection (Contractor) - The Contractor must conduct ;destructive; First Article Test/Inspection on ;one complete cable assembly; unit(s) in accordance with requirements ;of section 3 of this contract; . 3.24 See CDRL DI-MISC-80678 (Special Emphasis C of C) - The certificate of compliance must show traceability to the marking applied on each individual item, and must contain the following information: 1. Contractor's name, address, phone number and date. 2. The NAVSUP contract/purchase order number (i.e. N00104-11-P-FA12) 3. The national stock number (NSN). The 18 character National Stock Number for Special Emphasis Material includes the two digit COG, the four digit FSC, the 9 digit NIIN, and the two digit SMIC (i.e. 1H 4820 012345678 D4) ("N/A" when Not Applicable). 4. Component Serial Number 5. Lubricants, sealants, anti-seize, and/or thread locking compounds. ("N/A" when Not Applicable). 6. Cure date ("N/A" when Not Applicable). 7. Manufacturer's compound number ("N/A" when Not Applicable). 8. When weld procedure submittal is required by the contract, a statement that the approval date of the qualification data precedes any production or repair welding performed on this Contract. ("N/A" when Not Applicable). 9. A statement listing each contractually invoked Hull Mechanical and Electrical (HM&E) testing by name, and that it was performed satisfactorily. ("N/A" when Not Applicable) 10. A statement to the effect that all items furnished on this contract are in full compliance with this procurement document including any invoked specifications and drawings. 11. Contractor's or authorized personnel's signature and printed name. 3.25 For Connectors, Cables, and Junction Boxes procured to EB Specs S-5343934-1, S-5343934-2, or S-5343934-3, the Certificate of Compliance must also include the information below: 3.25.1 Direct reading of O-ring surface diameters with specified standard. 3.26 For all electrical components, the following applies: 1. First Article Inspection: As specified elsewhere in Paragraph 3 per applicable manuals, instruction, drawings, or specifications. Cables that have been repaired and returned to service will require First Article Inspection to be performed at the time of rectification for use. 2. For C of C involving more than one cable assembly, the date of testing must be marked as the day in which the final cable assembly for the contract lot was tested. 3. Test Acceptance Signature: Contractor's authorized personnel must sign at the completion of all required testing indicating acceptance of all recorded data and certifying the satisfactory completion of the required test(s).NOTE: The Test Acceptance Signature must be annotated as attesting that the person who actually performed or witnessed the test is verifying that all associated test parameters were met. 4. The contractor's internal test documentation must note acceptability by the initials and date of the person performing the test and must be maintained by the contractor in accordance with contract requirements. 5. Identification for each cable or lot of cables tested together and identified with component serial number to the objective quality evidence (test records held at manufactures facility). This is necessary to correlate the testing records to the cables tested. 6. Dielectric Strength Testing: Manufacturer is required to record the required and actual voltage, frequency, and duration. 7. Hydrostatic Testing: Manufacturer is required to identify the hydrostatic test duration and number of cycles (e.g. Cycle 1 - 3 X 100 +/-5 psig for 5 minutes) required and those actually accomplished during testing. Manufacturer is to record the results of Continuity Testing ,in addition to Insulation Resistance Testing, before and after Hydrostatic Testing. Low Voltage Insulation Resistance testing may be utilized when damage to the equipment is highly probable. 8. Manufacturer is required to document the required test value or parameter and test tolerance with which the testing is specified to be performed. This information comes from the Government Furnished Information (e.g. the specification or governing requirement document). When documenting the observed test pressure for cable lots, minimum and maximum pressure observed must be reported. 1. Manufacturer must indicate the required duration for testing as outlined by GFI and actual test duration witnessed at that time. 2. Manufacturer documentation must specify the required test medium as outlined by GFI as well as the actual test medium used for testing. 3. Manufacturer must include all reporting of allowable leakage specified within GFI in addition to actual leakage experienced during testing (when specified and allowed). 3.27 The Contractor must maintain adequate records of all inspections and tests. The records must indicate the nature and number of observations made, the number and type of deficiencies found, the quantities approved and rejected and the nature of corrective action taken as appropriate. Inspection records must be traceable to the material inspected. 3.27.1 All records generated by the manufacturer, which are used as the basis for completing the C of C, are required to be retained at the manufacturers facility for a minimum of seven years, or as noted by the requirements of the contractually invoked documents. 3.27.2 Manufacture's objective quality evidence documentation and reference data applicable to this contract are not required to be shipped as a deliverable, however these articles must be made available for review by the Government. Copies of documents required for Government inspection purposes must be furnished in accordance with the instructions provided by the Government. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Notes to DCMA QAR and the Contractor - 4.1.1 DCMA QAR and the Contractor for proprietary designs - Departures from Contractor imposed requirements, not specifically covered by the contract, must be judged individually on the basis of the effect, if any, on contractual requirements. When there is a disagreement between the Contractor and the Government representative as to the effect on contractual requirements, the departure must be considered a nonconformance and be submitted to the PCO for disposition. 4.1.2 DCMA QAR and the Contractor for proprietary designs - All records of departures from Contractor imposed requirements must be maintained and available for review at the Contractor's facility. A copy must be given to the local Government representative. A record of these departures, traceable to the applicablepart number and contract number must be submitted to the PCO. 4.1.3 DCMA QAR and the Contractor for proprietary designs - For proprietary designs, the contractor's part numbers are acceptable for reference only. The delivered material must conform to all drawings, specifications, and other contractual requirements. 4.1.4 DCMA QAR - It is the responsibility of DCMA QAR to review Non-Destructive Testing (NDT) procedures for NAVSUP Contracts/Purchase Orders. 4.1.5 DCMA QAR and the Contractor - The ECDS (Electronic Contractor Data Submission) system is available for certain data submissions and to submit questions and clarifications, and waiver requests on Contracts and Solicitations. ECDS can be found at: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 5. PACKAGING 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking must be in accordance with the Contract/Purchase Order Schedule and as specified below. MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES 6.1 Several definitions of terms that apply to CSI items are listed below. All terms may not apply to every item. 6.1.1 The ECDS (Electronic Contractor Data Submission) system is at: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ This application will require advance registration using a PKI Digital Certificate on a CAC. A Vendor User Guide is available...
61--CABLE ASSEMBLY,SPEC
CONTACT INFORMATION|4|N743.43|WWJ|N/A|NOELLE.M.SMITH10.CIV@US.NAVY.MIL| ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT (NAVICP REVIEW FEB 1991)(FEB 1999)|1|SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION C & E| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE - SHORT VERSION|8|X||X|||||| GENERAL INFORMATION-FOB-DESTINATION|1|A| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|INVOICE AND RECEIVING REPORT (COMBO)||TBD|N00104|TBD|TBD|N50286|TBD|||N/A|||||| NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|| WARRANTY OF SUPPLIES OF A NONCOMPLEX NATURE (JUNE 2003)|6|ONE YEAR|365 DAYS AFTER THE LAST DELIVERY UNDER THIS CONTRACT||||| WARRANTY OF DATA--BASIC (MAR 2014)|2||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM-BASIC (FEB 2024)|11|||||||||||| NOTICE OF TOTAL SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE (OCT 2020)(DEVIATION 2020-O0008)|1|| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2025)|13|||||||||||||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024))|5|||||| BUY AMERICAN-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|335311|800|||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||X| 1.DD1423 Data Item A001 (Inspection and Test Plan) may be waived if already on file at NAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg. 2.The following proposed delivery schedule applies: Submission of all certification data CDRLS 20 days prior to delivery. PNSY review/acceptance of certification CDRLS 6 working days after receipt Final delivery of material (390 days) 3. This procurement is issued EAF. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 The material covered in this contract/purchase order will be used in a crucial shipboard system. The use of incorrect or defective material would create a high probability of failure resulting in serious personnel injury, loss of life, loss of vital shipboard systems, or loss of the ship itself. Therefore, the material has been designated as SPECIAL EMPHASIS material (Level I, Scope of Certification, or Quality Assured) and special control procedures are invoked to ensure receipt of correct material. 1.1.1 DSSP Scope of Certification Material - Material Control Division ;(B); applies to this material. 1.1.2 This ;Cable Assembly; contains non-metallic materials which must satisfy the toxicity and flammability requirements of NAVSEA SS800-AG-MAN-010/P-9290. Use of any material other than that specified requires special engineering approval and may require testing. 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Order of Precedence - In the event of a conflict between the text of this contract/purchase order and the references and/or drawings cited herein, the text of this contract/purchase order must take precedence. Nothing in this contract/purchase order, however, must supersede applicable laws and regulations unless a specific exemption has been obtained. 2.2 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.2.1 Specification Revisions - The specification revisions listed under "Documents References" below are the preferred revision. Older and/or newer r evisions are acceptable when listed within Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD155 in ECDS (Electric Contractor Data Submission) at: ht tps://register.nslc.navy.mil/. This is to allow Contractors to use certain acceptable older specification revisions to purge their existing stock of material certified to those older revisions or to use newer specification revisions when material is certified to newly released revisions,without requiring the submittal of waiver/deviation requests for each specification revision on every contract. Revisions of specifications reflecting editorial and/or re-approval (e.g. E2009, R2014, etc.) are considered inconsequential, but are acceptable when their revisions are listedwithin CSD155 or elsewhere within this contract. 2.2.2 Documents, drawings, and publications supplied are listed under "Drawing Number". These items should be retained until an award is made. 2.2.3 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. DRAWING DATA=CPG1027-1 |96169| F| |D|000.A | F|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=CPG1027-1 |96169| F| |D|000.B | F|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=CPG1027-1 |96169| F| |D|000.C | F|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=CPG1027-1 |96169| F| |D|0001 | F|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=CPG1027-1 |96169| F| |D|0002 | E|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=CPG1027-1 |96169| F| |D|0003 | B|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=CPG1027-1 |96169| F| |D|0004 | F|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=CPG1027-1 |96169| F| |D|0005 | F|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=CPG1027-1 |96169| F| |D|0006 | F|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=CPG1027-1 |96169| F| |D|0007 | E|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=CPG1027-1 |96169| F| |D|0008 | C|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=CPG1027-1 |96169| F| |D|0009 | E|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=CPG1027-1 |96169| F| |D|0010 | F|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=CPG1027-1 |96169| F| |D|0011 | F|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=CPG1027-1 |96169| F| |D|0012 | E|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=CPG1027-1 |96169| F| |D|0013 | F|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=5486641 |53711| K| |D|0001 | K|00000|0000000 DRAWING DATA=5486641 |57311| K| |D|0001.A | H|00000|0000000 DOCUMENT REF DATA=ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 | | | |080101|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-792 | | |F |230223|A| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO_9001 | | | |081115|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO10012 | | | |030415|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO/IEC 17025 | | | |050515|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-24231 | | |E |130426|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-24231 |0004| |E |240513|A|1 | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-24231 |0029| |A |130426|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-I-45208 | | |A |810724|A|1 | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-45662 | | |A |880801|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ANSI/NCSL Z540.3 | | | |130326|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=SS800-AG-MAN-010/P-9290 | | |A |200324|A| |42| DOCUMENT REF DATA=S9320-AM-PRO-020/MLDG | | |2 |990801|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=S9320-AM-PRO-030/MLDG | | |3 |050201|A| | | 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 ;The Cable Assembly must be manufactured in accordance with NAVSEA Drawing 5486641 P/N 5486641-0019 and CSD313 (Redline Drawing 302-5486641 Rev K), except as amplified or modified herein.; 3.2 ;General Note 13 of drawing 5486641 does not apply.; 3.3 ;Drawing 7329665 does not apply.; 3.4 Contract Support Library - Additional requirements for this item are identified as Contract Support Library Reference Number ;CSD313; in ECDS at https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.5 Prior to molding, MIL-DTL-24231 connector plug bodies must be treated with a Non-Conductive Coating (NCC) plasma spray in accordance with NAVSEA S9320-AM-PRO-030/MLDG by an approved vendor listed in CSD024 of the ECDS (Electronic Contractor Data Submission) system at: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.5.1 The approved vendor utilized for this contract, if other than the prime manufacturer, must be identified on the Special Emphasis C of C. 3.6 The cable assembly must be wired and molded in accordance with volume II of NAVSEA S9320-AM-PRO-020/MLDG by an approved vendor listed in CSD023 of the ECDS (Electronic Contractor Data Submission) system at: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.6.1 The approved vendor utilized for this contract, if other than the prime manufacturer, must be identified on the Special Emphasis C of C. 3.7 Quality Conformance Tests - Each Cable assembly must be subjected to Quality conformance tests per MIL-DTL-24231 Type 1 with the following exceptions: (Certificate of Compliance only) A) The hydrostatic pressure test must be per SS800-AG-MAN-010/P-9290 Appendix M and MIL-DTL-24231 at ;135; +5%/-0% PSI for both the three cycle test and 2 hour test. B) The Insulation resistance check must be per SS800-AG-MAN-010/P-9290 Appendix M and MIL-DTL-24231. C) A dielectric test is required per SS800-AG-MAN-010/P-9290 paragraph 3.6.3.5 Electrical Testing and MIL-DTL-24231 at ;1250; V AC. 3.8 First Article Test (Contractor): One complete Cable assembly must be subjected to First Article Tests per MIL-DTL-24231 type 1 and the following: A) The hydrostatic pressure test must be per SS800-AG-MAN-010/P-9290 Appendix M and MIL-DTL-24231 at ;135; PSI. B) The Insulation resistance check must be per SS800-AG-MAN-010/P-9290 Appendix M and MIL-DTL-24231. C) A dielectric test is required per SS800-AG-MAN-010/P-9290 paragraph 3.6.3.5 Electrical Testing and MIL-DTL-24231 at ;1250; V AC. 3.9 The pressure tolerance must be as specified in the assembly drawing, detail drawing, design specification or elsewhere in this contract. Where pressure tolerances are not provided by drawings, specifications or specified elsewhere in this contract, the following must be used: For pressure tests below 100 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +1 PSIG / -0 PSIG. For pressure tests at or above 100 PSIG up to and including 2500 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +2% / -0 PSIG rounded off to the nearest multiple of the smallest graduation on an analog test pressure gauge, not to exceed 50 PSIG. For pressure tests above 2500 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +2% / -0 PSIG, rounded off to the nearest multiple of the smallest graduation on an analog test pressure gauge, not to exceed 200 PSIG. The pressure test time tolerance must be as specified in the assembly drawing, detail drawing, design specification or elsewhere in this contract. Where pressure test time tolerances are not provided by drawings, specifications or specified elsewhere in this contract, the following must be used: For a test duration up to and including 1 hour, the tolerance must be +5 minutes / - 0 minutes. For a test duration of more than 1 hour up to and including 24 hours, the tolerance must be +30 minutes / - 0 minutes. For a test duration of more than 24 hours, the tolerance must be +60 minutes / - 0 minutes. 3.10 Mercury Free - Mercury and mercury containing compounds must not be intentionally added or come in direct contact with hardware or supplies furnished under this contract. Mercury contamination of the material will be cause for rejection. 3.11 Configuration Control - The Contractor must maintain the total equipment baseline configuration. For items of proprietary design, Contractor drawings showing the latest assembly configuration must be provided to the Government in electronic (C4) format. Definitions are provided elsewhere in the Contract/Purchase Order. 3.11.1 Waivers/Deviations - All waivers and deviations, regardless of significance or classification require review and approval by the Contracting Officer. Waivers and Deviations must be designated as Critical, Major, or Minor. The Contractor must provide a copy of this request to the QAR. Requests must include the information listed below. a. A complete description of the contract requirement affected and the nature of the waiver/deviation (non-conformance), including a classification of Critical, Major, or Minor. b. Number of units (and serial/lot numbers) to be delivered in this configuration. c. Any impacts to logistics support elements (such as software, manuals, spares, tools, and similar) being utilized by Government personnel or impacts to the operational use of the product. d. Information about remedial action being taken to prevent reoccurrence of the non-conformance. 3.11.2 All requests for Waivers/Deviations on NAVSUP-WSS Contracts must be submitted to the NAVSUP WSS Contracting Specialist via eMail. 3.11.3 ECPs - The Government will maintain configuration control and change authority for all modifications or changes affecting form, fit, function, or interface parameters of the Equipment and its sub-assemblies. The Contractor must submit an Engineering Change Proposal (ECP) for any Class I or II changes that impact the Equipment covered by this contract. ECPs must be prepared in Contractor format, and must include the following information: a. The change priority, change classification (Class I or Class II), and change justification. b. A complete description of the change to be made and the need for that change. c. A complete listing of other Configuration Items impacted by the proposed change and a description of the impact on those CIs. d. Proposed changes to documents controlled by the Government. e. Proposed serial/lot number effectivities of units to be produced in, or retrofitted to, the proposed configuration. f. Recommendations about the way a retrofit should be accomplished. g. Impacts to any logistics support elements (such as software, manuals, spares, tools, and similar) being utilized by Government personnel in support of the product. h. Impacts to the operational use of the product. i. Complete estimated life-cycle cost impact of the proposed change. j. Milestones relating to the processing and implementation of the engineering change. 3.11.4 A copy of the final waiver/deviation (both approved and disapproved) must be forwarded with the applicable asset(s). 3.12 Certificate of Compliance - (SPECIAL EMPHASIS MATERIAL) The Contractor must prepare and submit a certificate of compliance certifying that the items/components furnished under this contract comply with the requirements of the procurement document, including any/all invoked specifications and drawings. ^ QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ^ 3.13 Quality System Requirements - The Contractor furnishing items under this contract/purchase order must provide and maintain a quality system in accordance with ISO-9001 as amplified or modified herein, with the calibration system requirements of ISO-10012 or ANSI-Z540.3 with ISO-17025. A Quality System in accordance with MIL-I-45208, with the calibration system requirements of MIL-STD-45662, is acceptable as an alternate. 3.13.1 The Contractor's quality system and products supplied under the system are subject to evaluation, verification inspection, and acceptance/nonacceptance by the Government representative to determine the system's effectiveness in meeting the quality requirements established in the Contract/Purchase Order. 3.13.2 The Contractor's quality system must be documented and must be available for review by the Contracting Officer or his representative prior to initiation of production and throughout the life of the contract. The Prime Contractor must, upon notification, make his facilities available for audit by the contracting Officer or his authorized representative. 3.13.3 See CDRL DI-QCIC-81110 (Inspection System Procedures) - All suppliers of Deep Submergence Systems Program (DSSP) material are required to submit a copy of their current documented quality system procedures to the Procurement Contracting Officer (PCO) prior to award of any contract/purchase order. Suppliers that have a copy of their current quality system procedures on file at NAVICP-Mech may request the PCO waive this requirement. 3.13.4 This contract provides for the performance of Government Quality Assurance at source. The place or places of performance may not be changed without the authorization of the Procurement Contracting Officer. Upon receipt of this order, promptly notify the Government representative who normally services your plant so that appropriate planning for Government inspection can be accomplished. If you do not have an assigned Government representative, notify the nearest Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA) Office. In the event that a local Government representative or DCMA Office cannot be located, our purchasing agent should be notified immediately. 3.13.5 Any changes made by the Contractor to a qualified quality system will require concurrence by the Government Quality Assurance Representative prior to adoption. 3.14 Contractor Inspection Requirements - The Contractor must maintain adequate records of all inspections and tests. The records must indicate the nature and number of observations made, the number and type of deficiencies found, the quantities approved and rejected and the nature of corrective action taken as appropriate. 3.14.1 The supplier's gages, measuring and test equipment must be made available for use by the Government representative when required to determine conformance with Contract requirements. When conditions warrant, the supplier's personnel must be made available for operations of such devices and for verification of their accuracy and condition. 3.14.2 All documents and reference data applicable to this contract must be available for review by the Government representative. Copies of documents required for Government inspection purposes must be furnished in accordance with the instructions provided by the Government representative. 3.15 Subcontractor Inspection Requirements - The Government has the right to inspect at source, any supplies or services that were not manufactured/performed within the contractor's facility. Such inspection can only be requested by or under authorization of the Government representative. Any purchasing documents to a subcontractor must cite the applicable portions of the contractually invoked quality system (e.g. calibration requirements), plus any product requirements that apply to the supplies being purchased. When the Government elects to perform source inspection at the subcontractor's facility, applicable purchase documents must be annotated with the following statement: "A Government inspection is required prior to shipment from your plant. Upon receipt of this order, promptly notify the Government representative who normally services your plant so that appropriate planning for Government inspection can be accomplished. If you do not have an assigned Government representative, notify the nearest Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA) Office. In the event that a local Government representative DCMA Office cannot be located, our purchasing agent should be notified immediately." 3.16 Government Furnished Material and/or Equipment (GFM/GFE) - When material or equipment is furnished by the Government, the Contractor must develop documented control procedures that require at least the following: 3.16.1 Visual examination upon receipt to detect damage during transit. 3.16.2 Inspection for completeness and proper type. 3.16.3 Verification of material quality received. 3.16.4 Periodic inspection and precautions to assure adequate storage conditions and to guard against damage from handling and deterioration during storage. 3.16.5 Functional testing, either prior to or after installation, or both, as required by the Contract to determine satisfactory operation. 3.16.6 Identification and protection from improper use or disposition. 3.16.7 Reporting to the Government, any GFM or GFE property found damaged, malfunctioning, or otherwise unsuitable for use. In the event of damage or malfunction during or after installation, the supplier must determine and record probable cause and necessity for withholding the material from use. 3.16.8 For GFE material, and as required by the terms of the bailment agreement, the supplier must establish procedures for adequate storage, maintenance, and inspection of bailed Government material. Records of all inspection and maintenance performed on bailed property must be maintained. 3.16.9 Material returned to the contractor must be handled as GFM. 3.17 Traceability and Certification Requirements - To assure that correct materials are installed in DSSP systems, it is imperative that traceability be maintained from the material to all required Objective Quality Evidence (OQE). 3.17.1 The following provides the minimum requirements for maintaining material traceability and supplements the requirements specified elsewhere in the contract/purchase order. 3.18 Material Traceability - Traceability markings must be permanently applied to the material in accordance with MIL-STD-792 or to a tag affixed to the material, and annotated on the required OQE. The traceability marking may be any vendor traceability number/code which provides complete traceability to the required OQE. Traceability Marking/Identification may include such items as Nomenclature, Part Number, Technical Description, National Stock Number (NSN), etc. Traceability must be maintained through all process operations including any subcontracted operations, to the finished component. 3.18.1 When traceability markings on the material would be removed by a manufacturing or fabrication process, the marking must be recorded prior to removal and be immediately restored upon completion of the process. If this cannot be done or is impractical, an appropriate material control procedure (such as a bag and tag, tagging, and/or tote box control) must be employed. The material control procedure must provide a method of positive control to preclude commingling of material or loss of traceability. The traceability marking must be reapplied upon completion of the final manufacturing process. 3.18.2 The material control process must include requirements for the maintenance of traceability for items sent out for subcontracted operations. If such operations would remove traceability markings on the material, purchase or work orders must specify a method and marking location for remarking. The contractor must also ensure that subcontractor production controls are adequate to preclude commingling of materials during processing. 3.19 Final Inspection - The following inspections must be performed prior to Government inspection and acceptance. 3.19.1 Material Sampling - Material must be inspected for form, fit, and function. Lot acceptance must be based on zero defects and lot rejection based on one defect. The sample size must be in accordance with the sampling plan(s) in the applicable military specification or standard, federal specification or standard, or drawing to which the material was manufactured. In the absence of such sampling plans, sampling inspection must be per ANSI/ASQ-Z1.4, general inspection level II (for sample size selection code), table IIA (for sample size). SMALL LOT SIZES - For lot sizes of fifty or less, the minimum sample size must be eight units. For lot sizes of eight or less, the sample size must be one hundred percent of the lot. 3.19.2 The Manufacturer may elect to use Statistical Process Control (SPC) to assure product quality in lieu of the above attribute sampling plan, provided that the SPC methodology/system used provides acceptable products to the Government. However, the Government Inspection Activity may perform their acceptance inspection of the material using the attribute sampling plan outlined above. 3.19.3 All OQE required by the Contract and all data concerning material traceability (OQE to traceability marking) must be 100% inspected. The certification test reports must also be 100% inspected for completeness and legibility. 3.20 Test Certification - When test certifications are required elsewhere in the contract, certification documents must be positive and unqualified. Disclaimers such as "to the best of our knowledge" or "we believe the information contained herein is true" are not acceptable. 3.20.1 If material is received without the required test certification papers or with incorrect/missing data on the certification papers, the material will be rejected. 3.21 See CDRL DI-NDTI-80809 (First Article Testing) - First Article Test/Inspection (Contractor) - The Contractor must conduct ;destructive; First Article Test/Inspection on ;one complete cable assembly; unit(s) in accordance with requirements ;of section 3 of this contract; . 3.22 See CDRL DI-MISC-80678 (Special Emphasis C of C) - The certificate of compliance must show traceability to the marking applied on each individual item, and must contain the following information: 1. Contractor's name, address, phone number and date. 2. The NAVSUP contract/purchase order number (i.e. N00104-11-P-FA12) 3. The national stock number (NSN). The 18 character National Stock Number for Special Emphasis Material includes the two digit COG, the four digit FSC, the 9 digit NIIN, and the two digit SMIC (i.e. 1H 4820 012345678 D4) ("N/A" when Not Applicable). 4. Component Serial Number 5. Lubricants, sealants, anti-seize, and/or thread locking compounds. ("N/A" when Not Applicable). 6. Cure date ("N/A" when Not Applicable). 7. Manufacturer's compound number ("N/A" when Not Applicable). 8. When weld procedure submittal is required by the contract, a statement that the approval date of the qualification data precedes any production or repair welding performed on this Contract. ("N/A" when Not Applicable). 9. A statement listing each contractually invoked Hull Mechanical and Electrical (HM&E) testing by name, and that it was performed satisfactorily. ("N/A" when Not Applicable) 10. A statement to the effect that all items furnished on this contract are in full compliance with this procurement document including any invoked specifications and drawings. 11. Contractor's or authorized personnel's signature and printed name. 3.23 For Connectors, Cables, and Junction Boxes procured to EB Specs S-5343934-1, S-5343934-2, or S-5343934-3, the Certificate of Compliance must also include the information below: 3.23.1 Direct reading of O-ring surface diameters with specified standard. 3.24 For all electrical components, the following applies: 1. First Article Inspection: As specified elsewhere in Paragraph 3 per applicable manuals, instruction, drawings, or specifications. Cables that have been repaired and returned to service will require First Article Inspection to be performed at the time of rectification for use. 2. For C of C involving more than one cable assembly, the date of testing must be marked as the day in which the final cable assembly for the contract lot was tested. 3. Test Acceptance Signature: Contractor's authorized personnel must sign at the completion of all required testing indicating acceptance of all recorded data and certifying the satisfactory completion of the required test(s).NOTE: The Test Acceptance Signature must be annotated as attesting that the person who actually performed or witnessed the test is verifying that all associated test parameters were met. 4. The contractor's internal test documentation must note acceptability by the initials and date of the person performing the test and must be maintained by the contractor in accordance with contract requirements. 5. Identification for each cable or lot of cables tested together and identified with component serial number to the objective quality evidence (test records held at manufactures facility). This is necessary to correlate the testing records to the cables tested. 6. Dielectric Strength Testing: Manufacturer is required to record the required and actual voltage, frequency, and duration. 7. Hydrostatic Testing: Manufacturer is required to identify the hydrostatic test duration and number of cycles (e.g. Cycle 1 - 3 X 100 +/-5 psig for 5 minutes) required and those actually accomplished during testing. Manufacturer is to record the results of Continuity Testing ,in addition to Insulation Resistance Testing, before and after Hydrostatic Testing. Low Voltage Insulation Resistance testing may be utilized when damage to the equipment is highly probable. 8. Manufacturer is required to document the required test value or parameter and test tolerance with which the testing is specified to be performed. This information comes from the Government Furnished Information (e.g. the specification or governing requirement document). When documenting the observed test pressure for cable lots, minimum and maximum pressure observed must be reported. 1. Manufacturer must indicate the required duration for testing as outlined by GFI and actual test duration witnessed at that time. 2. Manufacturer documentation must specify the required test medium as outlined by GFI as well as the actual test medium used for testing. 3. Manufacturer must include all reporting of allowable leakage specified within GFI in addition to actual leakage experienced during testing (when specified and allowed). 3.25 The Contractor must maintain adequate records of all inspections and tests. The records must indicate the nature and number of observations made, the number and type of deficiencies found, the quantities approved and rejected and the nature of corrective action taken as appropriate. Inspection records must be traceable to the material inspected. 3.25.1 All records generated by the manufacturer, which are used as the basis for completing the C of C, are required to be retained at the manufacturers facility for a minimum of seven years, or as noted by the requirements of the contractually invoked documents. 3.25.2 Manufacture's objective quality evidence documentation and reference data applicable to this contract are not required to be shipped as a deliverable, however these articles must be made available for review by the Government. Copies of documents required for Government inspection purposes must be furnished in accordance with the instructions provided by the Government. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Notes to DCMA QAR and the Contractor - 4.1.1 DCMA QAR and the Contractor for proprietary designs - Departures from Contractor imposed requirements, not specifically covered by the contract, must be judged individually on the basis of the effect, if any, on contractual requirements. When there is a disagreement between the Contractor and the Government representative as to the effect on contractual requirements, the departure must be considered a nonconformance and be submitted to the PCO for disposition. 4.1.2 DCMA QAR and the Contractor for proprietary designs - All records of departures from Contractor imposed requirements must be maintained and available for review at the Contractor's facility. A copy must be given to the local Government representative. A record of these departures, traceable to the applicablepart number and contract number must be submitted to the PCO. 4.1.3 DCMA QAR and the Contractor for proprietary designs - For proprietary designs, the contractor's part numbers are acceptable for reference only. The delivered material must conform to all drawings, specifications, and other contractual requirements. 4.1.4 DCMA QAR - It is the responsibility of DCMA QAR to review Non-Destructive Testing (NDT) procedures for NAVSUP Contracts/Purchase Orders. 4.1.5 DCMA QAR and the Contractor - The ECDS (Electronic Contractor Data Submission) system is available for certain data submissions and to submit questions and clarifications, and waiver requests on Contracts and Solicitations. ECDS can be found at: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 5. PACKAGING 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking must be in accordance with the Contract/Purchase Order Schedule and as specified below. MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES 6.1 Several definitions of terms that apply to CSI items are listed below. All terms may not apply to every item. 6.1.1 The ECDS (Electronic Contractor Data Submission) system is at: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ This application will require advance registration using a PKI Digital Certificate on a CAC. A Vendor User Guide is available as CSD001 in the CSD (Contract Support Document) Library within ECDS. 6.1.2 Critical Safety Item (CSI) - Any ship part, assembly, or support equipment containing a critical characteristic whose failure, malfunction, or absence of which could cause a catastrophic or critical failure resulting in loss of, or serious damage to the ship, or unacceptable risk of personal injury or loss of life. 6.1.3 Critical Process - As determined by the TWH, any process, operation or a...
INERTIAL NAVIGATION
CONTACT INFORMATION|4|N721.29|GC1|215-697-3473|LARA.L.SZOTT.CIV@US.NAVY.MIL| ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT|8||||||||| INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF SUPPLIES|26||||||||||||||||||||||||||| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|INVOICE AND RECEIVING REPORT COMBO||TBD|N00383|TBD|TBD|SEE SCHEDULE|TBD||||||||| NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|| WARRANTY OF SUPPLIES OF A NONCOMPLEX NATURE (JUN 2003)|6|365 DAYS AFTER DELIVERY OF UNIT|45 DAYS AFTER THE DEFECT WAS FOUND||||| EQUAL OPPORTUITY FOR WORKERS WITH DISABILITIES (JUN 2020)|2||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM-BASIC (FEB 2024)|11|||||||||||| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2025)|13|||||||||||||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024))|5|||||| BUY AMERICAN--BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM (FEB 2024)|1|| ROYALTY INFORMATION (APR 1984)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND 2025-O0004))|12|334511|1350||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS, ANDENERGY PROGRAM USE (APR 2008))|2||X| This amendment hereby extends the quotes due by date to 29 DEC 2025. Please submit quote via email to LARA.L.SZOTT.CIV@US.NAVY.MIL by the due date specified on page 1, block 10. Required RTAT: 25 days after receipt of asset. Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) definition: The contractual delivery requirement is measured from asset acceptance under the terms of the contract. For purposes of this section, Return is defined as physical receipt of the F-condition asset at the contractor's facility as reflected in the Action Date entry in the Commercial Asset Visibility (CAV) system.In accordance with the CAV Statement of Work, the contractor is required to accurately report all transactions by the end of the fifth regular business day after receipt and the Action Date entered in CAV must be dated to reflect the actual date of physical receipt. The Contractor must obtain final inspection and acceptance by the Government for all assets within the RTATs established in the subsequent contract. Throughput Constraint: Contractor must provide a throughput Constraint for each NSN(s). Total assets to be repaired monthly after initial delivery commences X/month (contractor fill in #). A throughput of ##____ per month reflects no throughput constraint. Induction Expiration Date: 365 days after contract award date. Any asset received after this date in days is not authorized for repair without bi-lateral agreement between the Contractor and NAVSUP WSS Contracting Officer. ALL CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS (I.E. CONTRACTS, PURCHASE ORDERS, TASK ORDERS, DELIVERY ORDERS AND MODIFICATIONS) RELATED TO THE INSTANT PROCUREMENT ARE CONSIDERED TO BE "ISSUED" BY THE GOVERNMENT WHEN COPIES ARE EITHER DEPOSITED IN THE MAIL, TRANSMITTED BY FACSIMILE, OR SENT BY OTHER ELECTRONIC COMMERCE METHODS, SUCH AS EMAIL. THE GOVERNMENT'S ACCEPTANCE OF THE CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL CONSTITUTES BILATERAL AGREEMENT TO "ISSUE" CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS AS DETAILED HEREIN. Early and incremental deliveries accepted and preferred. This RFQ is for repair. This RFQ is in accordance with FAR part 15. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 . Markings shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-130. 1.2 Articles to be furnished hereunder shall be repaired, tested andinspected in accordance with the terms and conditions specified in theRequirements Section of this document. 1.3 Unless expressly provided for elsewhere in this clause, equipment suchas fixtures, jigs, dies, patterns, mylars, special tooling, test equipment, orany other manufacturing aid required for the manufacture and/or testing of the subject item(s) will not be provided by the Government or any other source and is the sole responsibility of the contractor. The foregoing applies notwithstanding any reference to such equipment or the furnishing thereof that may be contained in any drawing or referenced specification. 1.4 The use of MIL-W-81381 wire in any item to be delivered under this procurement is prohibited. The foregoing prohibition applies notwithstanding any reference to MIL-W-81381 wire that may be made in any of the drawings or specifications for this procurement. SAE-AS22759 series wire shall be used in lieu of MIL-W-81381 wire, in any place where MIL-W-81381 wire is cited in this procurement. Any questions concerning this requirement should be directed to the Procuring Contracting Officer. 1.5 If MIL-STD-454 is referenced in the drawings or in the specification,the contractor is expected to show compliance with IPC/EIAJ-STD-001C Personnel performing tasks in accordance with IPC/EIAJ-STD-001C shall be trained and certified as requried by IPC/EIAJ-STD-001C paragraph 5.1.4. 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS - NOT APPLICABLE 3. REQUIREMENTS The contractor shall maintain a quality control system which meets the requirements of Mil-I-45208A, Mil-Q 9858,ISO-9000 / 9001 / 9002 or equivalent. RESPONSIBILITY FOR INSPECTION: Unless otherwise specified, the contractor is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified, the contractor may use his own or any other facility suitable for the performance of the inspection requirements specified herein. PROCEDURES:The contractor shall prepare and maintain Quality Control Documentation, test and repair procedures, and inspection procedures which shall be made available to the Government for review and approval. The procedures shall include sequential diagrams of the test, repair, and inspection process, as well as the performance spcifications to perform the procedures. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM PLAN: The contractor shall develop, implement and maintain a Repair Quality Plan in compliance with the requirements of Mil-I-45208A, Mil-Q-9858, ISO,9000 / 9001 / 9002, or equvalent.The plan shall define the specific methods by which compliance with contractual requirements will be assured. All quality assurance data shall be provided to the Government for review and approval upon request. PURCHASED MATERIAL CONTROL: The contractor shall establish and maintain a system of control over purchased material which shall assure that the necessary requirements of this contract are included. in all sub contract agreements. A parts control system shall establish a record of performance for each purchased and internally manufactured part and shall be used to evaluate continued use of the source. The contractors control system shall be in compliance wil either Mil-I 45208A/Mil-Q-9858 or equivalent Quality Quality Assurance Standared.(ISO/AS:9000, 9001, 9002). RECEIVING INSPECTION OF PURCHASED MATERIAL: Purchased items shall be inspected upon receipt at the contractors facility to assure conformance with all requirements of the Technical Data Package (TDP). Evidence of such inspections shall be maintained for Government review at least twelve (12) months following acceptance of the end item. Inspection reports shall be maintained by the contractor. The inspection report shall, at a minimum, include a record of all dimensional data (coordinate/positional), material, finish, and process with appropriate pass/fail criteria, such ascertifications, and actual dimensional readings. FAILURE ANALYSIS AND CORRECTIVE ACTION:All failure analysis and corrective action reports/plans shall be submitted to the Government. NONCONFORMING MATERIAL:The contractor shall establish an effective system for controlling nonconforming material including procedures for identification, segregation, and disposition. CONTRACTOR INTERNAL REVIEW BOARD (IRB):IRB authority is delegated to the contractor for this contract only. The IRB may be used only for disposition of materials exhibiting minor non-conformances, scrap or rework to return a part to conformance with drawings or specifications as authorized by the approved repair procedures.IRB shall not use "AS-IS" disposition. A complete file of IRB actions shall be maintained for review by the Government for concurrance of classification. MATERIAL REVIEW BOARD (MRB):Formal MRB authority for disposition of "AS-IS"and for minor non-conformances is retained by the Government. The contractor shall submit the appropriate request for Variance via the DCMC to the NAVSUP Contracting Officer. RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLIANCE: All items must meet all requirements of this Statement of Work. The inspection requirements set forth in this SOW shall become part of the contractors overall inspection system or quality program. The absence of any inspection requirements in the SOW shall not relieve the contractor of the responsibility of assuring that all Government equipment submitted for acceptance comply with all requirements. Sampling in quality conformance does not authorize submission of known defective items, either indicated or actual, nor does it commit the procuring activity to acceptance of any defective items. REPAIR ASSESSMENT TESTING: The Government may select samples of the Contract Line Items (CLINS) which have completed repair and have been accepted by the Government representative for the purpose of conducting performance testing, environmental testing, and quality conformance examination in a repair assessment test program. A quantity of CLIN's may be randomly selected from each quaterly repair production completion for shipment to the CFA or other Government designated location to conduct this testing. RECORDS OF DATA COLLECTION: The contractor shall maintain a historical record file to contain copies of applicable data and documents for individual CLIN's and assemblies by CLIN serial number. The historical record file shall include,but not be limited to the following types of historical records: Receipt inspection documentation. Repair shop travelers or repair cards. Parts replacement records. Parts inspection data before and after repair as applicable. Acceptance test data. QA personnel shall maintain a complete receipt inspection,test, repair re-test, history card for each item processed. This information shall be made available to the Government upon request. 3.1 1.0 GENERAL 3.1.1 This Statement of Work (SOW) establishes the criteria for repair and testing /inspection of the subject item. It includes inspection, component repair and replacement,reassembly and testing procedures required to return units back into a servicable condition. 3.2 2.0 DEFINITIONS. 3.2.1 CONTRACTOR: Is defined as the successful offeror awarded a contract, orderor issued a project work order. The term "contract" encompasses a contract, an order, or a project work order. 3.2.2 OVERHAUL: An overhauled part is one which has been disassembled, cleaned, inspected, repaired as necessary (by replacing or repairing all components which have been found to exceed limits established by the repair/overhaul manual) reassembled and tested in accordance with the approved repair/overhaul manual listed in this SOW and returned to a Ready for Issue (RFI) condition (Refer to contract schedule for items to be overhauled). 3.2.3 REPAIR: A repaired part is one which has been restored to a Ready for Issue(RFI) condition (by replacing or repairing those components found to be defective, broken, damaged or inoperative during the initial evaluation and troubleshooting phase) and tested in accordance with the approved repair/overhaul manual listed in this SOW (Refer to contract schedule for items to be repaired). 3.3 3.0 SCOPE 3.3.1 GENERAL. The items to be furnished hereunder shall be overhauled, upgraded,repaired, tested, inspected, and accepted in accordance with the terms and conditions specified in this contract. Unless expressly provided Government Furnished Property, including equipment such as fixtures, jigs, dies, patterns, mylars, special tooling, special test equipment, or any other manufacturing aid required for the repair, manufacture, and/or testing of the subject item(s) will not be provided by the Government and shall be the responsibility of the contractor. The foregoing applies notwithstanding any reference to such equipment or the furnishing thereof that may be contained in any drawing, manual, or specification for the contract items. 3.3.2 REPAIR UPGRADE REQUIREMENTS:The contractor shall provide the necessary facility, labor, materials, parts, and test and tooling equipment required to to return the following items to a Ready For Issue (RFI) condition: INERTIAL NAVIGATION ;34200550-004; P/N, ;7R 6605-01-619-3381; NSN, ;N/A; Tech Publications 3.3.3 RFI is defined as that condition allowing the items to perform properly and reliably in an operational environment in a manner they were intended to operate.The contractor must perform all repairs/upgrades at the facility identified within this SOW. Repairs performed by the contractor or subcontractor shall be performed in accordance with the specified drawings and repair manual(s). 3.4 Changes to such manuals used for repairs under this contract, or changes to drawings or specifications used in the manufacture of parts utilized in these repairs, require Procuring Contracting Officer (PCO) approval in accordance with the Configuration Management provisions of this Statement of Work or contract. Under no circumstances should the repair, test, and inspection extend beyond the requirements of this paragraph unless authorized by the Government QAR.In addition, requests for approval of changes to a repair source or repair facility shall be submitted in writing to the PCO prior to making any such change. 3.4.1 Any repairs performed using unapproved changes to such manuals, drawings, specifications, or changes to repair source or facility are done at the contractor's own risk. If the Government disapproves the requested change, the contractor shall replace any delivered items repaired using such unapproved manuals,drawing, specification, repair source or repair facility change. The contractor is not entitled to any equitable adjustment to the contract price or terms based on the Government's disapproval of a requested change to manuals, drawings, specifications, or to a repair source or facility. 3.4.2 References on Drawings and Specifications:For repair and overhaul purposes only. All references to the "prime contractor" or the "actual manufacturer" appearing on the drawings and / or specifications or technical data furnished by the Government shall be read as the "Government Designated Agency" 3.4.3 Process Control Documentation: The contractor shall prepare and maintain repair procedures, and test / inspection information / procedures which shall be made available to the Government for review and approval. The procedures shall include sequential diagrams of processes, as well as the performance specifications to perform the testing / inspection procedures. Those processes shall be frozen after approval of the inspection / Test. 3.4.4 Beyond Economical Repair (BER). An item is BER if the cost of the repair exceeds 75% of the production quantity price to replace the item, current at time of award. This replacement price is for the purposes of BER determinations only, and may not be used or relied on by the offeror in the pricing of the repairs required by this contract. Items determined BER are not included in the contract price. The contractor shall obtain written concurrence from DCMA for all units determined by the contractor to be BER. All such determinations, including the basis for the determination, the repair required, the proposed price to repair and the DCMA written concurrence shall be provided by the contractor to the PCO, with a copy to the inventory manager. After receipt of the required documentation, the PCO shall provide the contractor disposition instructions or contractual authority for repair of the item. The contractor is not authorized to proceed with the repair until notification to proceed is received from the PCO. Any disposal ordered shall be performed by the contractor in accordance with all applicable regulations and in accordance with all DCMA disposal procedures and requirements. 3.4.5 Missing on Induction (MOI). A Weapons Repairable Assembly (WRA) is subject to this MOI provision if the item received by the contractor for repair is missing one or more Shop Replaceable Assemblies (SRAs). Contractor replacement of MOI SRAs is not included in the contract price. The contractor shall immediately notify DCMA when an item is received with MOI SRA(s) and shall obtain written verification from DCMA for all WRAs determined to have MOI SRA(s). The contractor shall provide all such determinations, including identification of the missing SRA(s), and the DCMA written verification, to the Inventory Manager with a copy to the PCO and ACO prior to induction and/or repair of the WRA. The contractor shall not induct and/or repair WRAs with MOI SRAs until instructions on how to proceed are provided to the contractor by the Inventory Manager (where no adjustment price to the contract is required) or by the PCO. Items received by the contractor missing consumable parts are not MOI items. Rather, repair of such items and replacement of the missing consumable parts are included in the contract price and the item shall be inducted and repaired by the contractor under this contract. 3.4.6 Replacing Failed or Missing Shop Replaceable Assembly (SRA) when repairinga Weapons Replaceable Assembly (WRA). 3.4.7 A. When the contractor believes one or more SRA(s) within a WRA are either: 3.4.8 Beyond Economic Repair (BER) or Beyond Repair (BR) i. e. the unit is not capable of being repaired because of the extent of physical damage), or Missing on Induction (MOI), the contractor shall obtain written verification from DCMA and advice from the Inventory Manager whether a SRA may be replaced by one or more of the following options: Ship in place from an existing spares or repair contract, if any, MILSTRIP the SRA(s), otherwise be provided direction for obtaining the SRA(s) at no cost to the contractor.The detailed procedures are set forth in Section 6.0 of the WEB-BASED COMMERCIAL ASSET VISIBILITY (CAV) STATEMENT OF WORK. 3.4.9 B.When not otherwise provided for (or precluded) by other terms of this contract, the contractor may seek written authorization to replace failed SRA(s) with Ready For Issue SRA(s). When authorized, the procedures set forth in paragraph 3.0 of Section 6.2 of the WEB-BASED COMMERCIAL ASSET VISIBILITY (CAV) STATEMENT OF WORK shall be followed. 3.4.10 Over and Above Repair (OAR). An item sent to the contractor shall be considered to require over and above (OAR) repair effort if the repair required is not the type of repair that would be anticipated as a result of normal Navy operation of the item and is not included in the contract pricing due to the nature or scope of the repair needed for that particular item. Therefore, repair of OAR items may be subject to equitable adjustment. The Contractor shall obtain written concurrence from DCMA for all units determined by the contractor to require OAR effort. All such OAR determinations, including the basis for the determination, the repair required, the proposed price to repair and the DCMA written concurrence, shall be provided by the contractor to the PCO prior to undertaking repair of the item. After receipt of the required documentation, the PCO shall provide the contractor disposition instructions or contractual authority for repair of the item. Any ordered disposal shall be performed by the contractor in accordance with all applicable regulations and DCMA disposal procedures and requirements. 3.5 4.0 PARTS AND MATERIALS 3.5.1 General. The contractor is responsible for supplying all parts and material necessary to perform the required repairs under this contract unless parts or material are specifically identified as Government Furnished Material (GFM). All parts and material used in performance of this contract shall be in accordance with the latest approved revision of applicable drawings and specifications and shall be new in accordance with FAR 52.211-5, Material Requirements, which is incorporated by reference herein. Authorization to use other than new material as defined by FAR 52.211-5 requires written approval from the PCO. In addition, cannibalization must be approved by the PCO. Cannibalization of units that have not been inducted is not typically authorized and requires specific approval by the PCO. 3.5.2 The contractor shall ensure it has access for the duration of this contract to updated drawings and specifications for parts and material required for repairs performed under this contract. Any change to such parts/material drawings or specifications requires Government approval in accordance with the Configuration Management provisions of this Statement of Work. Written approval from the PCO must be obtained prior to any change to the manufacturing source or manufacturing facility for all parts which require source approval, unless the contractor is the Design Control Agent (DCA) (i.e. the entity responsible for maintaining the latest configuration data) for the the contract item. If the contractor is the DCA, the contractor may approve approve changes to manufacturing source or manufacturing facility for all parts, including those which require source approval. Any repairs performed using unapproved changes to such drawings, specifications or manufacturing source or facility are done at the contractor's own risk. If the Government disapproves the requested change, the contractor shall replace any delivered items repaired using such unapproved change. The contractor is not entitled to any equitable adjustment to the contract price or terms based on the Government's disapproval of a requested change to the drawings, specifications or manufacturing source or facility. 3.5.3 Purchased Material Control and Parts Control. The contractor shall establish and maintain a system of control over purchased parts and material. Such controls shall, at a minimum, assure that the parts and and material purchased are in compliance with the requirements of this contract. 3.5.4 Receiving Inspection of Purchased Parts and Material. (1)Purchased items shall be inspected upon receipt at the contractor's facility to assure conformance with all requirements of the applicable drawings and specifications or (2)the contractor shall provide prior to the contract award evidence for Government review and approval of a purchased parts and material system which provides for the inspections to assure conformance with all requirements of the applicable drawings and specifications. Evidence of such inspections of such inspections shall be maintained by the contractor or subcontractor for Government review.The inspection report shall, at a minimum, include a record of all dimensional data (coordinate/positional), material, finish, and process with appropriate pass/fail criteria such as certifications and actual dimensonal readings. 3.5.5 ^^^NOTE^^^PART CANNIBALIZATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY NAVSUP WSS AND THE BDE. 3.5.6 3.6 SOURCE AND LOCATION OF REPAIR SOURCE: 3.6.1 The contractor shall specify the name of the Source/Division performing the work and the actual location where work will be performed. INERTIAL NAVIGATION ;Honeywell Military; Company Name , ;13350 US Hwy N. Clearwater FL. 33764; Address , ;0BFA5; Cage Code inspection will be accomplished on the contractor's equipment 3.7 5.0 CONTRACTOR QUALITY REQUIREMENTS: 3.7.1 Quality Program. The Contractor shall establish, implement, document and maintain a quality system that ensures conformance to all applicable requirements of ISO 9001/ SAE AS9100. The Contractor's quality management system/program shall be designed to promptly detect, correct and prevent conditions that adversely affect quality. 3.7.2 Calibration System Requirements. Contractor shall maintain a calibration system that meets the requirements of ANSI/NCSL Z540.3, ISO-10012-1 or an equivalent calibration program acceptable to the Government. 3.8 6.0 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (CM): 3.8.1 The contractor shall maintain a configuration management plan in accordance with the provisions of NAVSUP WSS configuration management clause NAVICPIA18. (Refer to contract). 3.9 7.0 MARKINGS. 3.9.1 Marking shall be as indicated in the contract when applicable. 3.10 8.0 STORAGE; 3.10.1 The contractor shall provide a proper enclosed warehouse environment for both material items awaiting repair and assets which have been repaired and are awaiting shipment to ensure the items are not damaged while being stored. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS - NOT APPLICABLE. 5. PACKAGING- MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES - NOT APPLICABLE
BOLT,SHEAR
CONTACT INFORMATION|4|N791.03|LZZ|564-230-2148|MACKENZIE.CANNATARO.CIV@US.NAVY.MIL| ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT|8||||||||| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|INVOICE AND RECEIVING REPORT COMBO||TBD|N00383|TBD|TBD|SEE SCHEDULE|TBD||||||||| NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|| EQUAL OPPORTUITY FOR WORKERS WITH DISABILITIES (JUN 2020)|2||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM-BASIC (FEB 2024)|11|||||||||||| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2025)|13|||||||||||||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024))|5|||||| BUY AMERICAN--BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM (FEB 2024)|1|| ROYALTY INFORMATION (APR 1984)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND 2025-O0004))|12|336413|1250||||||||||| FACSIMILE PROPOSALS (OCT 1997)|1|| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS, ANDENERGY PROGRAM USE (APR 2008))|2||X| This solicitation is for the spares procurement of part number 454755-1 for theP8 aircraft. This solicitation will be using competitive procedures. The Government intends to make a single award to the eligible, responsible quoter whose quote is technically acceptable and which is determined most advantageous to the Government, in accordance with the following evaluation factors listed in descending order of importance: 1. Delivery: Offerors will be evaluated based final delivery date. Early and incremenal deliveries are accepted. If incremental deliveries apply, offerors shall include delivery schedule in quote. Requested delivery is 90 days, however, alternate deliveries will be evaluated. 2. Price: Quoted unit pricing and total pricing will be evaluated. 3. Past performance: SPRS and any additional information available to the Contracting Officer will be evaluated. Government source approval is required. Quotes may be emailed to the below address and must be received by 04:30 EST on the closing date, listed in block 10 on page 1 of the solicitation: mackenzie.cannataro.civ@us.navy.mil Quotes received after the closing date are considered to be late and will not be considered for award. If only one acceptable quote is received in response to this solicitation, competitive procedures will shift to sole source negotiations. All contractual documents (i.e. contracts, purchase orders, task orders, delivery orders and modifications) related to the instant procurement are considered to be "issued" by the Government when copies are either deposited in the mail, transmitted by facsimile, or sent by other electronic commerce methods, such asemail. The Government's acceptance of the contractor's proposal constitutes bilateral agreement to "issue" contractual documents as detailed herein. Early and incremental deliveries accepted. \
Residential Reentry Center (RRC) Services and Home Confinement Services Located in the Springfield, Illinois Area.
RRC Services and Home Confinement Services Located in the Springfield, Illinois area.
Circuit Card Assembly (Circuit Card Upgrade, Gun Control Unit)
Solicitation announcement for the following item: Item: Circuit Card Assembly NSN: 5998-01-706-4156 PN: 13074672 Quantity: 79 EA Option: 100% FOB: Destination The Technical Data is available for this procurement. Please see the related Sources Sought Notice for SPRDL1-25-R-0261 to request access. If you have any questions, please contact the Contract Specialist, Kimberly Houghton, at (586) 230-8521 or by email at kimberly.houghton@dla.mil
Z--DEVA 318717 - Rehab Furnace & Cow Creeks WTP/WWTP
DEVA 318717 - "Rehabilitate Furnace Creek and Cow Creek Water and Wastewater Treatment Systems."
DEVA 318717 - Rehab Furnace & Cow Creeks WTP/WWTP
DEVA 318717 - "Rehabilitate Furnace Creek and Cow Creek Water and Wastewater Treatment Systems."
MUX MAGNETOMETER AY
ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT (NAVICP REVIEW FEB 1991)(FEB 1999)|1|MIL-I-45208| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE - SHORT VERSION|8||||||||| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|INVOICE AND RECEIVING REPORT||TBD|SPRMM1|TBD|TBD|TBD|TBD|TBD|TBD|TBD|||||| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2025)|13|X|X|X|||X|||||||| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|334412|750|||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||X| The purpose of this amendment is to increase the quantity from 4 ea to 5 ea All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. \ This solicitation is being issued in accordance with Emergency Aquisition Flexibilities (EAF). This procurement requires Higher Level Inspection. 1. All contractual documents (i.e. contracts, purchase orders,task orders, Delivery orders, and modifications) related to the instant procurement are considered to be "issued" by the government when copies are either deposited in the mail, transmitted by facsimile, or sent by other electronic commerce methods, such as email. The government's acceptance of the contractor's proposal constitutes bilateral agreement to "issue" contractual documents as detailed herein. 2. Drawings or technical data are not available for this item. 3. Delivery days_________aro. 4. Offer valid for _____ days. 5. When submitting quotes via EDI, make sure you specify any exceptions (i.e. Mil specs/standards, packaging, I&A, packaging houses etc) or follow up with a hardcopy of the exceptions. If nothing is indicated or received, award will be based upon solicitation requirements. Changes or requests for changes after award will have consideration costs deducted on modifications. 6. If you are not the manufacturer of the material you are offering, you must state who the OEM is (cage code) and the part number you are offering. 7. Please provide an email address for follow up communications. ____________________________________________________________ 8. It is recommended that vendors provide contact information to NAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg in order to receive automated notifications from Navy Electronic Commerce Online (NECO) when contracts/modifications are issued by DLA Maritime Mechanicsburg and posted on EDA. To receive these notifications, contact: NAVSUPWSS code 025, procurement systems design and contract support division Via email at NAVSUPWSSITIMPHelpdesk@navy.mil. Please include the following information with your request: CAGE code, company name, address and POC with phone number and email address. 9. Contractors can view their orders, contracts and modifications at the Electronic Document Access (EDA) web tool. This web tool is located at the Procurement Integrated Enterprise Environment (PIEE) website. It is recommended that the contractor register for EDA at https://piee.eb.mil/. Click on new user and registration. Any order resulting from this Request for Quotation will require electronic submittal of Receiving Report and Invoices through PIEE-WAWF. 10. The following DLA Procurement Notes are applicable to this requirement: E06 Inspection and Acceptance at Source (JUN 2018) INSPECTION OF MATERIAL WILL BE AT (CAGE & ADDRESS): ______________________________________________________________ INSPECTION OF PACKAGING AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIAL WILL BE AT (CAGE & ADDRESS): ______________________________________________________________ UCF SECTION F PRODUCTION FACILITY CHANGES (a) The performance of any of the work contracted for in any place other than that named in the contract is prohibited unless specifically approved by the Contracting Officer. Written requests for a change in production facilities must be submitted in writing to the Contracting Officer. Changes in production facilities may be approved, provided: (1) Performance by small business or in labor surplus areas as required by the contract will not be changed; (2) The change will not cause a delay in delivery or necessitate a change in the purchase description; (3) The free on board (f.o.b.) point is not changed; and (4) Each request is supported by a price reduction of $250.00 to cover the Government's administrative costs to process the change. (b) The Government reserves the right to deny approval even if these four elements are met. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 This contract/purchase order contains the requirements for manufacture and the contract quality requirements for the MUX MAGNETOMETER AY . 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.1.1 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. 2.2 Order of Precedence - In the event of a conflict between the text of this contract/purchase order and the references and/or drawings cited herein, the text of this contract/purchase order shall take precedence. Nothing in this contract/purchase order, however, shall supersede applicable laws and regulations unless a specific exemption has been obtained. DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-129 | | |R |180524|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-130 | | |N |121116|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-I-45208 | | |A |810724|A| 1| | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO9001 | | | |010417|A| | | 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Cage Code/Reference Number Items - The MUX MAGNETOMETER AY furnished under this contract/purchase order shall be the design represented by Cage Code(s) reference number(s). Cage _______ ref. no. ;51435 433D1005-1; 3.2 Marking - This item shall be physically identified in accordance with MIL-STD-130. 3.3 Changes in Design, Material Servicing, or Part Number - Except for a Code 1 change, which shall be processed as provided in the code statement shown below, no substitution of items shall be made until the SPCC Contracting Officer has been notified and approval has been given by issuance of a written change order. When any change in design, material, servicing or part number is made to replace or substitute any item to be furnished on this contract/purchase order, the Contractor shall furnish, for the substituting/replacement item, a drawing and an explanation of the reason for the change, or a detailed description of the change, explaining the reason therefore. If finished detail drawings are not available, shop drawings inthe form used by the manufacturer will be acceptable for Government evaluation. When notifying the Contracting Officer of the reasons for making substitutions, the type of change shall be indicated by code number in accordance with one of the following statements: Code 1: PART NUMBER CHANGE/MINOR DESIGN CHANGE - If the Manufacturer's Part Number or item design indicated thereon has changed, but form, fit and function of the item is not affected thereby, and the design change meets the criteria for minor, by not effecting form, fit, function, reliability or safety , supply the item and advise SPCC immediately of the new part number, furnishing a detail drawing and/or a detailed description of the change, as applicable. Code 2: Assembly (or set or kit) not furnished - Used following detail parts. Code 3: Part not furnished separately - Use assembly. Code 4: Part redesigned - Old and new parts are completely interchangeable. Code 5: Part redesigned - New part replaces old. Old part cannot replace new. Code 6: Part redesigned - Parts not interchangeable. 3.4 Mercury Free - The material supplied under this contract/purchase order is intended for use on submarines/surface ships and therefore shall contain no metallic mercury and shall be free from mercury contamination. Mercury contamination of the material will be cause for rejection. If the inclusion of metallic mercury is required as a functional part of the material furnished under this contract, the Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Procurement Contracting Officer before proceeding with manufacture. The contractor's request shall explain in detail the requirements for mercury, identify specifically the parts to contain mercury, and explain the method of protection against mercury escape. Such a request will be forwarded directly to the Procurement Contracting Officer with a copy to the applicable Government Inspector. Upon approval by the Contracting Officer, the vendor will provide a "Warning Plate" stating that metallic mercury is a functional part of the item and will include name and location of that part. The use of mercury, mercury compounds, or mercury-bearing instruments and/or equipment in a manner which might cause contamination in the manufacture, assembly, or test of material on this contract is prohibited. The most probable causes of contamination are direct-connected manometers, mercury vacuum pumps, mercury seals, or the handling of mercury in the immediate vicinity. Mercury switches, mercury in glass thermometers, standard cells and other items containing mercury may be used if they are located so as not to constitute a contamination hazard. If external contamination by metallic mercury occurs or is suspected, the following test may be used to determine whether contamination by metallic mercury exists or whether corrective cleaning measures have been effective. Enclose the equipment in a polyethylene bag or close-fitting airtight container for eight hours at room temperature (70 degrees F minimum).Sample the trapped air and if mercury vapor concentration is 0.01 mg/cu meter or more, the material is mercury contaminated insofar as the requirements of this contract are concerned. These requirements shall be included in any subcontract or purchase order hereunder and the Contractor shall insure SubContractor compliance with these requirements. Technical questions pertaining to these requirements shall be referred to the Procurement Contracting Officer via the cognizant Administrative Contracting Officer. For background, the following information is provided: Mercury is corrosive to gold, silver, nickel, stainless steels, aluminum and copper alloys. Stainless steels, nickel, and copper alloys are widely used in reactor plants and other submarine/surface ship systems. Accidental trapping of mercury in a component could cause serious damage to vital parts. Mercury is also toxic if inhaled, ingested, or absorbed through the skin. It is evident that grave consequences could result from small amounts of mercury vapor present in an unreplenished submarine/surface ship atmosphere. 3.5 Electrostatic Discharge Control - The Contractor shall comply with the electrostatic discharge control requirements established in ANSI/ESD S20.20, "ESD Association Standard for the Development of an Electrostatic Discharge Control Program for Protection of Electrical and Electronic Parts, Assemblies and Equipment (Excluding Electrically Initiated Explosive Devices)", which superseded MIL-STD-1686C. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Responsibility for Inspection - Unless otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor may use his own or any other facilities suitable for the performance of the inspection requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the Government. The Government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections set forth in the specification where such inspections are deemed necessary to assure supplies and services conform to prescribed requirements. 4.2 Inspection System Requirements - The supplier shall provide and maintain an inspection/quality system acceptable to the Government. The inspection system requirements for this contract/purchase order shall be in accordance with MIL-I-45208. Suppliers certified to perform under ISO 9001 or ISO 9002 are granted permission to utilize the one desired in lieu of MIL-I-45208. 4.3 Responsibility for Compliance - All items must meet all requirements of this contract/purchase order. The inspection set forth in this specification shall become a part of the Contractor's overall inspection system or quality program. The absence of any inspection requirements shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of assuring that all products or supplies submitted to the Government for acceptance comply with all requirements of the contract/purchase order. Sampling in quality conformance does not authorize submission of known defective material, either indicated or actual, not does it commit the Government to acceptance of defective material. 4.4 Records of Inspection - (This requirement is not applicable to Government Purchase Orders) Records of all inspection work performed by the Contractor, as referenced elsewhere in this contract, shall be kept complete and available to the Government during the performance of the contract and for a period of four years after final delivery of supplies. 5. PACKAGING 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking shall be in accordance with the Contract/Purchase Order Schedule and as specified below. MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering Information for Document References - The Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP), Website http://www.dsp.dla.mil/, provides product information for the Department Of Defense Index Of Specifications and Standards (DODISS) (i.e.Military/Federal Specifications and Standards), Data Item Descriptions (DIDs), and other DODSSP Products. A. Availability of Cancelled Documents - The DODSSP offers cancelled documents that are required by private industry in fulfillment of contractual obligations in paper format. Documents can be requested by phoning the Subscription Services Desk. B. Commercial Specifications, Standards, and Descriptions - These specifications, standards and descriptions are not available from Government sources. They may be obtained from the publishers of the applicable societies. C. Ordnance Standards (OS), Weapons Specifications (WS), and NAVORD OSTD 600 Pages - These type publications may be obtained by submitting a request to: Commander, Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center Code 8410P, 101 Strauss Avenue Indian Head, MD 20640-5035 D. On post-award actions, requests for "Official Use Only" and "NOFORN" (Not Releasable To Foreign Nationals) documents must identify the Government Contract Number, and must be submitted via the cognizant Defense Contract Management Command (DCMC) for certification of need for the document. On pre-award actions such requests must be submitted to the PCO for certification of need for the document. E. NOFORN Military Specifications and Standards (including Amendments, Change Notices and Supplements, but NOT interim Changes) to be ordered from: Contracting Officer NAVICP-MECH Code 87321 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 F. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned NAVSEA Documents and Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding Standard, NAVSEA 250-1500-1) are to be ordered from: Commanding Officer NAVICP-MECH Code 009 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 G. Technical Manuals Assigned NAVSEA Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding And Brazing Procedure, NAVSEA S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248) are to be ordered from: Naval Inventory Control Point Code 1 Support Branch 700 Robbins Avenue Phildelphia, Pa. 19111-5094 H. Interim Changes and Classified Specifications shall be obtained by submitting a request on DD Form 1425 to NAVICP-MECH.
MUX MAGNETOMETER AY
ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT (NAVICP REVIEW FEB 1991)(FEB 1999)|1|MIL-I-45208| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE - SHORT VERSION|8||||||||| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|INVOICE AND RECEIVING REPORT||TBD|SPRMM1|TBD|TBD|TBD|TBD|TBD|TBD|TBD|||||| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2025)|13|X|X|X|||X|||||||| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|334412|750|||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||X| This solicitation is being issued in accordance with Emergency Aquisition Flexibilities (EAF). This procurement requires Higher Level Inspection. 1. All contractual documents (i.e. contracts, purchase orders,task orders, Delivery orders, and modifications) related to the instant procurement are considered to be "issued" by the government when copies are either deposited in the mail, transmitted by facsimile, or sent by other electronic commerce methods, such as email. The government's acceptance of the contractor's proposal constitutes bilateral agreement to "issue" contractual documents as detailed herein. 2. Drawings or technical data are not available for this item. 3. Delivery days_________aro. 4. Offer valid for _____ days. 5. When submitting quotes via EDI, make sure you specify any exceptions (i.e. Mil specs/standards, packaging, I&A, packaging houses etc) or follow up with a hardcopy of the exceptions. If nothing is indicated or received, award will be based upon solicitation requirements. Changes or requests for changes after award will have consideration costs deducted on modifications. 6. If you are not the manufacturer of the material you are offering, you must state who the OEM is (cage code) and the part number you are offering. 7. Please provide an email address for follow up communications. ____________________________________________________________ 8. It is recommended that vendors provide contact information to NAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg in order to receive automated notifications from Navy Electronic Commerce Online (NECO) when contracts/modifications are issued by DLA Maritime Mechanicsburg and posted on EDA. To receive these notifications, contact: NAVSUPWSS code 025, procurement systems design and contract support division Via email at NAVSUPWSSITIMPHelpdesk@navy.mil. Please include the following information with your request: CAGE code, company name, address and POC with phone number and email address. 9. Contractors can view their orders, contracts and modifications at the Electronic Document Access (EDA) web tool. This web tool is located at the Procurement Integrated Enterprise Environment (PIEE) website. It is recommended that the contractor register for EDA at https://piee.eb.mil/. Click on new user and registration. Any order resulting from this Request for Quotation will require electronic submittal of Receiving Report and Invoices through PIEE-WAWF. 10. The following DLA Procurement Notes are applicable to this requirement: E06 Inspection and Acceptance at Source (JUN 2018) INSPECTION OF MATERIAL WILL BE AT (CAGE & ADDRESS): ______________________________________________________________ INSPECTION OF PACKAGING AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIAL WILL BE AT (CAGE & ADDRESS): ______________________________________________________________ UCF SECTION F PRODUCTION FACILITY CHANGES (a) The performance of any of the work contracted for in any place other than that named in the contract is prohibited unless specifically approved by the Contracting Officer. Written requests for a change in production facilities must be submitted in writing to the Contracting Officer. Changes in production facilities may be approved, provided: (1) Performance by small business or in labor surplus areas as required by the contract will not be changed; (2) The change will not cause a delay in delivery or necessitate a change in the purchase description; (3) The free on board (f.o.b.) point is not changed; and (4) Each request is supported by a price reduction of $250.00 to cover the Government's administrative costs to process the change. (b) The Government reserves the right to deny approval even if these four elements are met. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 This contract/purchase order contains the requirements for manufacture and the contract quality requirements for the MUX MAGNETOMETER AY . 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.1.1 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. 2.2 Order of Precedence - In the event of a conflict between the text of this contract/purchase order and the references and/or drawings cited herein, the text of this contract/purchase order shall take precedence. Nothing in this contract/purchase order, however, shall supersede applicable laws and regulations unless a specific exemption has been obtained. DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-129 | | |R |180524|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-130 | | |N |121116|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-I-45208 | | |A |810724|A| 1| | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO9001 | | | |010417|A| | | 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Cage Code/Reference Number Items - The MUX MAGNETOMETER AY furnished under this contract/purchase order shall be the design represented by Cage Code(s) reference number(s). Cage _______ ref. no. ;51435 433D1005-1; 3.2 Marking - This item shall be physically identified in accordance with MIL-STD-130. 3.3 Changes in Design, Material Servicing, or Part Number - Except for a Code 1 change, which shall be processed as provided in the code statement shown below, no substitution of items shall be made until the SPCC Contracting Officer has been notified and approval has been given by issuance of a written change order. When any change in design, material, servicing or part number is made to replace or substitute any item to be furnished on this contract/purchase order, the Contractor shall furnish, for the substituting/replacement item, a drawing and an explanation of the reason for the change, or a detailed description of the change, explaining the reason therefore. If finished detail drawings are not available, shop drawings inthe form used by the manufacturer will be acceptable for Government evaluation. When notifying the Contracting Officer of the reasons for making substitutions, the type of change shall be indicated by code number in accordance with one of the following statements: Code 1: PART NUMBER CHANGE/MINOR DESIGN CHANGE - If the Manufacturer's Part Number or item design indicated thereon has changed, but form, fit and function of the item is not affected thereby, and the design change meets the criteria for minor, by not effecting form, fit, function, reliability or safety , supply the item and advise SPCC immediately of the new part number, furnishing a detail drawing and/or a detailed description of the change, as applicable. Code 2: Assembly (or set or kit) not furnished - Used following detail parts. Code 3: Part not furnished separately - Use assembly. Code 4: Part redesigned - Old and new parts are completely interchangeable. Code 5: Part redesigned - New part replaces old. Old part cannot replace new. Code 6: Part redesigned - Parts not interchangeable. 3.4 Mercury Free - The material supplied under this contract/purchase order is intended for use on submarines/surface ships and therefore shall contain no metallic mercury and shall be free from mercury contamination. Mercury contamination of the material will be cause for rejection. If the inclusion of metallic mercury is required as a functional part of the material furnished under this contract, the Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Procurement Contracting Officer before proceeding with manufacture. The contractor's request shall explain in detail the requirements for mercury, identify specifically the parts to contain mercury, and explain the method of protection against mercury escape. Such a request will be forwarded directly to the Procurement Contracting Officer with a copy to the applicable Government Inspector. Upon approval by the Contracting Officer, the vendor will provide a "Warning Plate" stating that metallic mercury is a functional part of the item and will include name and location of that part. The use of mercury, mercury compounds, or mercury-bearing instruments and/or equipment in a manner which might cause contamination in the manufacture, assembly, or test of material on this contract is prohibited. The most probable causes of contamination are direct-connected manometers, mercury vacuum pumps, mercury seals, or the handling of mercury in the immediate vicinity. Mercury switches, mercury in glass thermometers, standard cells and other items containing mercury may be used if they are located so as not to constitute a contamination hazard. If external contamination by metallic mercury occurs or is suspected, the following test may be used to determine whether contamination by metallic mercury exists or whether corrective cleaning measures have been effective. Enclose the equipment in a polyethylene bag or close-fitting airtight container for eight hours at room temperature (70 degrees F minimum).Sample the trapped air and if mercury vapor concentration is 0.01 mg/cu meter or more, the material is mercury contaminated insofar as the requirements of this contract are concerned. These requirements shall be included in any subcontract or purchase order hereunder and the Contractor shall insure SubContractor compliance with these requirements. Technical questions pertaining to these requirements shall be referred to the Procurement Contracting Officer via the cognizant Administrative Contracting Officer. For background, the following information is provided: Mercury is corrosive to gold, silver, nickel, stainless steels, aluminum and copper alloys. Stainless steels, nickel, and copper alloys are widely used in reactor plants and other submarine/surface ship systems. Accidental trapping of mercury in a component could cause serious damage to vital parts. Mercury is also toxic if inhaled, ingested, or absorbed through the skin. It is evident that grave consequences could result from small amounts of mercury vapor present in an unreplenished submarine/surface ship atmosphere. 3.5 Electrostatic Discharge Control - The Contractor shall comply with the electrostatic discharge control requirements established in ANSI/ESD S20.20, "ESD Association Standard for the Development of an Electrostatic Discharge Control Program for Protection of Electrical and Electronic Parts, Assemblies and Equipment (Excluding Electrically Initiated Explosive Devices)", which superseded MIL-STD-1686C. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Responsibility for Inspection - Unless otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor may use his own or any other facilities suitable for the performance of the inspection requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the Government. The Government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections set forth in the specification where such inspections are deemed necessary to assure supplies and services conform to prescribed requirements. 4.2 Inspection System Requirements - The supplier shall provide and maintain an inspection/quality system acceptable to the Government. The inspection system requirements for this contract/purchase order shall be in accordance with MIL-I-45208. Suppliers certified to perform under ISO 9001 or ISO 9002 are granted permission to utilize the one desired in lieu of MIL-I-45208. 4.3 Responsibility for Compliance - All items must meet all requirements of this contract/purchase order. The inspection set forth in this specification shall become a part of the Contractor's overall inspection system or quality program. The absence of any inspection requirements shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of assuring that all products or supplies submitted to the Government for acceptance comply with all requirements of the contract/purchase order. Sampling in quality conformance does not authorize submission of known defective material, either indicated or actual, not does it commit the Government to acceptance of defective material. 4.4 Records of Inspection - (This requirement is not applicable to Government Purchase Orders) Records of all inspection work performed by the Contractor, as referenced elsewhere in this contract, shall be kept complete and available to the Government during the performance of the contract and for a period of four years after final delivery of supplies. 5. PACKAGING 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking shall be in accordance with the Contract/Purchase Order Schedule and as specified below. MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering Information for Document References - The Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP), Website http://www.dsp.dla.mil/, provides product information for the Department Of Defense Index Of Specifications and Standards (DODISS) (i.e.Military/Federal Specifications and Standards), Data Item Descriptions (DIDs), and other DODSSP Products. A. Availability of Cancelled Documents - The DODSSP offers cancelled documents that are required by private industry in fulfillment of contractual obligations in paper format. Documents can be requested by phoning the Subscription Services Desk. B. Commercial Specifications, Standards, and Descriptions - These specifications, standards and descriptions are not available from Government sources. They may be obtained from the publishers of the applicable societies. C. Ordnance Standards (OS), Weapons Specifications (WS), and NAVORD OSTD 600 Pages - These type publications may be obtained by submitting a request to: Commander, Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center Code 8410P, 101 Strauss Avenue Indian Head, MD 20640-5035 D. On post-award actions, requests for "Official Use Only" and "NOFORN" (Not Releasable To Foreign Nationals) documents must identify the Government Contract Number, and must be submitted via the cognizant Defense Contract Management Command (DCMC) for certification of need for the document. On pre-award actions such requests must be submitted to the PCO for certification of need for the document. E. NOFORN Military Specifications and Standards (including Amendments, Change Notices and Supplements, but NOT interim Changes) to be ordered from: Contracting Officer NAVICP-MECH Code 87321 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 F. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned NAVSEA Documents and Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding Standard, NAVSEA 250-1500-1) are to be ordered from: Commanding Officer NAVICP-MECH Code 009 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 G. Technical Manuals Assigned NAVSEA Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding And Brazing Procedure, NAVSEA S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248) are to be ordered from: Naval Inventory Control Point Code 1 Support Branch 700 Robbins Avenue Phildelphia, Pa. 19111-5094 H. Interim Changes and Classified Specifications shall be obtained by submitting a request on DD Form 1425 to NAVICP-MECH.
DRIVE UNIT,ANGLE DR
ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE - SHORT VERSION|8|X||X|||||| INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF SUPPLIES|26||||||||||||||||||||||||||| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|INVOICE AND RECEIVING REPORT||TBD|SPRMM1|TBD|TBD|TBD|TBD|||TBD|||||TBD| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2025)|13|X|X|X|||X|||||||| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|332994|1000|X|X|||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||X| The purpose of this amendment is to extend the delivery date for quotes. 1. Due date is hereby changed from 15 NOV 2025 to 30 DEC 2025. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. \ The solicitation has been updated to a total of quantity of 7 each. All of the terms and conditions remain the same. This solicitation is being issued in accordance with Emergency Aquisition Flexibilities (EAF). 1. All contractual documents (i.e. contracts, purchase orders, task orders, Delivery orders, and modifications) related to the instant procurement are considered to be "issued" by the government when copies are either deposited in the mail, transmitted by facsimile, or sent by other electronic commerce methods, such as email. The government's acceptance of the contractor's proposal constitutes bilateral agreement to "issue" contractual documents as detailed herein. 2. Drawings or technical data are/are not available for this item. 3. Delivery days_____aro. 4. Offer valid for____days. 5. When submitting quotes via EDI, make sure you specify any exceptions (i.e. Mil specs/standards, packaging, I&A, packaging houses etc) or follow up with a hardcopy of the exceptions. If nothing is indicated or received, award will be based upon solicitation requirements. Changes or requests for changes after award will have consideration costs deducted on modifications. 6. If you are not the manufacturer of the material you are offering, you must state who the OEM is (CAGE code) and the part number you are offering. 7. Please provide an email address for follow up communications. ____________________________________________________________ 8. It is recommended that vendors provide contact information to NAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg in order to receive automated notifications from Navy Electronic Commerce Online (NECO) when contracts/modifications are issued by DLA Maritime Mechanicsburg and posted on EDA. To receive these notifications, contact: NAVSUPWSS code 025, procurement systems design and contract support division Via email at NAVSUPWSSITIMPHelpdesk@navy.mil. Please include the following information with your request: CAGE code, company name, address and POC with phone number and email address. 9. Contractors can view their orders, contracts and modifications at the Electronic Document Access (EDA) web tool. This web tool is located at the Procurement Integrated Enterprise Environment (PIEE) website. It is recommended that the contractor register for EDA at https://piee.eb.mil/. Click on new user and registration. Any order resulting from this Request for Quotation will require electronicsubmittal of Receiving Report and Invoices through PIEE-WAWF. 10. The following website is provided to suppliers to obtain the full text of thttp://www.dla.mil/HQ/Acquisition/Offers/eProcurement.aspx The following DLA Procurement Notes are applicable to this requirement: E06 Inspection and Acceptance at Source (JUN 2018) DCMA electronic signature for inspections is mandatory prior to shipment, or pSayment will not be issued through Wide Area Work Flow (WAWF). Please include complete the below for clear location inspection information: Source inspection of supplies: CAGE code __________ Final inspection of packaging: CAGE code ____________ DFARS 252.225-7050, Disclosure of Ownership or Control by the Government of a Country that is a State Sponsor of Terrorism is here by applicable. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 This contract/purchase order contains the requirements for manufacture and the contract quality requirements for the DRIVE UNIT,ANGLE DR . 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.1.1 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Cage Code/Reference Number Items - The DRIVE UNIT,ANGLE DR furnished under this contract/purchase order shall be the design represented by Cage Code(s) reference number(s). Cage _______ ref. no. ;53711 5544212; 3.2 Marking - This item shall be physically identified in accordance with ;MIL-STD-130, REV N, 16 NOV 2012; . 3.3 Changes in Design, Material Servicing, or Part Number - Except for a Code 1 change, which shall be processed as provided in the code statement shown below, no substitution of items shall be made until the NAVICP-MECH Contracting Officer has notified and approval has been given by issuance of a written change order. When any change in design, material, servicing or part number is made to replace or substitute any item to be furnished on this contract/purchase order, the Contractor shall furnish, for the substituting/replacement item, a drawing and an explanation of the reason for the change, explaining the reason therefor. If finished detail drawings are not available, shop drawings in the form used by the manufacturer will be acceptable for Government evaluation. When notifying the Procurement Contracting Officer of the reasons for making substitutions, the type of change shall be indicated by code number in accordance with one of the following statements: Code 1: PART NUMBER CHANGE ONLY - If the Manufacturer's Part Number indicated thereon has changed, but the parts are identical in all respects, supply the item and advise NAVICP-MECH immediately of the new part number. Code 2: Assembly (or set or kit) not furnished - Used following detail parts. Code 3: Part not furnished separately - Use assembly. Code 4: Part redesigned - Old and new parts are completely interchangeable. Code 5: Part redesigned - New part replaces old. Old part cannot replace new. Code 6: Part redesigned - Parts not interchangeable. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Responsibility for Inspection - Unless otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor may use his own or any other facilities suitable for the performance of the inspection requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the Government. The Government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections set forth in the specification where such inspections are deemed necessary to assure supplies and services conform to prescribed requirements. 4.2 Responsibility for Compliance - All items must meet all requirements of this contract/purchase order. The inspection set forth in this specification shall become a part of the Contractor's overall inspection system or quality program. The absence of any inspection requirements shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of assuring that all products or supplies submitted to the Government for acceptance comply with all requirements of the contract/purchase order. Sampling in quality conformance does not authorize submission of known defective material, either indicated or actual, not does it commit the Government to acceptance of defective material. 4.3 Records - Records of all inspection work by the Contractor shall be kept complete and available to the Government during the performance of contract/purchase order and for a period of 365 calendar days after final delivery of supplies. 5. PACKAGING 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking shall be in accordance with the Contract/Purchase Order Schedule and as specified below. MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering Information for Document References - The Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP), Website http://www.dsp.dla.mil/, provides product information for the Department Of Defense Index Of Specifications and Standards (DODISS) (i.e.Military/Federal Specifications and Standards), Data Item Descriptions (DIDs), and other DODSSP Products. Most Specifications can obtained directly from http://quicksearch.dla.mil/ A. Availability of Cancelled Documents - The DODSSP offers cancelled documentsthat are required by private industry in fulfillment of contractual obligationsin paper format. Documents can be requested by phoning the Subscription Services Desk. B. Commercial Specifications, Standards, and Descriptions - These specifications, standards and descriptions are not available from Government sources. Theymay be obtained from the publishers of the applicable societies. C. Ordnance Standards (OS), Weapons Specifications (WS), and NAVORD OSTD 600 Pages - These type publications may be obtained by submitting a request to: Commander, Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center Code 8410P, 101 Strauss Avenue Indian Head, MD 20640-5035 D. On post-award actions, requests for "Official Use Only" and "NOFORN" (Not Releasable To Foreign Nationals) documents must identify the Government ContractNumber, and must be submitted via the cognizant Defense Contract Management Command (DCMC) for certification of need for the document. On pre-award actions such requests must be submitted to the PCO for certification of need for the document. E. NOFORN Military Specifications and Standards (including Amendments, Change Notices and Supplements, but NOT interim Changes) to be ordered from: Contracting Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 87321 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 F. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned NAVSEA Documents and Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding Standard, NAVSEA 250-1500-1) are to be ordered enue: Commanding Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 009 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 G. Technical Manuals Assigned NAVSEA Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding And Brazing Procedure, NAVSEA S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248) are to be ordered from: Commanding Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 1 Support Branch 700 Robbins Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. 19111-5094 H. Interim Changes and Classified Specifications must be obtained by submitting a request on DD Form 1425 to NAVSUP-WSS. 6.2 Notice To Distributors/Offerors - Consideration for award of contract shall be given only to authorized distributors of the original manufacturer's item represented in this solicitation. If you desire to be considered as a potential source for award of this contract, proof of being an authorized distributor shall be provided on company letterhead signed by a responsible company official and sent with your offer to the Procurement Contracting Officer. 6.3 In accordance with OPNAVINST 5510.1 all documents and drawings provided by the U.S. Navy to perspective Contractors must include a "Distribution Statement" to inform the contractor of the limits of distribution, and the safeguarding of the information contained on those documents and drawings. There are 7 (seven) seperate distribution statement codes used for non-classified documents and drawings. The definition for each is as follows: A... approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. B... distribution authorized to US Governments agencies only. C... distribution authorized to US Government agencies and their contractors. D... distribution authorized to DoD and DoD contractors only. E... distribution authorized to DoD Components only. F... further distribution only as directed by Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, code 09T. X... distribution is authorized to US Government agencies and private individuals or enterprises eligible to obtain export controlled technical data in accordance with OPNAVINST 5510.161.
CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMB
CONTACT INFORMATION|4|N7M2.16|BSA|771-229-0493|ETHAN.K.LENTZ.CIV@US.NAVY.MIL| ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF SUPPLIES|26||||||||||||||||||||||||||| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|COMBO INVOICE AND RECEIVING||TO BE DETERMINED (TBD)|N00104|TBD|TBD|SEE SCHEDULE|SEE SCHEDULE|SEE SCHEDULE||TBD|||||| NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|WSS| CRITICAL SAFETY ITEM (AUG 2011)|4|ALL ITEMS IN THE SCHEDULE|||| OPTION FOR INCREASED QUANTITY (MAR 1989)|1|365 DARO| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2024)|13|||||||||||||| BUY AMERICAN-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|334412|750 EMPLOYEES|||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||X| If your company has a Basic Ordering Agreement (BOA) for the items under this solicitation, the following applies to this solicitation and the resultant contract: This solicitation ?resultant order? is issued under and pursuant to the provisions of the Basic Ordering Agreement (BOA). The terms and conditions of the Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference and, except as provided herein by this order, remain in full force and effect. If any conflict arises in the terms of this solicitation ?resultant order? order versus the terms in the BOA, the terms of the BOA shall apply. Accelerated delivery is encouraged and accepted before the delivery date(s) listed in the schedule. ^^ All freight is FOB Origin. This RFQ is for repair. The resultant award of this solicitation will be issued bilaterally, requiring the contractor's written acceptance prior to execution. Verify nomenclature, part number, and NSN prior to responding. The Government is seeking a Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) of: ________ Government Source Inspection (GSI) is required. Please note freight is handled by the Navy as per the Commercial Asset Visibility (CAV) Statement of Work. Your quote should include the following information: QUOTE AMOUNT AND RTAT - Unit Price:__________ - Total Price:__________ - Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT): _______ days If your company is not quoting the Government's Required Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) or earlier, provide your company's capacity constraints? _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT): the resultant contractual delivery requirement is measured from asset Return to the date of asset acceptance under the terms of the contract. For purposes of this section, Return is defined as physical receipt of the F-condition asset at the contractor's facility as reflected in the Action Date entry in the Commercial Asset Visibility (CAV) system. In accordance with the CAV Statement of Work, the contractor is required to accurately report all transactions by the end of the fifth regular business day after receipt and the Action Date entered in CAV must be dated to reflect the actual date of physical receipt. The Contractor must obtain final inspection and acceptance by the Government for all assets within the RTATs established in this contract. Check one: Firm-fixed-Price ___ Estimated ___ Not-to Exceed (NTE): ___ Return Material Authorization # (RMA), if applicable:__________ Delivery Vehicle (if Delivery Order requested) (if your company has a current BOA/IDIQ, for example) :__________________ TESTING AND EVALUATION IF BEYOND REPAIR T&E fee/price (if asset is determined BR/BER): If an item is determined BR, and the contractor provides documentation that costs were incurred during evaluation and determination of BR, the contracting officer will negotiate a reduced contract price, not-to exceed (NTE) $___________associated with the repair effort to reflect the BR status of the equipment. The T&E fee (if asset is determined BR/BER) was determined/computed based on:______________________________________. AWARDEE INFO & PERFORMANCE LOCATION - Awardee CAGE: __________ Inspection & Acceptance CAGE, if not same as "awardee CAGE": __________ Facility/Subcontractor CAGE (where the asset should be shipped), if not same as "awardee CAGE":__________ IOT COMPARE REPAIR PRICE TO PRICE TO BUY NEW New unit price:__________ New unit delivery lead-time:__________ The Government intends to add an option quantity to the resultant contract. In reference to the option quantity, the Government may increase the quantity of supplies called for in the Schedule at the unit price specified. The Contracting Officer may exercise the option by written notice to the Contractor within the number of days in FAR 52.217-6 herein. Delivery of the added items shall continue at the same rate as the like items called for under the contract, unless the parties otherwise agree. IMPORTANT NOTE: Any asset for which the contractor does not meet the required RTAT will incur a price reduction per unit/per month the contractor is late - any delay determined to be excusable (e.g. Government Delay) will not result in a price reduction. If a price reduction is required due to unexcusable contractor delay, the Contracting Officer will implement the aforementioned price reduction via a "reconciliation modification" at the end of the contract performance. Price reductions made pursuant to this section shall not limit other remedies available to the Government for failure to meet required RTATs, including but not limited to the Government's right to terminate for default. In reference to the above important note, the contractor provides the following price reduction amount per unit per month the contractor does not meet the RTAT: $__________, up to a maximum of: $_________. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 This contract/purchase order contains the requirements for repair and the contract quality requirements for the CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMB . 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.1.1 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Cage Code/Reference Number Items - The CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMB repaired under this contract/purchase order shall meet the operational and functional requirements as represented by the Cage Code(s) and reference number(s) listed below. All repair work shall be performed in accordance with the contractors repair/overhaul standard practices, manuals and directives including but not limited to drawings, technical orders, manufacturing operations, tooling instructions, approved repair standards and any other contractor or government approved documents developed to provide technical repair procedures. CAGE___Ref. No. ;53711 7635842; 3.2 Marking - This item shall be physically identified in accordance with ;MIL-STD-130, REV N, 16 NOV 2012; . 3.3 Changes in Design, Material Servicing, or Part Number - Except for a Code 1 change, which shall be processed as provided in the code statement shown below, no substitution of items shall be made until the NAVICP-MECH Contracting Officer has notified and approval has been given by issuance of a written change order. When any change in design, material, servicing or part number is made to replace or substitute any item to be furnished on this contract/purchase order, the Contractor shall furnish, for the substituting/replacement item, a drawing and an explanation of the reason for the change, explaining the reason therefor. If finished detail drawings are not available, shop drawings in the form used by the manufacturer will be acceptable for Government evaluation. When notifying the Procurement Contracting Officer of the reasons for making substitutions, the type of change shall be indicated by code number in accordance with one of the following statements: Code 1: PART NUMBER CHANGE ONLY - If the Manufacturer's Part Number indicated thereon has changed, but the parts are identical in all respects, supply the item and advise NAVICP-MECH immediately of the new part number. Code 2: Assembly (or set or kit) not furnished - Used following detail parts. Code 3: Part not furnished separately - Use assembly. Code 4: Part redesigned - Old and new parts are completely interchangeable. Code 5: Part redesigned - New part replaces old. Old part cannot replace new. Code 6: Part redesigned - Parts not interchangeable. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Responsibility for Inspection - Unless otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor may use his own or any other facilities suitable for the performance of the inspection requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the Government. The Government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections set forth in the specification where such inspections are deemed necessary to assure supplies and services conform to prescribed requirements. 4.2 Responsibility for Compliance - All items must meet all requirements of this contract/purchase order. The inspection set forth in this specification shall become a part of the Contractor's overall inspection system or quality program. The absence of any inspection requirements shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of assuring that all products or supplies submitted to the Government for acceptance comply with all requirements of the contract/purchase order. Sampling in quality conformance does not authorize submission of known defective material, either indicated or actual, not does it commit the Government to acceptance of defective material. 4.3 Records - Records of all inspection work by the Contractor shall be kept complete and available to the Government during the performance of contract/purchase order and for a period of 365 calendar days after final delivery of supplies. 4.4 Inspection/Testing Repaired Items - The Contractor shall perform all inspection and testing requirements as specified in the original manufacturer's specifications and drawings. 5. PACKAGING 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking shall be in accordance with the Contract/Purchase Order Schedule and as specified below. MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering Information for Document References - The Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP), Website http://www.dsp.dla.mil/, provides product information for the Department Of Defense Index Of Specifications and Standards (DODISS) (i.e.Military/Federal Specifications and Standards), Data Item Descriptions (DIDs), and other DODSSP Products. Most Specifications can obtained directly from http://quicksearch.dla.mil/ A. Availability of Cancelled Documents - The DODSSP offers cancelled documentsthat are required by private industry in fulfillment of contractual obligationsin paper format. Documents can be requested by phoning the Subscription Services Desk. B. Commercial Specifications, Standards, and Descriptions - These specifications, standards and descriptions are not available from Government sources. Theymay be obtained from the publishers of the applicable societies. C. Ordnance Standards (OS), Weapons Specifications (WS), and NAVORD OSTD 600 Pages - These type publications may be obtained by submitting a request to: Commander, Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center Code 8410P, 101 Strauss Avenue Indian Head, MD 20640-5035 D. On post-award actions, requests for "Official Use Only" and "NOFORN" (Not Releasable To Foreign Nationals) documents must identify the Government ContractNumber, and must be submitted via the cognizant Defense Contract Management Command (DCMC) for certification of need for the document. On pre-award actions such requests must be submitted to the PCO for certification of need for the document. E. NOFORN Military Specifications and Standards (including Amendments, Change Notices and Supplements, but NOT interim Changes) to be ordered from: Contracting Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 87321 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 F. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned NAVSEA Documents and Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding Standard, NAVSEA 250-1500-1) are to be ordered enue: Commanding Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 009 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 G. Technical Manuals Assigned NAVSEA Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding And Brazing Procedure, NAVSEA S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248) are to be ordered from: Commanding Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 1 Support Branch 700 Robbins Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. 19111-5094 H. Interim Changes and Classified Specifications must be obtained by submitting a request on DD Form 1425 to NAVSUP-WSS. 6.2 In accordance with OPNAVINST 5510.1 all documents and drawings provided by the U.S. Navy to perspective Contractors must include a "Distribution Statement" to inform the contractor of the limits of distribution, and the safeguarding of the information contained on those documents and drawings. There are 7 (seven) seperate distribution statement codes used for non-classified documents and drawings. The definition for each is as follows: A... approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. B... distribution authorized to US Governments agencies only. C... distribution authorized to US Government agencies and their contractors. D... distribution authorized to DoD and DoD contractors only. E... distribution authorized to DoD Components only. F... further distribution only as directed by Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, code 09T. X... distribution is authorized to US Government agencies and private individuals or enterprises eligible to obtain export controlled technical data in accordance with OPNAVINST 5510.161. 6.3 Notice To Distributors/Offerors - Consideration for award of contract shall be given only to authorized distributors of the original manufacturer's item represented in this solicitation. If you desire to be considered as a potential source for award of this contract, proof of being an authorized distributor shall be provided on company letterhead signed by a responsible company official and sent with your offer to the Procurement Contracting Officer.
CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMB
CONTACT INFORMATION|4|N7M2.16|BSA|771-229-0493|ETHAN.K.LENTZ.CIV@US.NAVY.MIL| ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF SUPPLIES|26||||||||||||||||||||||||||| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|COMBO INVOICE AND RECEIVING||TO BE DETERMINED (TBD)|N00104|TBD|TBD|SEE SCHEDULE|SEE SCHEDULE|SEE SCHEDULE||TBD|||||| NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|WSS| CRITICAL SAFETY ITEM (AUG 2011)|4|ALL ITEMS IN THE SCHEDULE|||| OPTION FOR INCREASED QUANTITY (MAR 1989)|1|365 DARO| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2024)|13|||||||||||||| BUY AMERICAN-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|334412|750 EMPLOYEES|||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||X| If your company has a Basic Ordering Agreement (BOA) for the items under this solicitation, the following applies to this solicitation and the resultant contract: This solicitation ?resultant order? is issued under and pursuant to the provisions of the Basic Ordering Agreement (BOA). The terms and conditions of the Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference and, except as provided herein by this order, remain in full force and effect. If any conflict arises in the terms of this solicitation ?resultant order? order versus the terms in the BOA, the terms of the BOA shall apply. Accelerated delivery is encouraged and accepted before the delivery date(s) listed in the schedule. ^^ All freight is FOB Origin. This RFQ is for repair. The resultant award of this solicitation will be issued bilaterally, requiring the contractor's written acceptance prior to execution. Verify nomenclature, part number, and NSN prior to responding. The Government is seeking a Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) of: ________ Government Source Inspection (GSI) is required. Please note freight is handled by the Navy as per the Commercial Asset Visibility (CAV) Statement of Work. Your quote should include the following information: QUOTE AMOUNT AND RTAT - Unit Price:__________ - Total Price:__________ - Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT): _______ days If your company is not quoting the Government's Required Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) or earlier, provide your company's capacity constraints? _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT): the resultant contractual delivery requirement is measured from asset Return to the date of asset acceptance under the terms of the contract. For purposes of this section, Return is defined as physical receipt of the F-condition asset at the contractor's facility as reflected in the Action Date entry in the Commercial Asset Visibility (CAV) system. In accordance with the CAV Statement of Work, the contractor is required to accurately report all transactions by the end of the fifth regular business day after receipt and the Action Date entered in CAV must be dated to reflect the actual date of physical receipt. The Contractor must obtain final inspection and acceptance by the Government for all assets within the RTATs established in this contract. Check one: Firm-fixed-Price ___ Estimated ___ Not-to Exceed (NTE): ___ Return Material Authorization # (RMA), if applicable:__________ Delivery Vehicle (if Delivery Order requested) (if your company has a current BOA/IDIQ, for example) :__________________ TESTING AND EVALUATION IF BEYOND REPAIR T&E fee/price (if asset is determined BR/BER): If an item is determined BR, and the contractor provides documentation that costs were incurred during evaluation and determination of BR, the contracting officer will negotiate a reduced contract price, not-to exceed (NTE) $___________associated with the repair effort to reflect the BR status of the equipment. The T&E fee (if asset is determined BR/BER) was determined/computed based on:______________________________________. AWARDEE INFO & PERFORMANCE LOCATION - Awardee CAGE: __________ Inspection & Acceptance CAGE, if not same as "awardee CAGE": __________ Facility/Subcontractor CAGE (where the asset should be shipped), if not same as "awardee CAGE":__________ IOT COMPARE REPAIR PRICE TO PRICE TO BUY NEW New unit price:__________ New unit delivery lead-time:__________ The Government intends to add an option quantity to the resultant contract. In reference to the option quantity, the Government may increase the quantity of supplies called for in the Schedule at the unit price specified. The Contracting Officer may exercise the option by written notice to the Contractor within the number of days in FAR 52.217-6 herein. Delivery of the added items shall continue at the same rate as the like items called for under the contract, unless the parties otherwise agree. IMPORTANT NOTE: Any asset for which the contractor does not meet the required RTAT will incur a price reduction per unit/per month the contractor is late - any delay determined to be excusable (e.g. Government Delay) will not result in a price reduction. If a price reduction is required due to unexcusable contractor delay, the Contracting Officer will implement the aforementioned price reduction via a "reconciliation modification" at the end of the contract performance. Price reductions made pursuant to this section shall not limit other remedies available to the Government for failure to meet required RTATs, including but not limited to the Government's right to terminate for default. In reference to the above important note, the contractor provides the following price reduction amount per unit per month the contractor does not meet the RTAT: $__________, up to a maximum of: $_________. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 This contract/purchase order contains the requirements for repair and the contract quality requirements for the CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMB . 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.1.1 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Cage Code/Reference Number Items - The CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMB repaired under this contract/purchase order shall meet the operational and functional requirements as represented by the Cage Code(s) and reference number(s) listed below. All repair work shall be performed in accordance with the contractors repair/overhaul standard practices, manuals and directives including but not limited to drawings, technical orders, manufacturing operations, tooling instructions, approved repair standards and any other contractor or government approved documents developed to provide technical repair procedures. CAGE___Ref. No. ;53711 7635842; 3.2 Marking - This item shall be physically identified in accordance with ;MIL-STD-130, REV N, 16 NOV 2012; . 3.3 Changes in Design, Material Servicing, or Part Number - Except for a Code 1 change, which shall be processed as provided in the code statement shown below, no substitution of items shall be made until the NAVICP-MECH Contracting Officer has notified and approval has been given by issuance of a written change order. When any change in design, material, servicing or part number is made to replace or substitute any item to be furnished on this contract/purchase order, the Contractor shall furnish, for the substituting/replacement item, a drawing and an explanation of the reason for the change, explaining the reason therefor. If finished detail drawings are not available, shop drawings in the form used by the manufacturer will be acceptable for Government evaluation. When notifying the Procurement Contracting Officer of the reasons for making substitutions, the type of change shall be indicated by code number in accordance with one of the following statements: Code 1: PART NUMBER CHANGE ONLY - If the Manufacturer's Part Number indicated thereon has changed, but the parts are identical in all respects, supply the item and advise NAVICP-MECH immediately of the new part number. Code 2: Assembly (or set or kit) not furnished - Used following detail parts. Code 3: Part not furnished separately - Use assembly. Code 4: Part redesigned - Old and new parts are completely interchangeable. Code 5: Part redesigned - New part replaces old. Old part cannot replace new. Code 6: Part redesigned - Parts not interchangeable. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Responsibility for Inspection - Unless otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor may use his own or any other facilities suitable for the performance of the inspection requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the Government. The Government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections set forth in the specification where such inspections are deemed necessary to assure supplies and services conform to prescribed requirements. 4.2 Responsibility for Compliance - All items must meet all requirements of this contract/purchase order. The inspection set forth in this specification shall become a part of the Contractor's overall inspection system or quality program. The absence of any inspection requirements shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of assuring that all products or supplies submitted to the Government for acceptance comply with all requirements of the contract/purchase order. Sampling in quality conformance does not authorize submission of known defective material, either indicated or actual, not does it commit the Government to acceptance of defective material. 4.3 Records - Records of all inspection work by the Contractor shall be kept complete and available to the Government during the performance of contract/purchase order and for a period of 365 calendar days after final delivery of supplies. 4.4 Inspection/Testing Repaired Items - The Contractor shall perform all inspection and testing requirements as specified in the original manufacturer's specifications and drawings. 5. PACKAGING 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking shall be in accordance with the Contract/Purchase Order Schedule and as specified below. MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering Information for Document References - The Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP), Website http://www.dsp.dla.mil/, provides product information for the Department Of Defense Index Of Specifications and Standards (DODISS) (i.e.Military/Federal Specifications and Standards), Data Item Descriptions (DIDs), and other DODSSP Products. Most Specifications can obtained directly from http://quicksearch.dla.mil/ A. Availability of Cancelled Documents - The DODSSP offers cancelled documentsthat are required by private industry in fulfillment of contractual obligationsin paper format. Documents can be requested by phoning the Subscription Services Desk. B. Commercial Specifications, Standards, and Descriptions - These specifications, standards and descriptions are not available from Government sources. Theymay be obtained from the publishers of the applicable societies. C. Ordnance Standards (OS), Weapons Specifications (WS), and NAVORD OSTD 600 Pages - These type publications may be obtained by submitting a request to: Commander, Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center Code 8410P, 101 Strauss Avenue Indian Head, MD 20640-5035 D. On post-award actions, requests for "Official Use Only" and "NOFORN" (Not Releasable To Foreign Nationals) documents must identify the Government ContractNumber, and must be submitted via the cognizant Defense Contract Management Command (DCMC) for certification of need for the document. On pre-award actions such requests must be submitted to the PCO for certification of need for the document. E. NOFORN Military Specifications and Standards (including Amendments, Change Notices and Supplements, but NOT interim Changes) to be ordered from: Contracting Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 87321 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 F. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned NAVSEA Documents and Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding Standard, NAVSEA 250-1500-1) are to be ordered enue: Commanding Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 009 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 G. Technical Manuals Assigned NAVSEA Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding And Brazing Procedure, NAVSEA S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248) are to be ordered from: Commanding Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 1 Support Branch 700 Robbins Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. 19111-5094 H. Interim Changes and Classified Specifications must be obtained by submitting a request on DD Form 1425 to NAVSUP-WSS. 6.2 In accordance with OPNAVINST 5510.1 all documents and drawings provided by the U.S. Navy to perspective Contractors must include a "Distribution Statement" to inform the contractor of the limits of distribution, and the safeguarding of the information contained on those documents and drawings. There are 7 (seven) seperate distribution statement codes used for non-classified documents and drawings. The definition for each is as follows: A... approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. B... distribution authorized to US Governments agencies only. C... distribution authorized to US Government agencies and their contractors. D... distribution authorized to DoD and DoD contractors only. E... distribution authorized to DoD Components only. F... further distribution only as directed by Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, code 09T. X... distribution is authorized to US Government agencies and private individuals or enterprises eligible to obtain export controlled technical data in accordance with OPNAVINST 5510.161. 6.3 Notice To Distributors/Offerors - Consideration for award of contract shall be given only to authorized distributors of the original manufacturer's item represented in this solicitation. If you desire to be considered as a potential source for award of this contract, proof of being an authorized distributor shall be provided on company letterhead signed by a responsible company official and sent with your offer to the Procurement Contracting Officer.
MANIFOLD, CHARGING
MANIFOLD,CHARGING
MANIFOLD, CHARGING
MANIFOLD,CHARGING
Netherlands PATRIOT Engineering Change Proposal Upgrades; sole Source to Raytheon
See the following attachments: RFP SPRRA2-26-R-0018_KBOCT29_AP updated ATTACHMENT 0001 PWS- Netherlands ECP Upgrade (NE-B-YBJ) _07232025 Attachment 0002 Netherlands -Del Sch - GFP-GFI-Ancillary - 07162025
DAF MWR Gaming League Sponsorship Support
*This is a solicitation for commercial sponsorship by a Nonappropriated Fund Instrumentality of the United States Government. It does not obligate appropriated funds or nonappropriated funds of the Government.* The United States Air Force is seeking sponsorship support for the Morale, Welfare and Recreational (MWR) aspects of it's E Gaming initiative aimed at engaging the community, ehnahcing recruitment efforts, and promoting Air Force values through competitive and recreational gaming events. This sponsorship opportunity offers a unque platform for sponsors to align with an innovative, dynamic, tech-savvy audience. Please refer to the attached solicitation pacage for specifics.
6515--Fluent System and RF Controller Model | Brand Name Comparative Evaluation
End of Document.
31--CYLINDER,HOIST
CONTACT INFORMATION|4|N744.4|ER8|EMAIL ONLY|JAMES.E.LEWIS5@NAVY.MIL| ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE - SHORT VERSION|8||||||||| TIME OF DELIVERY (JUNE 1997)|20||||||||||||||||||||| STOP-WORK ORDER (AUG 1989)|1|| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|RECEIVING REPORT AND INVOICE COMBO|NA|TBD|N00104|TBD|TBD|TBD|TBD|||TBD|||||| NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|WSS| VALUE ENGINEERING (JUN 2020)|3|||| EQUAL OPPORTUNITY (SEP 2016)|2||| SMALL BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING PLAN (DOD CONTRACTS)- BASIC (DEC 2019)|2||| INTEGRITY OF UNIT PRICES (NOV 2021)|1|| SMALL BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING PLAN (SEP 2023)|4||||| EQUAL OPPORTUNITY FOR WORKERS WITH DISABILITIES (JUN 2020)|2||| TRANSPORTATION OF SUPPLIES BY SEA (JAN 2023)|2||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM-BASIC (FEB 2024)|11|||||||||||| LIST OF AWARD ATTACHMENTS|5|||||| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (NOV 2023)|13|||||||||||||| SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM REPRESENTATIONS (FEB 2024)|4||||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024))|5|||||| BUY AMERICAN-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAY 2024)|13|332991|1250|||||||||||| TYPE OF CONTRACT (APR 1984)|1|FFP| ALTERATIONS IN SOLICITATION (APR 1984)|3|||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||X| THE PURPOSE OF THIS AMENDMENT IS TO REOPEN THE RFQ UNTIL 31 DECEMBER 2025. ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS REMAIN THE SAME. All contractual documents (i.e. contracts, purchase orders, task orders, delivery orders and modifications) related to this procurement are considered to be "issued" by the Government when copies are either deposited in the mail, transmitted by facsimile, or sent by other electronic commerce methods, such as email. The Government's acceptance of the contractor's proposal constitutes bilateral agreement to "issue" contractual documents as detailed herein. In accordance with DFAR 217.7301, Contractors shall identify their sources of supply in contracts for supplies. If the item currently being procured is a non-value added item, please provide: Actual Manufacturer: Cage Code: Address: Delivery Lead Time: __________________________ If incremental deliveries are possible, please provide a proposed schedule to include specific delivery times for all units. Offer valid for ___________________ days. Please provide email address for follow-up communications_______________________________________. Packaging location if different than Offeror: Name/Cage ___________________________________________ Address______________________________________________ NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR'S PROVIDING SURPLUS MATERIAL: A surplus material certificate and label MUST accompany your quotation for surplus/new surplus/new manufactured surplus material. ALL surplus material MUST have traceability back to a Government contract in order to be consideredfor award. Without this information we are unable to determine when the Government purchased and inspected the item and therefore, we cannot be assured of technical acceptability. If submitting your quotation via EDI, a faxed or email copy of the surplus certificate, along with a photo of the box and label MUST be sent to the buyerASAP. The resultant award of this solicitation will be issued bilaterally, requiring the contractor's written acceptance prior to execution. IF QUOTING AS A DISTRIBUTOR OR DEALER TO THE OEM, PLEASE SUBMIT FULL TRACEABILITY BACK TO THE OEM WITH YOUR QUOTE. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 This contract/purchase order contains the requirements for manufacture and the contract quality requirements for the CYLINDER,HOIST . 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.1.1 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. 2.2 Order of Precedence - In the event of a conflict between the text of this contract/purchase order and the references and/or drawings cited herein, the text of this contract/purchase order shall take precedence. Nothing in this contract/purchase order, however, shall supersede applicable laws and regulations unless a specific exemption has been obtained. DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-129 | | |R |180524|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-130 | | |M |051202|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO9001 | | | |010417|A| | | 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Cage Code/Reference Number Items - The CYLINDER,HOIST furnished under this contract/purchase order shall be the design represented by Cage Code(s) reference number(s). Cage _______ ref. no. ;34228 D1218632; 3.2 Source Control Item - Previous delivery of the specified National Stock Number or similar item manufactured to technical procurement specifications and/or drawings supplied by a Government activity or Price Contractor does not in itself qualify a supplier as a Government approved source. Only those sources for this item previously approved by the Government have been solicited. The time required for approval of a new supplier is normally such that award cannot be delayed pending approval of the new source. If you have not been solicited and you can furnish either (a) proof of your prior approval as a supplier of this item, or (b) data showing you have produced the same or similar items satisfactorily for the Government or a commercial source, or (c) test data indicating your product can meet service operating requirements, or (d) other pertinent data concerning your qualificatin to produce the required item, notify the Procurement Contracting Officer in writing, furnishing said proof of data for evaluation possibly leading to your firm being authorized as an approved source for this procurement or subsequent procurements. 3.3 Marking - This item shall be physically identified in accordance with MIL-STD-130. 3.4 Changes in Design, Material Servicing, or Part Number - Except for a Code 1 change, which shall be processed as provided in the code statement shown below, no substitution of items shall be made until the SPCC Contracting Officer has been notified and approval has been given by issuance of a written change order. When any change in design, material, servicing or part number is made to replace or substitute any item to be furnished on this contract/purchase order, the Contractor shall furnish, for the substituting/replacement item, a drawing and an explanation of the reason for the change, or a detailed description of the change, explaining the reason therefore. If finished detail drawings are not available, shop drawings inthe form used by the manufacturer will be acceptable for Government evaluation. When notifying the Contracting Officer of the reasons for making substitutions, the type of change shall be indicated by code number in accordance with one of the following statements: Code 1: PART NUMBER CHANGE/MINOR DESIGN CHANGE - If the Manufacturer's Part Number or item design indicated thereon has changed, but form, fit and function of the item is not affected thereby, and the design change meets the criteria for minor, by not effecting form, fit, function, reliability or safety , supply the item and advise SPCC immediately of the new part number, furnishing a detail drawing and/or a detailed description of the change, as applicable. Code 2: Assembly (or set or kit) not furnished - Used following detail parts. Code 3: Part not furnished separately - Use assembly. Code 4: Part redesigned - Old and new parts are completely interchangeable. Code 5: Part redesigned - New part replaces old. Old part cannot replace new. Code 6: Part redesigned - Parts not interchangeable. 3.5 Mercury Free - The material supplied under this contract/purchase order is intended for use on submarines/surface ships and therefore shall contain no metallic mercury and shall be free from mercury contamination. Mercury contamination of the material will be cause for rejection. If the inclusion of metallic mercury is required as a functional part of the material furnished under this contract, the Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Procurement Contracting Officer before proceeding with manufacture. The contractor's request shall explain in detail the requirements for mercury, identify specifically the parts to contain mercury, and explain the method of protection against mercury escape. Such a request will be forwarded directly to the Procurement Contracting Officer with a copy to the applicable Government Inspector. Upon approval by the Contracting Officer, the vendor will provide a "Warning Plate" stating that metallic mercury is a functional part of the item and will include name and location of that part. The use of mercury, mercury compounds, or mercury-bearing instruments and/or equipment in a manner which might cause contamination in the manufacture, assembly, or test of material on this contract is prohibited. The most probable causes of contamination are direct-connected manometers, mercury vacuum pumps, mercury seals, or the handling of mercury in the immediate vicinity. Mercury switches, mercury in glass thermometers, standard cells and other items containing mercury may be used if they are located so as not to constitute a contamination hazard. If external contamination by metallic mercury occurs or is suspected, the following test may be used to determine whether contamination by metallic mercury exists or whether corrective cleaning measures have been effective. Enclose the equipment in a polyethylene bag or close-fitting airtight container for eight hours at room temperature (70 degrees F minimum).Sample the trapped air and if mercury vapor concentration is 0.01 mg/cu meter or more, the material is mercury contaminated insofar as the requirements of this contract are concerned. These requirements shall be included in any subcontract or purchase order hereunder and the Contractor shall insure SubContractor compliance with these requirements. Technical questions pertaining to these requirements shall be referred to the Procurement Contracting Officer via the cognizant Administrative Contracting Officer. For background, the following information is provided: Mercury is corrosive to gold, silver, nickel, stainless steels, aluminum and copper alloys. Stainless steels, nickel, and copper alloys are widely used in reactor plants and other submarine/surface ship systems. Accidental trapping of mercury in a component could cause serious damage to vital parts. Mercury is also toxic if inhaled, ingested, or absorbed through the skin. It is evident that grave consequences could result from small amounts of mercury vapor present in an unreplenished submarine/surface ship atmosphere. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Responsibility for Inspection - Unless otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor may use his own or any other facilities suitable for the performance of the inspection requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the Government. The Government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections set forth in the specification where such inspections are deemed necessary to assure supplies and services conform to prescribed requirements. 4.2 Inspection System Requirements - The supplier shall provide and maintain an inspection/quality system acceptable to the Government. The inspection system requirements for this contract/purchase order shall be in accordance with MIL-I-45208. Suppliers certified to perform under ISO 9001 or ISO 9002 are granted permission to utilize the one desired in lieu of MIL-I-45208. 4.3 Responsibility for Compliance - All items must meet all requirements of this contract/purchase order. The inspection set forth in this specification shall become a part of the Contractor's overall inspection system or quality program. The absence of any inspection requirements shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of assuring that all products or supplies submitted to the Government for acceptance comply with all requirements of the contract/purchase order. Sampling in quality conformance does not authorize submission of known defective material, either indicated or actual, not does it commit the Government to acceptance of defective material. 4.4 Records of Inspection - (This requirement is not applicable to Government Purchase Orders) Records of all inspection work performed by the Contractor, as referenced elsewhere in this contract, shall be kept complete and available to the Government during the performance of the contract and for a period of four years after final delivery of supplies. 5. PACKAGING 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking shall be in accordance with the Contract/Purchase Order Schedule and as specified below. MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering Information for Document References - The Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP), Website http://www.dsp.dla.mil/, provides product information for the Department Of Defense Index Of Specifications and Standards (DODISS) (i.e.Military/Federal Specifications and Standards), Data Item Descriptions (DIDs), and other DODSSP Products. A. Availability of Cancelled Documents - The DODSSP offers cancelled documents that are required by private industry in fulfillment of contractual obligations in paper format. Documents can be requested by phoning the Subscription Services Desk. B. Commercial Specifications, Standards, and Descriptions - These specifications, standards and descriptions are not available from Government sources. They may be obtained from the publishers of the applicable societies. C. Ordnance Standards (OS), Weapons Specifications (WS), and NAVORD OSTD 600 Pages - These type publications may be obtained by submitting a request to: Commander, Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center Code 8410P, 101 Strauss Avenue Indian Head, MD 20640-5035 D. On post-award actions, requests for "Official Use Only" and "NOFORN" (Not Releasable To Foreign Nationals) documents must identify the Government Contract Number, and must be submitted via the cognizant Defense Contract Management Command (DCMC) for certification of need for the document. On pre-award actions such requests must be submitted to the PCO for certification of need for the document. E. NOFORN Military Specifications and Standards (including Amendments, Change Notices and Supplements, but NOT interim Changes) to be ordered from: Contracting Officer NAVICP-MECH Code 87321 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 F. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned NAVSEA Documents and Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding Standard, NAVSEA 250-1500-1) are to be ordered from: Commanding Officer NAVICP-MECH Code 009 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 G. Technical Manuals Assigned NAVSEA Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding And Brazing Procedure, NAVSEA S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248) are to be ordered from: Naval Inventory Control Point Code 1 Support Branch 700 Robbins Avenue Phildelphia, Pa. 19111-5094 H. Interim Changes and Classified Specifications shall be obtained by submitting a request on DD Form 1425 to NAVICP-MECH.
31--CYLINDER,HOIST
CONTACT INFORMATION|4|N744.4|ER8|EMAIL ONLY|JAMES.E.LEWIS5@NAVY.MIL| ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE - SHORT VERSION|8||||||||| TIME OF DELIVERY (JUNE 1997)|20||||||||||||||||||||| STOP-WORK ORDER (AUG 1989)|1|| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|RECEIVING REPORT AND INVOICE COMBO|NA|TBD|N00104|TBD|TBD|TBD|TBD|||TBD|||||| NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|WSS| VALUE ENGINEERING (JUN 2020)|3|||| EQUAL OPPORTUNITY (SEP 2016)|2||| SMALL BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING PLAN (DOD CONTRACTS)- BASIC (DEC 2019)|2||| INTEGRITY OF UNIT PRICES (NOV 2021)|1|| SMALL BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING PLAN (SEP 2023)|4||||| EQUAL OPPORTUNITY FOR WORKERS WITH DISABILITIES (JUN 2020)|2||| TRANSPORTATION OF SUPPLIES BY SEA (JAN 2023)|2||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM-BASIC (FEB 2024)|11|||||||||||| LIST OF AWARD ATTACHMENTS|5|||||| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (NOV 2023)|13|||||||||||||| SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM REPRESENTATIONS (FEB 2024)|4||||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024))|5|||||| BUY AMERICAN-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAY 2024)|13|332991|1250|||||||||||| TYPE OF CONTRACT (APR 1984)|1|FFP| ALTERATIONS IN SOLICITATION (APR 1984)|3|||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||X| All contractual documents (i.e. contracts, purchase orders, task orders, delivery orders and modifications) related to this procurement are considered to be "issued" by the Government when copies are either deposited in the mail, transmitted by facsimile, or sent by other electronic commerce methods, such as email. The Government's acceptance of the contractor's proposal constitutes bilateral agreement to "issue" contractual documents as detailed herein. In accordance with DFAR 217.7301, Contractors shall identify their sources of supply in contracts for supplies. If the item currently being procured is a non-value added item, please provide: Actual Manufacturer: Cage Code: Address: Delivery Lead Time: __________________________ If incremental deliveries are possible, please provide a proposed schedule to include specific delivery times for all units. Offer valid for ___________________ days. Please provide email address for follow-up communications_______________________________________. Packaging location if different than Offeror: Name/Cage ___________________________________________ Address______________________________________________ NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR'S PROVIDING SURPLUS MATERIAL: A surplus material certificate and label MUST accompany your quotation for surplus/new surplus/new manufactured surplus material. ALL surplus material MUST have traceability back to a Government contract in order to be consideredfor award. Without this information we are unable to determine when the Government purchased and inspected the item and therefore, we cannot be assured of technical acceptability. If submitting your quotation via EDI, a faxed or email copy of the surplus certificate, along with a photo of the box and label MUST be sent to the buyerASAP. The resultant award of this solicitation will be issued bilaterally, requiring the contractor's written acceptance prior to execution. IF QUOTING AS A DISTRIBUTOR OR DEALER TO THE OEM, PLEASE SUBMIT FULL TRACEABILITY BACK TO THE OEM WITH YOUR QUOTE. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 This contract/purchase order contains the requirements for manufacture and the contract quality requirements for the CYLINDER,HOIST . 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.1.1 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. 2.2 Order of Precedence - In the event of a conflict between the text of this contract/purchase order and the references and/or drawings cited herein, the text of this contract/purchase order shall take precedence. Nothing in this contract/purchase order, however, shall supersede applicable laws and regulations unless a specific exemption has been obtained. DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-129 | | |R |180524|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-130 | | |M |051202|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO9001 | | | |010417|A| | | 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Cage Code/Reference Number Items - The CYLINDER,HOIST furnished under this contract/purchase order shall be the design represented by Cage Code(s) reference number(s). Cage _______ ref. no. ;34228 D1218632; 3.2 Source Control Item - Previous delivery of the specified National Stock Number or similar item manufactured to technical procurement specifications and/or drawings supplied by a Government activity or Price Contractor does not in itself qualify a supplier as a Government approved source. Only those sources for this item previously approved by the Government have been solicited. The time required for approval of a new supplier is normally such that award cannot be delayed pending approval of the new source. If you have not been solicited and you can furnish either (a) proof of your prior approval as a supplier of this item, or (b) data showing you have produced the same or similar items satisfactorily for the Government or a commercial source, or (c) test data indicating your product can meet service operating requirements, or (d) other pertinent data concerning your qualificatin to produce the required item, notify the Procurement Contracting Officer in writing, furnishing said proof of data for evaluation possibly leading to your firm being authorized as an approved source for this procurement or subsequent procurements. 3.3 Marking - This item shall be physically identified in accordance with MIL-STD-130. 3.4 Changes in Design, Material Servicing, or Part Number - Except for a Code 1 change, which shall be processed as provided in the code statement shown below, no substitution of items shall be made until the SPCC Contracting Officer has been notified and approval has been given by issuance of a written change order. When any change in design, material, servicing or part number is made to replace or substitute any item to be furnished on this contract/purchase order, the Contractor shall furnish, for the substituting/replacement item, a drawing and an explanation of the reason for the change, or a detailed description of the change, explaining the reason therefore. If finished detail drawings are not available, shop drawings inthe form used by the manufacturer will be acceptable for Government evaluation. When notifying the Contracting Officer of the reasons for making substitutions, the type of change shall be indicated by code number in accordance with one of the following statements: Code 1: PART NUMBER CHANGE/MINOR DESIGN CHANGE - If the Manufacturer's Part Number or item design indicated thereon has changed, but form, fit and function of the item is not affected thereby, and the design change meets the criteria for minor, by not effecting form, fit, function, reliability or safety , supply the item and advise SPCC immediately of the new part number, furnishing a detail drawing and/or a detailed description of the change, as applicable. Code 2: Assembly (or set or kit) not furnished - Used following detail parts. Code 3: Part not furnished separately - Use assembly. Code 4: Part redesigned - Old and new parts are completely interchangeable. Code 5: Part redesigned - New part replaces old. Old part cannot replace new. Code 6: Part redesigned - Parts not interchangeable. 3.5 Mercury Free - The material supplied under this contract/purchase order is intended for use on submarines/surface ships and therefore shall contain no metallic mercury and shall be free from mercury contamination. Mercury contamination of the material will be cause for rejection. If the inclusion of metallic mercury is required as a functional part of the material furnished under this contract, the Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Procurement Contracting Officer before proceeding with manufacture. The contractor's request shall explain in detail the requirements for mercury, identify specifically the parts to contain mercury, and explain the method of protection against mercury escape. Such a request will be forwarded directly to the Procurement Contracting Officer with a copy to the applicable Government Inspector. Upon approval by the Contracting Officer, the vendor will provide a "Warning Plate" stating that metallic mercury is a functional part of the item and will include name and location of that part. The use of mercury, mercury compounds, or mercury-bearing instruments and/or equipment in a manner which might cause contamination in the manufacture, assembly, or test of material on this contract is prohibited. The most probable causes of contamination are direct-connected manometers, mercury vacuum pumps, mercury seals, or the handling of mercury in the immediate vicinity. Mercury switches, mercury in glass thermometers, standard cells and other items containing mercury may be used if they are located so as not to constitute a contamination hazard. If external contamination by metallic mercury occurs or is suspected, the following test may be used to determine whether contamination by metallic mercury exists or whether corrective cleaning measures have been effective. Enclose the equipment in a polyethylene bag or close-fitting airtight container for eight hours at room temperature (70 degrees F minimum).Sample the trapped air and if mercury vapor concentration is 0.01 mg/cu meter or more, the material is mercury contaminated insofar as the requirements of this contract are concerned. These requirements shall be included in any subcontract or purchase order hereunder and the Contractor shall insure SubContractor compliance with these requirements. Technical questions pertaining to these requirements shall be referred to the Procurement Contracting Officer via the cognizant Administrative Contracting Officer. For background, the following information is provided: Mercury is corrosive to gold, silver, nickel, stainless steels, aluminum and copper alloys. Stainless steels, nickel, and copper alloys are widely used in reactor plants and other submarine/surface ship systems. Accidental trapping of mercury in a component could cause serious damage to vital parts. Mercury is also toxic if inhaled, ingested, or absorbed through the skin. It is evident that grave consequences could result from small amounts of mercury vapor present in an unreplenished submarine/surface ship atmosphere. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Responsibility for Inspection - Unless otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor may use his own or any other facilities suitable for the performance of the inspection requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the Government. The Government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections set forth in the specification where such inspections are deemed necessary to assure supplies and services conform to prescribed requirements. 4.2 Inspection System Requirements - The supplier shall provide and maintain an inspection/quality system acceptable to the Government. The inspection system requirements for this contract/purchase order shall be in accordance with MIL-I-45208. Suppliers certified to perform under ISO 9001 or ISO 9002 are granted permission to utilize the one desired in lieu of MIL-I-45208. 4.3 Responsibility for Compliance - All items must meet all requirements of this contract/purchase order. The inspection set forth in this specification shall become a part of the Contractor's overall inspection system or quality program. The absence of any inspection requirements shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of assuring that all products or supplies submitted to the Government for acceptance comply with all requirements of the contract/purchase order. Sampling in quality conformance does not authorize submission of known defective material, either indicated or actual, not does it commit the Government to acceptance of defective material. 4.4 Records of Inspection - (This requirement is not applicable to Government Purchase Orders) Records of all inspection work performed by the Contractor, as referenced elsewhere in this contract, shall be kept complete and available to the Government during the performance of the contract and for a period of four years after final delivery of supplies. 5. PACKAGING 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking shall be in accordance with the Contract/Purchase Order Schedule and as specified below. MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering Information for Document References - The Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP), Website http://www.dsp.dla.mil/, provides product information for the Department Of Defense Index Of Specifications and Standards (DODISS) (i.e.Military/Federal Specifications and Standards), Data Item Descriptions (DIDs), and other DODSSP Products. A. Availability of Cancelled Documents - The DODSSP offers cancelled documents that are required by private industry in fulfillment of contractual obligations in paper format. Documents can be requested by phoning the Subscription Services Desk. B. Commercial Specifications, Standards, and Descriptions - These specifications, standards and descriptions are not available from Government sources. They may be obtained from the publishers of the applicable societies. C. Ordnance Standards (OS), Weapons Specifications (WS), and NAVORD OSTD 600 Pages - These type publications may be obtained by submitting a request to: Commander, Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center Code 8410P, 101 Strauss Avenue Indian Head, MD 20640-5035 D. On post-award actions, requests for "Official Use Only" and "NOFORN" (Not Releasable To Foreign Nationals) documents must identify the Government Contract Number, and must be submitted via the cognizant Defense Contract Management Command (DCMC) for certification of need for the document. On pre-award actions such requests must be submitted to the PCO for certification of need for the document. E. NOFORN Military Specifications and Standards (including Amendments, Change Notices and Supplements, but NOT interim Changes) to be ordered from: Contracting Officer NAVICP-MECH Code 87321 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 F. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned NAVSEA Documents and Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding Standard, NAVSEA 250-1500-1) are to be ordered from: Commanding Officer NAVICP-MECH Code 009 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 G. Technical Manuals Assigned NAVSEA Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding And Brazing Procedure, NAVSEA S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248) are to be ordered from: Naval Inventory Control Point Code 1 Support Branch 700 Robbins Avenue Phildelphia, Pa. 19111-5094 H. Interim Changes and Classified Specifications shall be obtained by submitting a request on DD Form 1425 to NAVICP-MECH.
48--VALVE,GLOBE
ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT (NAVICP REVIEW FEB 1991)(FEB 1999)|1|See specification sections C and E.| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| DESIRED AND REQUIRED TIME OF DELIVERY (JUNE 1997)|29|0001AA|251 EA|365|0001AB|95 EA|365|||||||||||||||||||||||| STOP-WORK ORDER (AUG 1989)|1|| GENERAL INFORMATION-FOB-DESTINATION|1|B| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|Stand-Alone Receiving Report- Certifications Combo- Receiving Report & Invoice- Material|N/A|TBD|N00104|TBD|N39040 - Certifications, S4306A - Material |N50286|TBD|133.2|N/A|N/A|N39040 - Certifications |N/A|N/A |SEE DD FORM 1423 |PORT_PTNH_WAWF_NOTIFICATION@NAVY.MIL | NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|| VALUE ENGINEERING (JUN 2020)|3|||| INTEGRITY OF UNIT PRICES (NOV 2021)|1|| EQUAL OPPORTUNITY FOR VETERANS (JUN 2020)|4||||| WARRANTY OF SUPPLIES OF A NONCOMPLEX NATURE (JUNE 2003)|6|one year from date of delivery|one year from date of delivery||||| WARRANTY OF DATA--BASIC (MAR 2014)|2||| EQUAL OPPORTUNITY FOR WORKERS WITH DISABILITIES (JUN 2020)|2||| TRANSPORTATION OF SUPPLIES BY SEA (OCT 2024)|2||| FIRST ARTICLE APPROVAL--GOVERNMENT TESTING (SEP 1989)|7|One|0001AC|210|Receiving Officer Portsmouth Naval Shipyard, Building 240, Code 270.4(207-438-5898) Kittery Maine, 03904|30|X|| PROGRESS PAYMENTS (NOV 2021)|4||||| NOTICE OF TOTAL SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE (OCT 2020)(DEVIATION 2020-O0008)|1|| LIST OF SOLICITATION ATTACHMENTS|5|||||| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2024)|13|||||||||||||| ROYALTY INFORMATION (APR 1984)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|332919|750|||||||||||| INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS -- COMPETITIVE ACQUISITION (NOV 2021)|2||| TYPE OF CONTRACT (APR 1984)|1|firm fixed price| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||x| DD1423 Data Item A001 may be waived if already on file at NAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg. Submit your QA manual along with the proposal IAW RFP requirements. NECO quotes are not authorized under this RFP. Any contract awarded as a result of this solicitation will be DO rated order certified for national defense use under the Defense Priorities and Allocations System (DPAS). This solicitation requires First Article Testing. See FAR 52.209-4 First Article Approval - Government Testing for more details. If drawings are included in the solicitation, access needs to berequested on the individual solicitation page on Contracts Opportunities on the Government's SAM website. After requesting access, send an email to the Primary POC listed on the solicitation. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 The material covered in this contract/purchase order will be used in a crucial shipboard system. The use of incorrect or defective material would create a high probability of failure resulting in serious personnel injury, loss of life, loss of vital shipboard systems, or loss of the ship itself. Therefore, the material has been designated as SPECIAL EMPHASIS material (Level I, Scope of Certification, or Quality Assured) and special control procedures are invoked to ensure receipt of correct material. 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Order of Precedence - In the event of a conflict between the text of this contract/purchase order and the references and/or drawings cited herein, the text of this contract/purchase order must take precedence. Nothing in this contract/purchase order, however, must supersede applicable laws and regulations unless a specific exemption has been obtained. 2.2 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.2.1 Specification Revisions - The specification revisions listed under "Documents References" below are the preferred revision. Older and/or newer r evisions are acceptable when listed within Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD155 in ECDS (Electric Contractor Data Submission) at: ht tps://register.nslc.navy.mil/. This is to allow Contractors to use certain acceptable older specification revisions to purge their existing stock of material certified to those older revisions or to use newer specification revisions when material is certified to newly released revisions,without requiring the submittal of waiver/deviation requests for each specification revision on every contract. Revisions of specifications reflecting editorial and/or re-approval (e.g. E2009, R2014, etc.) are considered inconsequential, but are acceptable when their revisions are listedwithin CSD155 or elsewhere within this contract. 2.2.2 Documents, drawings, and publications supplied are listed under "Drawing Number". These items should be retained until an award is made. 2.2.3 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. DRAWING DATA=1385620 |80064| M| |D|0001 | |49998|0333895 DRAWING DATA=1385620 |80064| M| |D|0002 | L|49998|0859045 DRAWING DATA=1385620 |80064| M| |D|0003 | L|49998|0664580 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0001 | |49998|2015501 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0002 | V|49998|0117246 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0003 | V|49998|0127462 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0004 | V|49998|0134518 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0005 | V|49998|0070658 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0006 | V|49998|0048879 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0007 | V|49998|0061080 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0008 | V|49998|0066124 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0009 | V|49998|0058959 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0010 | V|49998|0077067 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0011 | V|49998|0040913 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0012 | V|49998|0080391 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0013 | V|49998|0082453 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0014 | V|49998|0069173 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0015 | V|49998|0050914 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0016 | V|49998|0063926 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0017 | V|49998|0073394 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0018 | V|49998|0103023 DOCUMENT REF DATA=FED-STD-H28 | | |B |190424|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=FED-STD-H28 |0020| |B |941221|A| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 | | | |080101|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=QQ-N-281 | | |D |851023|A| 2| | DOCUMENT REF DATA=QQ-N-286 | | |G |001207|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-B564 | | | |191101|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-792 | | |F |060519|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-1222 | | |J |001208|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-2035 | | |A |950515|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-2132 | | |D |080310|A| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO_9001 | | | |081115|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO10012 | | | |030415|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-15024 | | |G |180303|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO/IEC 17025 | | | |050515|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-I-45208 | | |A |810724|A| 1| | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-45662 | | |A |880801|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ANSI/NCSL Z540.3 | | | |130326|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=0900-LP-001-7000 | | | |810101|C| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 | | |1 |191112|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 | | |1 |140911|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278 (CHG A) | | | |130214|A| | | 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 ;Complete 1 inch, 900 PSI steam, in-line stop globe valve with backseat must be in accordance with NAVSHIPS Drawing 803-2177525, assembly 803-2177525-M5A1AF, except as amplified or modified herein.; 3.2 ;General Note 5.T of NAVSHIPS Drawing 803-2177525 does not apply.; 3.3 Material for Parts Requiring Certification - Quantitative chemical and mechanical analysis is required for the parts listed below unless specifically stated otherwise: Part - ;Body, Piece 1 and Bonnet, Piece 86; Material - ;Forged Monel per QQ-N-281, Class A, Annealed, Hot Finished or ASTM-B564 UNS N04400, Annealed and meeting the requirements of General Note 4.Q; Part - ;Stem, Piece 79; Material - ;QQ-N-286, Cold Drawn, Annealed and Age Hardened, and meeting the requirements of General Notes 4.B.3, 5.W, and 4.Q; Part - ;Body Stud Nuts, Piece 12; Material - ;MIL-DTL-1222, Type III, Grade 400 (QQ-N-281, Class A) or Grade 405 (QQ-N-281, Class B) and meeting the requirements of General Note 4.Q; Part - ;Body Studs, Piece 11; Material - ;MIL-DTL-1222, Grade 500 (QQ-N-286), Annealed and Age Hardened and meeting the requirements of General Note 4.Q; 3.4 Testing Certification - Certifications are required for the following tests on the items listed below. Additional testing on other piece parts (if any) per applicable drawings is still required, but certifications are only required as listed below. Test - ;Dye Penetrant Inspection; Item - ;All Hardfaced Surfaces; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 Acceptance - MIL-STD-2035 Test - ;Liquid Penetrant Inspection; Item - ;Body Studs, Piece 11 and Body Stud Nuts, Piece 12; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271; Sampling must be per MIL-DTL-1222 Acceptance - MIL-DTL-1222 Test - ;Dye Penetrant Inspection; Item - ;Stem, Piece 79 (after fabrication/machining); Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 Acceptance - MIL-STD-2035 Test - Ultrasonic Inspection on Starting Material Item - ;All Items requiring certification made from QQ-N-286 with a diameter or minimum distance between parallel surfaces of 4 inches or greater of the starting material, or when required by a drawing or specification invoked elsewhere in this contract; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 or MIL-STD-2132, and QQ-N-286 Acceptance - QQ-N-286 Attribute - Annealing and Age Hardening Item - ;Stem, Piece 79 and Body Studs, Piece 11; Performance - QQ-N-286 Test - Non-Destructive Tests Item - ;Weld Repair (as applicable); Performance - Per applicable fabrication specification Acceptance - Per applicable fabrication specification Test - Pressure Tests Item - Each Assembly Performance - ;General Note 1 of Drawing 2177525; Acceptance - ;General Note 1 of Drawing 2177525; 3.5 The pressure tolerance must be as specified in the assembly drawing, detail drawing, design specification or elsewhere in this contract. Where pressure tolerances are not provided by drawings, specifications or specified elsewhere in this contract, the following must be used: For pressure tests below 100 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +1 PSIG / -0 PSIG. For pressure tests at or above 100 PSIG up to and including 2500 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +2% / -0 PSIG rounded off to the nearest multiple of the smallest graduation on an analog test pressure gauge, not to exceed 50 PSIG. For pressure tests above 2500 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +2% / -0 PSIG, rounded off to the nearest multiple of the smallest graduation on an analog test pressure gauge, not to exceed 200 PSIG. The pressure test time tolerance must be as specified in the assembly drawing, detail drawing, design specification or elsewhere in this contract. Where pressure test time tolerances are not provided by drawings, specifications or specified elsewhere in this contract, the following must be used: For a test duration up to and including 1 hour, the tolerance must be +5 minutes / - 0 minutes. For a test duration of more than 1 hour up to and including 24 hours, the tolerance must be +30 minutes / - 0 minutes. For a test duration of more than 24 hours, the tolerance must be +60 minutes / - 0 minutes. 3.6 K-MONEL Fasteners - Material must be heat treated per QQ-N-286. 3.6.1 Fasteners that have been hot or cold headed or roll threaded must be solution annealed followed by age hardening subsequent to all heading and thread rolling operations. The mechanical properties on certifications must be actual properties of the annealed and age hardened material and must meet the requirements of QQ-N-286. 3.6.2 QQ-N-286 fasteners that have been headed and/or roll threaded must not beage hardened unless the material has been solution annealed subsequent to the heading and threading operations. Threads formed after the final age hardening heat treatment must be cut or ground only. 3.7 K-MONEL Fasteners - K-MONEL externally threaded fasteners must have mechanical properties determined in accordance with MIL-DTL-1222. Test results must include Tensile, Yield, Elongation and Hardness as required by MIL-DTL-1222. (The Hardness tests must be performed on a full size fastener.) 3.7.1 Studs require an Axial Tensile test in accordance with MIL-DTL-1222. 3.7.2 Headed fasteners require a Wedge Tensile test as specified elsewhere in this contract/purchase order. 3.8 Slow Strain Rate Tensile Test Laboratories - The Slow Strain Rate Tensile Test of QQ-N-286 must be performed by one of the following laboratories: Huntington Alloys, a Special Metals Company Attn: Bill Bolenr 3200 Riverside Drive Huntington, WV 257059 Phone: (304) 526-5889 FAX: (304) 526-5973 Metallurgical Consultants, Inc. Attn: W. M. Buehler 4820 Caroline PO Box 88046 Houston, TX 77288-0046 Phone: (713) 526-6351 FAX: (713) 526-2964 Naval Surface Warfare Center, Carderock Division Attn: Eric Focht Code 614 9500 Macarthur Blvd West Bethesda, MD 20817-5700 Phone: (301) 227-5032 FAX: (301) 227-5576 Teledyne Allvac Attn: Dr. W. D. Cao 2020 Ashcraft Ave. Monroe, NC 28110 Phone: (704) 289-4511 FAX: (704) 289-4269 Westmoreland Mechanical Testing and Research Inc. Attn: Andrew Wisniewski P.O. Box 388 Youngstown, PA 15696-0388 Mannesmann Rohrenwerke Mannesmann Forschungsinstitut (MFI) Attn: Dr. Weiss Postfach 251160 47251 Duisburg Germany Phone: 011-49-0203-9993194 FAX: 011-49-0203-9994415 ThyssenKrupp VDM USA, Inc. Attn: D. C. Agarwal 11210 Steeplecrest Drive, Suite 120 Houston, TX 77065-4939 Phone: (281) 955-6683 3.9 Specification Change - For QQ-N-281, Class B material: 1 - Footnote 9 to Table II of QQ-N-281 does not apply. 2 - When starting material is Round Bar greater than 3" dia, the mechanical properties of Hex Bar apply. 3.10 First Article Approval (Contractor Testing) - First Article Test (FAT) and approval is required. 3.10.1 ;The Supplemental Preproduction test requirements of General Note 7.O of Drawing 2177525 are required on Stop, Throttle, and Stop Check Valves for suppliers who qualified to revision N or earlier of Drawing 2177525.; 3.11 Welding or Brazing - When welding, brazing, and allied processes are required, as invoked by Section C paragraph 3 requirements, they must be in accordance with S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278, 0900-LP-001-7000 for brazing of piping and pressure vessel applications, or S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 for brazing of other applications. For all production and repair welding and brazing, personnel and procedures must be qualified under S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 or 0900-LP-001-7000, as applicable. Repair welding is not permitted on ;QQ-N-286 material; . Procedures and Qualification Data must be submitted for review and approval prior to performing any welding or brazing. 3.12 Internal Threads - All internal threads must be formed by cutting. Cold forming of internal threads is not acceptable. 3.13 Thread Inspection Requirements - All threads on threaded parts must be inspected using appropriate inspection methods, inspection systems, and inspection gages/instruments in accordance with FED-STD-H28 series. Substitution of thecommercial equivalent inspection in accordance with ASME B1 series is acceptable. 3.13.1 System 21 of FED-STD-H28/20 must be used as a minimum inspection requirement for threads when the design drawing or design specification does not specify an inspection requirement. 3.13.2 For Navy and Shipyard drawings, system 21 of FED-STD-H28/20 may be substituted for System 22 without further Navy approval when the design drawing invokes System 22 and does not cite governing specifications that specifically require system 22. System 22 of FED-STD-H28/20 must be used when the drawing references other governing specifications that specifically require System 22, such as certain thread types of MIL-DTL-1222. 3.13.3 A written request for concurrence must be submitted when utilizing alternative measuring equipment or measuring systems not applicable to the specified inspection system. 3.14 O-ring grooves and mating sealing surfaces must be inspected per the contractually invoked drawings or specifications. When the drawings or specifications do not provide specific defect criteria or state that no defects are allowed, the General Acceptance Criteria (GAC) standard must be used for inspecting O-ring grooves and mating sealing surfaces only. Repairs to sealing surfaces and O-ring grooves with unacceptable defects may be accomplished within the limits of the size and tolerances provided in the applicable drawing. Repairs thatwould exceed these limits require approval (including final dimensions). The data that is red lined (crossed out) is excluded from the GAC for this contract and is not to be used for acceptance or rejection criteria. The GAC document is identified as Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD008 at https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.15 Component Identification Description (CID) - When applicable drawing(s) and/or specification(s) specify that a nameplate or identification plate is required, the CID number ( ;CID 887055431X; ) must be added. When no plate is specified, an identification plate in accordance with MIL-DTL-15024, Type "C" on brass or Type "H" on aluminum must be securely attached to each assembly showing the above CID number. No assembly must be shipped without the CID number attached. 3.16 NAVSEA 0948-LP-045-7010 - Any applicable requirements of NAVSHIPS 4410.17,NAVSEA 0948-LP-045-7010, or 0948-045-7010 which the contractor must meet are included in this contract/purchase order. The above documents are for GovernmentUse Only. Further application of the above documents is prohibited.prohibited. 3.16.1 Marking of material with a Material Designator per the Drawing is also prohibited, with the exception of Fasteners. Fasteners must be marked with a Material Symbol/Designator as specified elsewhere in this contract. 3.17 Certificate of Compliance - (SPECIAL EMPHASIS MATERIAL) The Contractor must prepare and submit a certificate of compliance certifying that the items/components furnished under this contract comply with the requirements of the procurement document, including any/all invoked specifications and drawings. 3.18 Configuration Control - The Contractor must maintain the total equipment baseline configuration. For items of proprietary design, Contractor drawings showing the latest assembly configuration must be provided to the Government in electronic (C4) format. Definitions are provided elsewhere in the Contract/Purchase Order. 3.18.1 Waivers/Deviations - All waivers and deviations, regardless of significance or classification require review and approval by the Contracting Officer. Waivers and Deviations must be designated as Critical, Major, or Minor. The Contractor must provide a copy of this request to the QAR. Requests must include the information listed below. a. A complete description of the contract requirement affected and the nature of the waiver/deviation (non-conformance), including a classification of Critical, Major, or Minor. b. Number of units (and serial/lot numbers) to be delivered in this configuration. c. Any impacts to logistics support elements (such as software, manuals, spares, tools, and similar) being utilized by Government personnel or impacts to the operational use of the product. d. Information about remedial action being taken to prevent reoccurrence of the non-conformance. 3.18.2 All requests for Waivers/Deviations on NAVSUP-WSS Contracts must be submitted to the NAVSUP WSS Contracting Specialist via eMail. 3.18.3 ECPs - The Government will maintain configuration control and change authority for all modifications or changes affecting form, fit, function, or interface parameters of the Equipment and its sub-assemblies. The Contractor must submit an Engineering Change Proposal (ECP) for any Class I or II changes that impact the Equipment covered by this contract. ECPs must be prepared in Contractor format, and must include the following information: a. The change priority, change classification (Class I or Class II), and change justification. b. A complete description of the change to be made and the need for that change. c. A complete listing of other Configuration Items impacted by the proposed change and a description of the impact on those CIs. d. Proposed changes to documents controlled by the Government. e. Proposed serial/lot number effectivities of units to be produced in, or retrofitted to, the proposed configuration. f. Recommendations about the way a retrofit should be accomplished. g. Impacts to any logistics support elements (such as software, manuals, spares, tools, and similar) being utilized by Government personnel in support of the product. h. Impacts to the operational use of the product. i. Complete estimated life-cycle cost impact of the proposed change. j. Milestones relating to the processing and implementation of the engineering change. 3.19 Mercury Free - Mercury and mercury containing compounds must not be intentionally added or come in direct contact with hardware or supplies furnished under this contract. Mercury contamination of the material will be cause for rejection. ^ QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ^ 3.20 See CDRL DI-MISC-80678 (Test Certification) - A statement of tests performed, listing the pieces tested must be furnished along with a copy of the test results. Certification must include the contractor's name, address and date, quantity inspected, identified to the contract/purchase order and item number, and the Contractor's or authorized personnel's signature. Test certifications must reference the standard/specification, including the revision, to which the testing was performed and the acceptance criteria used. Test procedure numbers may also be referenced on test reports. Test reports on weldments must be identified to weld joint and layer. 3.21 See CDRLs DI-MISC-80875 (welding procedures) and DI-MISC-80876 (weld procedure qualification data) - When production or repair welding is required, the applicable welding procedure(s) and qualification data must be submitted for review and approval. In addition, the CONSUMED WELD METAL C of C as defined below must be submitted as part of the certification OQE package submitted by the Contractor. Note: These requirements do not apply to tack/spot welds. 3.21.1 Approval of the Contractor's qualification data must be obtained prior to performing any welding (production or repair). 3.21.2 If the Contractors qualification data has previously been approved by the Navy for other contracts, a copy of the original approval letter may be submitted along with the procedures and qualification data report to expedite the approval process. The approval letter must reference the applicable welding procedure and qualification data report identification/number. Prior approval does not guarantee acceptance for this or any future contracts. As far as practical, all procedures for the contract must be submitted at the same time. Welding procedures and qualification data must be submitted in a commercially available electronic format such as Adobe Acrobat PDF. The contractor must state the applicability of each weld procedure and qualification data submitted, citing the drawing number and pieces to be welded. (i.e. "WP-123 and QD-123 are submitted for the weld joint between pieces 1 and 2 on drawing ABC." WP-456 and QD-456 are submitted for the hardfacing of piece 3 on drawing XYZ.") 3.21.3 The PCO's authorization for the use of weld procedure(s) and qualification data for the specific application as submitted does not mitigate the vendors responsibility to comply with the requirements of S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248, S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278, and the contract. 3.21.4 Authority for the repair of Special Repairs in castings, the repair of wrought material, or the repair of forged material must be obtained via request for waiver from the Procurement Contracting Officer. This request must describe the defect; including size, depth, location, and a description of the proposed repair. Repairs deemed minor or nominal in accordance with S9074-AR-GIB-010/278 can be made at contractor discretion in accordance with S9074-AR-GIB-010/278 requirements; however, Weld Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) submittals are still required. This request for NAVSUP-WSS Contracts must be submitted via the Electronic Contractor Data Submission (ECDS) application. 3.21.5 Any new procedure qualification performed under this Contract will require the vendor to provide a minimum 72 hour notification to DCMA with an offer to observe the welding of the test assemblies. The 72 hour time limit may be modified upon mutual agreement between the vendor and DCMA. 3.21.6 When drawings require hardfacing surface Iron or Nickel content not to exceed 5%, the contractor must verify surface Iron or Nickel content by performing chemical testing as defined by the applicable drawing. The chemical test results must be submitted as part of the qualification data. 3.21.7 Additional qualification requirements for production hardfacing thickness less than 1/8-inch: Macro-etch (or legible photomacrographs clearly showing the fusion area) must be submitted for review and show consistent, minimized dilution. All essential elements and any elements not listed in S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 that influence dilution must be in the qualification data and weld procedure, with strict limits placed on each essential element. 3.21.8 Preparation and retention of weld records is required, as specified by paragraph 4.1.3 of S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278. 3.21.9 When production or repair welding is required on titanium materials, the applicable fabrication plan, facilities procedure, training plan, and active welder qualification must also be submitted for review and approval. 3.21.10 If the contractor's fabrication plan, facilities procedure, training plan, or active welder qualification has previously been approved by the Navy for other contracts, a copy of the original approval letter may be submitted along with the applicable documentation to expedite the approval process. The approval letter must reference the applicable documentation. Prior approval does not guarantee acceptance for this or any future contracts. The contractor's fabrication plan, facilities procedure, training plan, and active welder qualification must be submitted at the same time as the applicable welding procedure(s) and weld procedure qualification data. All documentation must be submitted in a commercially available electronic format, such as Adobe Acrobat PDF. 3.21.11 See CDRL DI-MISC-80678 (Consumed Weld Metal) - A Certificate of Compliance is required for all weld filler metals used for production or repair welding, and must include the following: a) Filler Metal LOT number(s) b) Specification and Type c) A positive statement that the vendor has obtained OQE and verified that each LOT of weld filler material conforms to specification requirements. d) A positive statement verifying that the weld filler metals were the correct material type or grade prior to consumption. 3.21.12 When production welds or repair welds are performed by a subcontractor, the requirement for submission of all certification documentation required herein must be passed down to the subcontractor. 3.22 See CDRL DI-NDTI-80809 (First Article Testing) - First Article Test/Inspection (Contractor) - The Contractor must conduct ;non-destructive; First Article Test/Inspection on ;one; unit(s) in accordance with requirements ;per General Note 7 of NAVSHIPS Drawing 803-2177525; . 3.23 Quality System Requirements - The Contractor furnishing items under this contract/purchase order must provide and maintain a quality system in accordance with ISO-9001 as amplified or modified herein, with the calibration system requirements of ISO-10012 or ANSI-Z540.3 with ISO-17025. A Quality System in accordance with MIL-I-45208, with the calibration system requirements of MIL-STD-45662, is acceptable as an alternate. 3.23.1 The Contractor's quality system and products supplied under the system are subject to evaluation, verification inspection, and acceptance/nonacceptance by the Government representative to determine the system's effectiveness in meeting the quality requirements established in the Contract/Purchase Order. 3.23.2 The Contractor's quality system must be documented and must be available for review by the Contracting Officer or his representative prior to initiation of production and throughout the life of the contract. The Prime Contractor must, upon notification, make his facilities available for audit by the contracting Officer or his authorized representative. 3.23.3 See CDRL DI-QCIC-81110 (Inspection System Procedures) - All suppliers of Level I/SUBSAFE (LI/SS) material are required to submit a copy of their current documented quality system procedures to the Procurement Contracting Officer (PCO) prior to award of any contract/purchase order. Suppliers that have a copy of their current quality system procedures on file at the Procuring Activity may request the PCO waive this requirement. 3.23.4 This contract provides for the performance of Government Quality Assurance at source. The place or places of performance may not be changed without the authorization of the Procurement Contracting Officer. Upon receipt of this order, promptly notify the Government representative who normally services your plant so that appropriate planning for Government inspection can be accomplished. If you do not have an assigned Government representative, notify the nearest Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA) Office. In the event that a local Government representative or DCMA Office cannot be located, our purchasing agent should be notified immediately. 3.23.5 Any changes made by the Contractor to a qualified quality system will require re-submittal to the PCO and concurrence by the Government Quality Assurance Representative prior to adoption. 3.24 Contractor Inspection Requirements - The Contractor must maintain adequate records of all inspections and tests. The records must indicate the nature and number of observations made, the number and type of deficiencies found, the quantities approved and rejected and the nature of corrective action taken as appropriate. Inspection records must be traceable to the material inspected. 3.24.1 The supplier's gages, measuring and test equipment must be made available for use by the Government representative when required to determine conformance with Contract requirements. When conditions warrant, the supplier's personnel must be made available for operations of such devices and for verification of their accuracy and condition. 3.24.2 All documents and reference data applicable to this contract must be available for review by the Government representative. Copies of documents required for Government inspection purposes must be furnished in accordance with the instructions provided by the Government representative. 3.25 Subcontractor Inspection Requirements - The Government has the right to inspect at source, any supplies or services that were not manufactured or performed within the contractor's facility. Such inspection can only be requested by or under authorization of the Government representative. Any purchasing documents to a subcontractor must cite the applicable portions of the contractually invoked quality system (e.g. calibration requirements), plus any product requirements that apply to the supplies being purchased. When the Government elects to perform source inspection at the subcontractor's facility, applicable purchase documents must be annotated with the following statement: "A Gov...
Intake Gate Replacement ? Unit 3, Table Rock Powerhouse, Taney County, Missouri
TITLE: INTAKE GATE REPLACEMENT - UNIT 3PROJECT LOCATION: TABLE ROCK POWERHOUSE, TANEY COUNTY MISSOURIMAGNITUDE OF CONSTRUCTION: BETWEEN $1,000,000 AND $5,000,000THIS SOLICITATION IS ADVERTISED AS A TOTAL SMALL BUSINESS SET ASIDE. THE NORTH AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (NAICS) CODE IS 332312, FABRICATED STRUCTURAL METAL MANUFACTURING. THE SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (SBA) SIZE STANDARD IS 500 EMPLOYEES. SITE VISIT: AN ORGANIZED SITE VISIT WILL BE HELD ON 4 NOVEMBER 2025 AT 10:00 AM CST AT TABLE ROCK POWERHOUSE. SEE CLAUSE 52.236-27 ALT 1 FOR COMPLETE DETAILS. BIDDER INQUIRY: A REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) REVIEW HAS BEEN SET UP AT WWW.PROJNET.ORG FOR THIS SOLICITATION. THE INQUIRY KEY IS JUFE2X-HXPMHW. THE RFI SUBMISSION PERIOD IS OPEN FROM 24 OCTOBER 2025 THROUGH 11 NOVEMBER 2025.
48--VALVE,GLOBE
ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT (NAVICP REVIEW FEB 1991)(FEB 1999)|1|See specification sections C and E.| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| DESIRED AND REQUIRED TIME OF DELIVERY (JUNE 1997)|29|0001AA|251 EA|365|0001AB|95 EA|365|||||||||||||||||||||||| STOP-WORK ORDER (AUG 1989)|1|| GENERAL INFORMATION-FOB-DESTINATION|1|B| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|Stand-Alone Receiving Report- Certifications Combo- Receiving Report & Invoice- Material|N/A|TBD|N00104|TBD|N39040 - Certifications, S4306A - Material |N50286|TBD|133.2|N/A|N/A|N39040 - Certifications |N/A|N/A |SEE DD FORM 1423 |PORT_PTNH_WAWF_NOTIFICATION@NAVY.MIL | NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|| VALUE ENGINEERING (JUN 2020)|3|||| INTEGRITY OF UNIT PRICES (NOV 2021)|1|| EQUAL OPPORTUNITY FOR VETERANS (JUN 2020)|4||||| WARRANTY OF SUPPLIES OF A NONCOMPLEX NATURE (JUNE 2003)|6|one year from date of delivery|one year from date of delivery||||| WARRANTY OF DATA--BASIC (MAR 2014)|2||| EQUAL OPPORTUNITY FOR WORKERS WITH DISABILITIES (JUN 2020)|2||| TRANSPORTATION OF SUPPLIES BY SEA (OCT 2024)|2||| FIRST ARTICLE APPROVAL--GOVERNMENT TESTING (SEP 1989)|7|One|0001AC|210|Receiving Officer Portsmouth Naval Shipyard, Building 240, Code 270.4(207-438-5898) Kittery Maine, 03904|30|X|| PROGRESS PAYMENTS (NOV 2021)|4||||| NOTICE OF TOTAL SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE (OCT 2020)(DEVIATION 2020-O0008)|1|| LIST OF SOLICITATION ATTACHMENTS|5|||||| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2024)|13|||||||||||||| ROYALTY INFORMATION (APR 1984)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|332919|750|||||||||||| INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS -- COMPETITIVE ACQUISITION (NOV 2021)|2||| TYPE OF CONTRACT (APR 1984)|1|firm fixed price| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||x| DD1423 Data Item A001 may be waived if already on file at NAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg. Submit your QA manual along with the proposal IAW RFP requirements. NECO quotes are not authorized under this RFP. Any contract awarded as a result of this solicitation will be DO rated order certified for national defense use under the Defense Priorities and Allocations System (DPAS). This solicitation requires First Article Testing. See FAR 52.209-4 First Article Approval - Government Testing for more details. If drawings are included in the solicitation, access needs to berequested on the individual solicitation page on Contracts Opportunities on the Government's SAM website. After requesting access, send an email to the Primary POC listed on the solicitation. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 The material covered in this contract/purchase order will be used in a crucial shipboard system. The use of incorrect or defective material would create a high probability of failure resulting in serious personnel injury, loss of life, loss of vital shipboard systems, or loss of the ship itself. Therefore, the material has been designated as SPECIAL EMPHASIS material (Level I, Scope of Certification, or Quality Assured) and special control procedures are invoked to ensure receipt of correct material. 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Order of Precedence - In the event of a conflict between the text of this contract/purchase order and the references and/or drawings cited herein, the text of this contract/purchase order must take precedence. Nothing in this contract/purchase order, however, must supersede applicable laws and regulations unless a specific exemption has been obtained. 2.2 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.2.1 Specification Revisions - The specification revisions listed under "Documents References" below are the preferred revision. Older and/or newer r evisions are acceptable when listed within Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD155 in ECDS (Electric Contractor Data Submission) at: ht tps://register.nslc.navy.mil/. This is to allow Contractors to use certain acceptable older specification revisions to purge their existing stock of material certified to those older revisions or to use newer specification revisions when material is certified to newly released revisions,without requiring the submittal of waiver/deviation requests for each specification revision on every contract. Revisions of specifications reflecting editorial and/or re-approval (e.g. E2009, R2014, etc.) are considered inconsequential, but are acceptable when their revisions are listedwithin CSD155 or elsewhere within this contract. 2.2.2 Documents, drawings, and publications supplied are listed under "Drawing Number". These items should be retained until an award is made. 2.2.3 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. DRAWING DATA=1385620 |80064| M| |D|0001 | |49998|0333895 DRAWING DATA=1385620 |80064| M| |D|0002 | L|49998|0859045 DRAWING DATA=1385620 |80064| M| |D|0003 | L|49998|0664580 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0001 | |49998|2015501 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0002 | V|49998|0117246 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0003 | V|49998|0127462 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0004 | V|49998|0134518 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0005 | V|49998|0070658 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0006 | V|49998|0048879 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0007 | V|49998|0061080 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0008 | V|49998|0066124 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0009 | V|49998|0058959 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0010 | V|49998|0077067 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0011 | V|49998|0040913 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0012 | V|49998|0080391 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0013 | V|49998|0082453 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0014 | V|49998|0069173 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0015 | V|49998|0050914 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0016 | V|49998|0063926 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0017 | V|49998|0073394 DRAWING DATA=2177525 |80064|AA| |D|0018 | V|49998|0103023 DOCUMENT REF DATA=FED-STD-H28 | | |B |190424|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=FED-STD-H28 |0020| |B |941221|A| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 | | | |080101|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=QQ-N-281 | | |D |851023|A| 2| | DOCUMENT REF DATA=QQ-N-286 | | |G |001207|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ASTM-B564 | | | |191101|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-792 | | |F |060519|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-1222 | | |J |001208|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-2035 | | |A |950515|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-2132 | | |D |080310|A| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO_9001 | | | |081115|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO10012 | | | |030415|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-DTL-15024 | | |G |180303|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO/IEC 17025 | | | |050515|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-I-45208 | | |A |810724|A| 1| | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-45662 | | |A |880801|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ANSI/NCSL Z540.3 | | | |130326|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=0900-LP-001-7000 | | | |810101|C| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 | | |1 |191112|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 | | |1 |140911|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278 (CHG A) | | | |130214|A| | | 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 ;Complete 1 inch, 900 PSI steam, in-line stop globe valve with backseat must be in accordance with NAVSHIPS Drawing 803-2177525, assembly 803-2177525-M5A1AF, except as amplified or modified herein.; 3.2 ;General Note 5.T of NAVSHIPS Drawing 803-2177525 does not apply.; 3.3 Material for Parts Requiring Certification - Quantitative chemical and mechanical analysis is required for the parts listed below unless specifically stated otherwise: Part - ;Body, Piece 1 and Bonnet, Piece 86; Material - ;Forged Monel per QQ-N-281, Class A, Annealed, Hot Finished or ASTM-B564 UNS N04400, Annealed and meeting the requirements of General Note 4.Q; Part - ;Stem, Piece 79; Material - ;QQ-N-286, Cold Drawn, Annealed and Age Hardened, and meeting the requirements of General Notes 4.B.3, 5.W, and 4.Q; Part - ;Body Stud Nuts, Piece 12; Material - ;MIL-DTL-1222, Type III, Grade 400 (QQ-N-281, Class A) or Grade 405 (QQ-N-281, Class B) and meeting the requirements of General Note 4.Q; Part - ;Body Studs, Piece 11; Material - ;MIL-DTL-1222, Grade 500 (QQ-N-286), Annealed and Age Hardened and meeting the requirements of General Note 4.Q; 3.4 Testing Certification - Certifications are required for the following tests on the items listed below. Additional testing on other piece parts (if any) per applicable drawings is still required, but certifications are only required as listed below. Test - ;Dye Penetrant Inspection; Item - ;All Hardfaced Surfaces; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 Acceptance - MIL-STD-2035 Test - ;Liquid Penetrant Inspection; Item - ;Body Studs, Piece 11 and Body Stud Nuts, Piece 12; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271; Sampling must be per MIL-DTL-1222 Acceptance - MIL-DTL-1222 Test - ;Dye Penetrant Inspection; Item - ;Stem, Piece 79 (after fabrication/machining); Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 Acceptance - MIL-STD-2035 Test - Ultrasonic Inspection on Starting Material Item - ;All Items requiring certification made from QQ-N-286 with a diameter or minimum distance between parallel surfaces of 4 inches or greater of the starting material, or when required by a drawing or specification invoked elsewhere in this contract; Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 or MIL-STD-2132, and QQ-N-286 Acceptance - QQ-N-286 Attribute - Annealing and Age Hardening Item - ;Stem, Piece 79 and Body Studs, Piece 11; Performance - QQ-N-286 Test - Non-Destructive Tests Item - ;Weld Repair (as applicable); Performance - Per applicable fabrication specification Acceptance - Per applicable fabrication specification Test - Pressure Tests Item - Each Assembly Performance - ;General Note 1 of Drawing 2177525; Acceptance - ;General Note 1 of Drawing 2177525; 3.5 The pressure tolerance must be as specified in the assembly drawing, detail drawing, design specification or elsewhere in this contract. Where pressure tolerances are not provided by drawings, specifications or specified elsewhere in this contract, the following must be used: For pressure tests below 100 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +1 PSIG / -0 PSIG. For pressure tests at or above 100 PSIG up to and including 2500 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +2% / -0 PSIG rounded off to the nearest multiple of the smallest graduation on an analog test pressure gauge, not to exceed 50 PSIG. For pressure tests above 2500 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +2% / -0 PSIG, rounded off to the nearest multiple of the smallest graduation on an analog test pressure gauge, not to exceed 200 PSIG. The pressure test time tolerance must be as specified in the assembly drawing, detail drawing, design specification or elsewhere in this contract. Where pressure test time tolerances are not provided by drawings, specifications or specified elsewhere in this contract, the following must be used: For a test duration up to and including 1 hour, the tolerance must be +5 minutes / - 0 minutes. For a test duration of more than 1 hour up to and including 24 hours, the tolerance must be +30 minutes / - 0 minutes. For a test duration of more than 24 hours, the tolerance must be +60 minutes / - 0 minutes. 3.6 K-MONEL Fasteners - Material must be heat treated per QQ-N-286. 3.6.1 Fasteners that have been hot or cold headed or roll threaded must be solution annealed followed by age hardening subsequent to all heading and thread rolling operations. The mechanical properties on certifications must be actual properties of the annealed and age hardened material and must meet the requirements of QQ-N-286. 3.6.2 QQ-N-286 fasteners that have been headed and/or roll threaded must not beage hardened unless the material has been solution annealed subsequent to the heading and threading operations. Threads formed after the final age hardening heat treatment must be cut or ground only. 3.7 K-MONEL Fasteners - K-MONEL externally threaded fasteners must have mechanical properties determined in accordance with MIL-DTL-1222. Test results must include Tensile, Yield, Elongation and Hardness as required by MIL-DTL-1222. (The Hardness tests must be performed on a full size fastener.) 3.7.1 Studs require an Axial Tensile test in accordance with MIL-DTL-1222. 3.7.2 Headed fasteners require a Wedge Tensile test as specified elsewhere in this contract/purchase order. 3.8 Slow Strain Rate Tensile Test Laboratories - The Slow Strain Rate Tensile Test of QQ-N-286 must be performed by one of the following laboratories: Huntington Alloys, a Special Metals Company Attn: Bill Bolenr 3200 Riverside Drive Huntington, WV 257059 Phone: (304) 526-5889 FAX: (304) 526-5973 Metallurgical Consultants, Inc. Attn: W. M. Buehler 4820 Caroline PO Box 88046 Houston, TX 77288-0046 Phone: (713) 526-6351 FAX: (713) 526-2964 Naval Surface Warfare Center, Carderock Division Attn: Eric Focht Code 614 9500 Macarthur Blvd West Bethesda, MD 20817-5700 Phone: (301) 227-5032 FAX: (301) 227-5576 Teledyne Allvac Attn: Dr. W. D. Cao 2020 Ashcraft Ave. Monroe, NC 28110 Phone: (704) 289-4511 FAX: (704) 289-4269 Westmoreland Mechanical Testing and Research Inc. Attn: Andrew Wisniewski P.O. Box 388 Youngstown, PA 15696-0388 Mannesmann Rohrenwerke Mannesmann Forschungsinstitut (MFI) Attn: Dr. Weiss Postfach 251160 47251 Duisburg Germany Phone: 011-49-0203-9993194 FAX: 011-49-0203-9994415 ThyssenKrupp VDM USA, Inc. Attn: D. C. Agarwal 11210 Steeplecrest Drive, Suite 120 Houston, TX 77065-4939 Phone: (281) 955-6683 3.9 Specification Change - For QQ-N-281, Class B material: 1 - Footnote 9 to Table II of QQ-N-281 does not apply. 2 - When starting material is Round Bar greater than 3" dia, the mechanical properties of Hex Bar apply. 3.10 First Article Approval (Contractor Testing) - First Article Test (FAT) and approval is required. 3.10.1 ;The Supplemental Preproduction test requirements of General Note 7.O of Drawing 2177525 are required on Stop, Throttle, and Stop Check Valves for suppliers who qualified to revision N or earlier of Drawing 2177525.; 3.11 Welding or Brazing - When welding, brazing, and allied processes are required, as invoked by Section C paragraph 3 requirements, they must be in accordance with S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278, 0900-LP-001-7000 for brazing of piping and pressure vessel applications, or S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 for brazing of other applications. For all production and repair welding and brazing, personnel and procedures must be qualified under S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 or 0900-LP-001-7000, as applicable. Repair welding is not permitted on ;QQ-N-286 material; . Procedures and Qualification Data must be submitted for review and approval prior to performing any welding or brazing. 3.12 Internal Threads - All internal threads must be formed by cutting. Cold forming of internal threads is not acceptable. 3.13 Thread Inspection Requirements - All threads on threaded parts must be inspected using appropriate inspection methods, inspection systems, and inspection gages/instruments in accordance with FED-STD-H28 series. Substitution of thecommercial equivalent inspection in accordance with ASME B1 series is acceptable. 3.13.1 System 21 of FED-STD-H28/20 must be used as a minimum inspection requirement for threads when the design drawing or design specification does not specify an inspection requirement. 3.13.2 For Navy and Shipyard drawings, system 21 of FED-STD-H28/20 may be substituted for System 22 without further Navy approval when the design drawing invokes System 22 and does not cite governing specifications that specifically require system 22. System 22 of FED-STD-H28/20 must be used when the drawing references other governing specifications that specifically require System 22, such as certain thread types of MIL-DTL-1222. 3.13.3 A written request for concurrence must be submitted when utilizing alternative measuring equipment or measuring systems not applicable to the specified inspection system. 3.14 O-ring grooves and mating sealing surfaces must be inspected per the contractually invoked drawings or specifications. When the drawings or specifications do not provide specific defect criteria or state that no defects are allowed, the General Acceptance Criteria (GAC) standard must be used for inspecting O-ring grooves and mating sealing surfaces only. Repairs to sealing surfaces and O-ring grooves with unacceptable defects may be accomplished within the limits of the size and tolerances provided in the applicable drawing. Repairs thatwould exceed these limits require approval (including final dimensions). The data that is red lined (crossed out) is excluded from the GAC for this contract and is not to be used for acceptance or rejection criteria. The GAC document is identified as Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD008 at https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.15 Component Identification Description (CID) - When applicable drawing(s) and/or specification(s) specify that a nameplate or identification plate is required, the CID number ( ;CID 887055431X; ) must be added. When no plate is specified, an identification plate in accordance with MIL-DTL-15024, Type "C" on brass or Type "H" on aluminum must be securely attached to each assembly showing the above CID number. No assembly must be shipped without the CID number attached. 3.16 NAVSEA 0948-LP-045-7010 - Any applicable requirements of NAVSHIPS 4410.17,NAVSEA 0948-LP-045-7010, or 0948-045-7010 which the contractor must meet are included in this contract/purchase order. The above documents are for GovernmentUse Only. Further application of the above documents is prohibited.prohibited. 3.16.1 Marking of material with a Material Designator per the Drawing is also prohibited, with the exception of Fasteners. Fasteners must be marked with a Material Symbol/Designator as specified elsewhere in this contract. 3.17 Certificate of Compliance - (SPECIAL EMPHASIS MATERIAL) The Contractor must prepare and submit a certificate of compliance certifying that the items/components furnished under this contract comply with the requirements of the procurement document, including any/all invoked specifications and drawings. 3.18 Configuration Control - The Contractor must maintain the total equipment baseline configuration. For items of proprietary design, Contractor drawings showing the latest assembly configuration must be provided to the Government in electronic (C4) format. Definitions are provided elsewhere in the Contract/Purchase Order. 3.18.1 Waivers/Deviations - All waivers and deviations, regardless of significance or classification require review and approval by the Contracting Officer. Waivers and Deviations must be designated as Critical, Major, or Minor. The Contractor must provide a copy of this request to the QAR. Requests must include the information listed below. a. A complete description of the contract requirement affected and the nature of the waiver/deviation (non-conformance), including a classification of Critical, Major, or Minor. b. Number of units (and serial/lot numbers) to be delivered in this configuration. c. Any impacts to logistics support elements (such as software, manuals, spares, tools, and similar) being utilized by Government personnel or impacts to the operational use of the product. d. Information about remedial action being taken to prevent reoccurrence of the non-conformance. 3.18.2 All requests for Waivers/Deviations on NAVSUP-WSS Contracts must be submitted to the NAVSUP WSS Contracting Specialist via eMail. 3.18.3 ECPs - The Government will maintain configuration control and change authority for all modifications or changes affecting form, fit, function, or interface parameters of the Equipment and its sub-assemblies. The Contractor must submit an Engineering Change Proposal (ECP) for any Class I or II changes that impact the Equipment covered by this contract. ECPs must be prepared in Contractor format, and must include the following information: a. The change priority, change classification (Class I or Class II), and change justification. b. A complete description of the change to be made and the need for that change. c. A complete listing of other Configuration Items impacted by the proposed change and a description of the impact on those CIs. d. Proposed changes to documents controlled by the Government. e. Proposed serial/lot number effectivities of units to be produced in, or retrofitted to, the proposed configuration. f. Recommendations about the way a retrofit should be accomplished. g. Impacts to any logistics support elements (such as software, manuals, spares, tools, and similar) being utilized by Government personnel in support of the product. h. Impacts to the operational use of the product. i. Complete estimated life-cycle cost impact of the proposed change. j. Milestones relating to the processing and implementation of the engineering change. 3.19 Mercury Free - Mercury and mercury containing compounds must not be intentionally added or come in direct contact with hardware or supplies furnished under this contract. Mercury contamination of the material will be cause for rejection. ^ QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ^ 3.20 See CDRL DI-MISC-80678 (Test Certification) - A statement of tests performed, listing the pieces tested must be furnished along with a copy of the test results. Certification must include the contractor's name, address and date, quantity inspected, identified to the contract/purchase order and item number, and the Contractor's or authorized personnel's signature. Test certifications must reference the standard/specification, including the revision, to which the testing was performed and the acceptance criteria used. Test procedure numbers may also be referenced on test reports. Test reports on weldments must be identified to weld joint and layer. 3.21 See CDRLs DI-MISC-80875 (welding procedures) and DI-MISC-80876 (weld procedure qualification data) - When production or repair welding is required, the applicable welding procedure(s) and qualification data must be submitted for review and approval. In addition, the CONSUMED WELD METAL C of C as defined below must be submitted as part of the certification OQE package submitted by the Contractor. Note: These requirements do not apply to tack/spot welds. 3.21.1 Approval of the Contractor's qualification data must be obtained prior to performing any welding (production or repair). 3.21.2 If the Contractors qualification data has previously been approved by the Navy for other contracts, a copy of the original approval letter may be submitted along with the procedures and qualification data report to expedite the approval process. The approval letter must reference the applicable welding procedure and qualification data report identification/number. Prior approval does not guarantee acceptance for this or any future contracts. As far as practical, all procedures for the contract must be submitted at the same time. Welding procedures and qualification data must be submitted in a commercially available electronic format such as Adobe Acrobat PDF. The contractor must state the applicability of each weld procedure and qualification data submitted, citing the drawing number and pieces to be welded. (i.e. "WP-123 and QD-123 are submitted for the weld joint between pieces 1 and 2 on drawing ABC." WP-456 and QD-456 are submitted for the hardfacing of piece 3 on drawing XYZ.") 3.21.3 The PCO's authorization for the use of weld procedure(s) and qualification data for the specific application as submitted does not mitigate the vendors responsibility to comply with the requirements of S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248, S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278, and the contract. 3.21.4 Authority for the repair of Special Repairs in castings, the repair of wrought material, or the repair of forged material must be obtained via request for waiver from the Procurement Contracting Officer. This request must describe the defect; including size, depth, location, and a description of the proposed repair. Repairs deemed minor or nominal in accordance with S9074-AR-GIB-010/278 can be made at contractor discretion in accordance with S9074-AR-GIB-010/278 requirements; however, Weld Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) submittals are still required. This request for NAVSUP-WSS Contracts must be submitted via the Electronic Contractor Data Submission (ECDS) application. 3.21.5 Any new procedure qualification performed under this Contract will require the vendor to provide a minimum 72 hour notification to DCMA with an offer to observe the welding of the test assemblies. The 72 hour time limit may be modified upon mutual agreement between the vendor and DCMA. 3.21.6 When drawings require hardfacing surface Iron or Nickel content not to exceed 5%, the contractor must verify surface Iron or Nickel content by performing chemical testing as defined by the applicable drawing. The chemical test results must be submitted as part of the qualification data. 3.21.7 Additional qualification requirements for production hardfacing thickness less than 1/8-inch: Macro-etch (or legible photomacrographs clearly showing the fusion area) must be submitted for review and show consistent, minimized dilution. All essential elements and any elements not listed in S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 that influence dilution must be in the qualification data and weld procedure, with strict limits placed on each essential element. 3.21.8 Preparation and retention of weld records is required, as specified by paragraph 4.1.3 of S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278. 3.21.9 When production or repair welding is required on titanium materials, the applicable fabrication plan, facilities procedure, training plan, and active welder qualification must also be submitted for review and approval. 3.21.10 If the contractor's fabrication plan, facilities procedure, training plan, or active welder qualification has previously been approved by the Navy for other contracts, a copy of the original approval letter may be submitted along with the applicable documentation to expedite the approval process. The approval letter must reference the applicable documentation. Prior approval does not guarantee acceptance for this or any future contracts. The contractor's fabrication plan, facilities procedure, training plan, and active welder qualification must be submitted at the same time as the applicable welding procedure(s) and weld procedure qualification data. All documentation must be submitted in a commercially available electronic format, such as Adobe Acrobat PDF. 3.21.11 See CDRL DI-MISC-80678 (Consumed Weld Metal) - A Certificate of Compliance is required for all weld filler metals used for production or repair welding, and must include the following: a) Filler Metal LOT number(s) b) Specification and Type c) A positive statement that the vendor has obtained OQE and verified that each LOT of weld filler material conforms to specification requirements. d) A positive statement verifying that the weld filler metals were the correct material type or grade prior to consumption. 3.21.12 When production welds or repair welds are performed by a subcontractor, the requirement for submission of all certification documentation required herein must be passed down to the subcontractor. 3.22 See CDRL DI-NDTI-80809 (First Article Testing) - First Article Test/Inspection (Contractor) - The Contractor must conduct ;non-destructive; First Article Test/Inspection on ;one; unit(s) in accordance with requirements ;per General Note 7 of NAVSHIPS Drawing 803-2177525; . 3.23 Quality System Requirements - The Contractor furnishing items under this contract/purchase order must provide and maintain a quality system in accordance with ISO-9001 as amplified or modified herein, with the calibration system requirements of ISO-10012 or ANSI-Z540.3 with ISO-17025. A Quality System in accordance with MIL-I-45208, with the calibration system requirements of MIL-STD-45662, is acceptable as an alternate. 3.23.1 The Contractor's quality system and products supplied under the system are subject to evaluation, verification inspection, and acceptance/nonacceptance by the Government representative to determine the system's effectiveness in meeting the quality requirements established in the Contract/Purchase Order. 3.23.2 The Contractor's quality system must be documented and must be available for review by the Contracting Officer or his representative prior to initiation of production and throughout the life of the contract. The Prime Contractor must, upon notification, make his facilities available for audit by the contracting Officer or his authorized representative. 3.23.3 See CDRL DI-QCIC-81110 (Inspection System Procedures) - All suppliers of Level I/SUBSAFE (LI/SS) material are required to submit a copy of their current documented quality system procedures to the Procurement Contracting Officer (PCO) prior to award of any contract/purchase order. Suppliers that have a copy of their current quality system procedures on file at the Procuring Activity may request the PCO waive this requirement. 3.23.4 This contract provides for the performance of Government Quality Assurance at source. The place or places of performance may not be changed without the authorization of the Procurement Contracting Officer. Upon receipt of this order, promptly notify the Government representative who normally services your plant so that appropriate planning for Government inspection can be accomplished. If you do not have an assigned Government representative, notify the nearest Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA) Office. In the event that a local Government representative or DCMA Office cannot be located, our purchasing agent should be notified immediately. 3.23.5 Any changes made by the Contractor to a qualified quality system will require re-submittal to the PCO and concurrence by the Government Quality Assurance Representative prior to adoption. 3.24 Contractor Inspection Requirements - The Contractor must maintain adequate records of all inspections and tests. The records must indicate the nature and number of observations made, the number and type of deficiencies found, the quantities approved and rejected and the nature of corrective action taken as appropriate. Inspection records must be traceable to the material inspected. 3.24.1 The supplier's gages, measuring and test equipment must be made available for use by the Government representative when required to determine conformance with Contract requirements. When conditions warrant, the supplier's personnel must be made available for operations of such devices and for verification of their accuracy and condition. 3.24.2 All documents and reference data applicable to this contract must be available for review by the Government representative. Copies of documents required for Government inspection purposes must be furnished in accordance with the instructions provided by the Government representative. 3.25 Subcontractor Inspection Requirements - The Government has the right to inspect at source, any supplies or services that were not manufactured or performed within the contractor's facility. Such inspection can only be requested by or under authorization of the Government representative. Any purchasing documents to a subcontractor must cite the applicable portions of the contractually invoked quality system (e.g. calibration requirements), plus any product requirements that apply to the supplies being purchased. When the Government elects to perform source inspection at the subcontractor's facility, applicable purchase documents must be annotated with the following statement: "A Gov...
AUTONOMOUS DELIVERY OF PRECISION NEUTRALIZATION OF EXPLOSIVE HAZARDS
This Broad Agency Announcement (BAA), which sets forth by the U.S. Army’s Joint Program Executive Office Armament and Ammunition (JPEO A&A), Office of the Project Manager Close Combat Systems (PM CCS), Picatinny Arsenal, New Jersey, is issued under the paragraph 6.102(d)(2) of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), which provides for the competitive selection of white papers. White papers submitted in response to this BAA and selected for award are considered to be the result of full and open competition and in full compliance with the provision of Public Law 98-369, "The Competition in Contracting Act of 1984" and subsequent amendments. Proposals and white papers shall be evaluated only if they contain all technical requirements, and show a functioning system that can achieve the requirement set forth by the PM CCS. White papers that do not fully meet the requirements set forth in this BAA will not be considered for award. In order to conserve valuable offeror and Government resources, and to facilitate determining whether a white paper meets the guidelines described herein, prospective offerors contemplating submission of a white paper are strongly encouraged to talk with the Ground Obstacle Breaching Lane Neutralizer (GOBLN) Team during the Industry Day, 4-5 March, held at the Courtyard Rockaway – Mt. Arlington, 15 Howard Blvd, Mt. Arlington, NJ 07856, or reach out to the GOBLN Team POC listed below, before submitting a white paper. Note, March 4th will primarily be briefs with the potential for optional one-on-ones with the GOBLN Team, and March 5th will be the primary day for optional one-on-ones with the GOBLN Team. If an offeror elects to submit a white paper, it shall be prepared in accordance with the instructions contained in PART II of this document. Upon receipt of a white paper, it will be evaluated, and the offeror shall be advised of the evaluation results. Offerors whose white papers receive a favorable evaluation may be contacted to prepare a complete proposal in accordance with instructions contained in PART III, Section 3 of this document. The costs of a white paper preparation in response to this BAA is not considered as an allowable direct charge to any award resulting from this BAA, or any other award. It may be an allowable expense to the normal bid and proposal indirect cost specified in FAR 31.205-18. Offerors submitting proposals are cautioned that only a Contracting, Agreements, or Grants Officer may obligate the Government to any agreement involving expenditure of Government funds. Administrative enquires regarding this BAA shall be addressed in writing via email to the Contract Specialist, Procurement Office Point of Contact, Jacqueline Smith: Email: jacqueline.m.smith95.civ@army.mil Address: ACC-NJ Attn: Jacqueline Smith, Bldg. 9, ACC-NJ-ET Picatinny Arsenal, NJ 07806-5000 Technical questions should be referred to the GOBLN Team Point of Contact (TPOC), PM CCS, MAJ Cameron Fulford: Email: Cameron.w.fulford.mil@army.mil Address: U.S. Army, Office of the Project Manager Close Combat Systems Attn: MAJ Cameron Fulford, Demolitions and Countermeasures, SFAE-AA-CCS Bldg. 183, Buffington Road Picatinny Arsenal, NJ 07806-5000 (862) 399-6000 This BAA is available on the following websites: https://piee.eb.mil/ This BAA is a continuously open announcement valid throughout the period from the date of issuance through the expiration date stated on the cover page of this BAA unless announced otherwise. PM CCS is seeking to award an initial contract(s) by 31 August 2025. This date is being driven based on a white paper submission of 16 April 2025. However, any proposals and white papers submitted prior to this BAA expiration date that are for development directed toward advancing the knowledge and understanding within PM CCS will be accepted for evaluation and potential secondary contract(s) award. Amendments to this BAA shall be posted to the Procurement Integrated Enterprise Environment web site (https://piee.eb.mil/) and published at the above websites when they occur. Interested parties are encouraged to periodically check these websites for updates and amendments
AUTONOMOUS DELIVERY OF PRECISION NEUTRALIZATION OF EXPLOSIVE HAZARDS
This Broad Agency Announcement (BAA), which sets forth by the U.S. Army’s Joint Program Executive Office Armament and Ammunition (JPEO A&A), Office of the Project Manager Close Combat Systems (PM CCS), Picatinny Arsenal, New Jersey, is issued under the paragraph 6.102(d)(2) of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), which provides for the competitive selection of white papers. White papers submitted in response to this BAA and selected for award are considered to be the result of full and open competition and in full compliance with the provision of Public Law 98-369, "The Competition in Contracting Act of 1984" and subsequent amendments. Proposals and white papers shall be evaluated only if they contain all technical requirements, and show a functioning system that can achieve the requirement set forth by the PM CCS. White papers that do not fully meet the requirements set forth in this BAA will not be considered for award. In order to conserve valuable offeror and Government resources, and to facilitate determining whether a white paper meets the guidelines described herein, prospective offerors contemplating submission of a white paper are strongly encouraged to talk with the Ground Obstacle Breaching Lane Neutralizer (GOBLN) Team during the Industry Day, 4-5 March, held at the Courtyard Rockaway – Mt. Arlington, 15 Howard Blvd, Mt. Arlington, NJ 07856, or reach out to the GOBLN Team POC listed below, before submitting a white paper. Note, March 4th will primarily be briefs with the potential for optional one-on-ones with the GOBLN Team, and March 5th will be the primary day for optional one-on-ones with the GOBLN Team. If an offeror elects to submit a white paper, it shall be prepared in accordance with the instructions contained in PART II of this document. Upon receipt of a white paper, it will be evaluated, and the offeror shall be advised of the evaluation results. Offerors whose white papers receive a favorable evaluation may be contacted to prepare a complete proposal in accordance with instructions contained in PART III, Section 3 of this document. The costs of a white paper preparation in response to this BAA is not considered as an allowable direct charge to any award resulting from this BAA, or any other award. It may be an allowable expense to the normal bid and proposal indirect cost specified in FAR 31.205-18. Offerors submitting proposals are cautioned that only a Contracting, Agreements, or Grants Officer may obligate the Government to any agreement involving expenditure of Government funds. Administrative enquires regarding this BAA shall be addressed in writing via email to the Contract Specialist, Procurement Office Point of Contact, Jacqueline Smith: Email: jacqueline.m.smith95.civ@army.mil Address: ACC-NJ Attn: Jacqueline Smith, Bldg. 9, ACC-NJ-ET Picatinny Arsenal, NJ 07806-5000 Technical questions should be referred to the GOBLN Team Point of Contact (TPOC), PM CCS, MAJ Cameron Fulford: Email: Cameron.w.fulford.mil@mail.mil Address: U.S. Army, Office of the Project Manager Close Combat Systems Attn: MAJ Cameron Fulford, Demolitions and Countermeasures, SFAE-AA-CCS Bldg. 183, Buffington Road Picatinny Arsenal, NJ 07806-5000 (862) 399-6000 This BAA is available on the following websites: https://piee.eb.mil/ This BAA is a continuously open announcement valid throughout the period from the date of issuance through the expiration date stated on the cover page of this BAA unless announced otherwise. PM CCS is seeking to award an initial contract(s) by 31 July 2025. This date is being driven based on a white paper submission of 16 April 2025. However, any proposals and white papers submitted prior to this BAA expiration date that are for development directed toward advancing the knowledge and understanding within PM CCS will be accepted for evaluation and potential secondary contract(s) award. Amendments to this BAA shall be posted to the Procurement Integrated Enterprise Environment web site (https://piee.eb.mil/) and published at the above websites when they occur. Interested parties are encouraged to periodically check these websites for updates and amendments
AUTONOMOUS DELIVERY OF PRECISION NEUTRALIZATION OF EXPLOSIVE HAZARDS
This Broad Agency Announcement (BAA), which sets forth by the U.S. Army’s Joint Program Executive Office Armament and Ammunition (JPEO A&A), Office of the Project Manager Close Combat Systems (PM CCS), Picatinny Arsenal, New Jersey, is issued under the paragraph 6.102(d)(2) of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), which provides for the competitive selection of white papers. White papers submitted in response to this BAA and selected for award are considered to be the result of full and open competition and in full compliance with the provision of Public Law 98-369, "The Competition in Contracting Act of 1984" and subsequent amendments. Proposals and white papers shall be evaluated only if they contain all technical requirements, and show a functioning system that can achieve the requirement set forth by the PM CCS. White papers that do not fully meet the requirements set forth in this BAA will not be considered for award. In order to conserve valuable offeror and Government resources, and to facilitate determining whether a white paper meets the guidelines described herein, prospective offerors contemplating submission of a white paper are strongly encouraged to talk with the Ground Obstacle Breaching Lane Neutralizer (GOBLN) Team during the Industry Day, 4-5 March, held at the Courtyard Rockaway – Mt. Arlington, 15 Howard Blvd, Mt. Arlington, NJ 07856, or reach out to the GOBLN Team POC listed below, before submitting a white paper. Note, March 4th will primarily be briefs with the potential for optional one-on-ones with the GOBLN Team, and March 5th will be the primary day for optional one-on-ones with the GOBLN Team. If an offeror elects to submit a white paper, it shall be prepared in accordance with the instructions contained in PART II of this document. Upon receipt of a white paper, it will be evaluated, and the offeror shall be advised of the evaluation results. Offerors whose white papers receive a favorable evaluation may be contacted to prepare a complete proposal in accordance with instructions contained in PART III, Section 3 of this document. The costs of a white paper preparation in response to this BAA is not considered as an allowable direct charge to any award resulting from this BAA, or any other award. It may be an allowable expense to the normal bid and proposal indirect cost specified in FAR 31.205-18. Offerors submitting proposals are cautioned that only a Contracting, Agreements, or Grants Officer may obligate the Government to any agreement involving expenditure of Government funds. Administrative enquires regarding this BAA shall be addressed in writing via email to the Contract Specialist, Procurement Office Point of Contact, Jacqueline Smith: Email: jacqueline.m.smith95.civ@army.mil Address: ACC-NJ Attn: Jacqueline Smith, Bldg. 9, ACC-NJ-ET Picatinny Arsenal, NJ 07806-5000 Technical questions should be referred to the GOBLN Team Point of Contact (TPOC), PM CCS, MAJ Cameron Fulford: Email: Cameron.w.fulford.mil@mail.mil Address: U.S. Army, Office of the Project Manager Close Combat Systems Attn: MAJ Cameron Fulford, Demolitions and Countermeasures, SFAE-AA-CCS Bldg. 183, Buffington Road Picatinny Arsenal, NJ 07806-5000 (862) 399-6000 This BAA is available on the following websites: https://piee.eb.mil/ This BAA is a continuously open announcement valid throughout the period from the date of issuance through the expiration date stated on the cover page of this BAA unless announced otherwise. PM CCS is seeking to award an initial contract(s) by 1 July 2025. This date is being driven based on a white paper submission of 2 April 2025. However, any proposals and white papers submitted prior to this BAA expiration date that are for development directed toward advancing the knowledge and understanding within PM CCS will be accepted for evaluation and potential secondary contract(s) award. Amendments to this BAA shall be posted to the Procurement Integrated Enterprise Environment web site (https://piee.eb.mil/) and published at the above websites when they occur. Interested parties are encouraged to periodically check these websites for updates and amendments
AUTONOMOUS DELIVERY OF PRECISION NEUTRALIZATION OF EXPLOSIVE HAZARDS
This Broad Agency Announcement (BAA), which sets forth by the U.S. Army’s Joint Program Executive Office Armament and Ammunition (JPEO A&A), Office of the Project Manager Close Combat Systems (PM CCS), Picatinny Arsenal, New Jersey, is issued under the paragraph 6.102(d)(2) of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), which provides for the competitive selection of white papers. White papers submitted in response to this BAA and selected for award are considered to be the result of full and open competition and in full compliance with the provision of Public Law 98-369, "The Competition in Contracting Act of 1984" and subsequent amendments. Proposals and white papers shall be evaluated only if they contain all technical requirements, and show a functioning system that can achieve the requirement set forth by the PM CCS. White papers that do not fully meet the requirements set forth in this BAA will not be considered for award. In order to conserve valuable offeror and Government resources, and to facilitate determining whether a white paper meets the guidelines described herein, prospective offerors contemplating submission of a white paper are strongly encouraged to talk with the Ground Obstacle Breaching Lane Neutralizer (GOBLN) Team during the Industry Day, 4-5 March, held at the Courtyard Rockaway – Mt. Arlington, 15 Howard Blvd, Mt. Arlington, NJ 07856, or reach out to the GOBLN Team POC listed below, before submitting a white paper. Note, March 4th will primarily be briefs with the potential for optional one-on-ones with the GOBLN Team, and March 5th will be the primary day for optional one-on-ones with the GOBLN Team. If an offeror elects to submit a white paper, it shall be prepared in accordance with the instructions contained in PART II of this document. Upon receipt of a white paper, it will be evaluated, and the offeror shall be advised of the evaluation results. Offerors whose white papers receive a favorable evaluation may be contacted to prepare a complete proposal in accordance with instructions contained in PART III, Section 3 of this document. The costs of a white paper preparation in response to this BAA is not considered as an allowable direct charge to any award resulting from this BAA, or any other award. It may be an allowable expense to the normal bid and proposal indirect cost specified in FAR 31.205-18. Offerors submitting proposals are cautioned that only a Contracting, Agreements, or Grants Officer may obligate the Government to any agreement involving expenditure of Government funds. Administrative enquires regarding this BAA shall be addressed in writing via email to the Contract Specialist, Procurement Office Point of Contact, Jacqueline Smith: Email: jacqueline.m.smith95.civ@army.mil Address: ACC-NJ Attn: Jacqueline Smith, Bldg. 9, ACC-NJ-ET Picatinny Arsenal, NJ 07806-5000 Technical questions should be referred to the GOBLN Team Point of Contact (TPOC), PM CCS, MAJ Cameron Fulford: Email: Cameron.w.fulford.mil@mail.mil Address: U.S. Army, Office of the Project Manager Close Combat Systems Attn: MAJ Cameron Fulford, Demolitions and Countermeasures, SFAE-AA-CCS Bldg. 183, Buffington Road Picatinny Arsenal, NJ 07806-5000 (862) 399-6000 This BAA is available on the following websites: https://piee.eb.mil/ This BAA is a continuously open announcement valid throughout the period from the date of issuance through the expiration date stated on the cover page of this BAA unless announced otherwise. PM CCS is seeking to award an initial contract(s) by 1 July 2025. This date is being driven based on a white paper submission of 2 April 2025. However, any proposals and white papers submitted prior to this BAA expiration date that are for development directed toward advancing the knowledge and understanding within PM CCS will be accepted for evaluation and potential secondary contract(s) award. Amendments to this BAA shall be posted to the Procurement Integrated Enterprise Environment web site (https://piee.eb.mil/) and published at the above websites when they occur. Interested parties are encouraged to periodically check these websites for updates and amendments
AUTONOMOUS DELIVERY OF PRECISION NEUTRALIZATION OF EXPLOSIVE HAZARDS
This Broad Agency Announcement (BAA), which sets forth by the U.S. Army’s Joint Program Executive Office Armament and Ammunition (JPEO A&A), Office of the Project Manager Close Combat Systems (PM CCS), Picatinny Arsenal, New Jersey, is issued under the paragraph 6.102(d)(2) of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), which provides for the competitive selection of white papers. White papers submitted in response to this BAA and selected for award are considered to be the result of full and open competition and in full compliance with the provision of Public Law 98-369, "The Competition in Contracting Act of 1984" and subsequent amendments. Proposals and white papers shall be evaluated only if they contain all technical requirements, and show a functioning system that can achieve the requirement set forth by the PM CCS. White papers that do not fully meet the requirements set forth in this BAA will not be considered for award. In order to conserve valuable offeror and Government resources, and to facilitate determining whether a white paper meets the guidelines described herein, prospective offerors contemplating submission of a white paper are strongly encouraged to talk with the Ground Obstacle Breaching Lane Neutralizer (GOBLN) Team during the Industry Day, 4-5 March, held at the Courtyard Rockaway – Mt. Arlington, 15 Howard Blvd, Mt. Arlington, NJ 07856, or reach out to the GOBLN Team POC listed below, before submitting a white paper. Note, March 4th will primarily be briefs with the potential for optional one-on-ones with the GOBLN Team, and March 5th will be the primary day for optional one-on-ones with the GOBLN Team. If an offeror elects to submit a white paper, it shall be prepared in accordance with the instructions contained in PART II of this document. Upon receipt of a white paper, it will be evaluated, and the offeror shall be advised of the evaluation results. Offerors whose white papers receive a favorable evaluation may be contacted to prepare a complete proposal in accordance with instructions contained in PART III, Section 3 of this document. The costs of a white paper preparation in response to this BAA is not considered as an allowable direct charge to any award resulting from this BAA, or any other award. It may be an allowable expense to the normal bid and proposal indirect cost specified in FAR 31.205-18. Offerors submitting proposals are cautioned that only a Contracting, Agreements, or Grants Officer may obligate the Government to any agreement involving expenditure of Government funds. Administrative enquires regarding this BAA shall be addressed in writing via email to the Contract Specialist, Procurement Office Point of Contact, Jacqueline Smith: Email: jacqueline.m.smith95.civ@army.mil Address: ACC-NJ Attn: Jacqueline Smith, Bldg. 9, ACC-NJ-ET Picatinny Arsenal, NJ 07806-5000 Technical questions should be referred to the GOBLN Team Point of Contact (TPOC), PM CCS, MAJ Cameron Fulford: Email: Cameron.w.fulford.mil@army.mil Address: U.S. Army, Office of the Project Manager Close Combat Systems Attn: MAJ Cameron Fulford, Demolitions and Countermeasures, SFAE-AA-CCS Bldg. 183, Buffington Road Picatinny Arsenal, NJ 07806-5000 (862) 399-6000 This BAA is available on the following websites: https://piee.eb.mil/ This BAA is a continuously open announcement valid throughout the period from the date of issuance through the expiration date stated on the cover page of this BAA unless announced otherwise. PM CCS is seeking to award an initial contract(s) by 31 August 2025. This date is being driven based on a white paper submission of 16 April 2025. However, any proposals and white papers submitted prior to this BAA expiration date that are for development directed toward advancing the knowledge and understanding within PM CCS will be accepted for evaluation and potential secondary contract(s) award. Amendments to this BAA shall be posted to the Procurement Integrated Enterprise Environment web site (https://piee.eb.mil/) and published at the above websites when they occur. Interested parties are encouraged to periodically check these websites for updates and amendments
28--CASE,COMPRESSOR FRT, IN REPAIR/MODIFICATION OF
CONTACT INFORMATION|4|N711.6|GRH|771-229-0400|leigh.e.catchings.civ@us.navy.mil| ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|Invoice and Receiving (combo)|NA|TBD|N00104|TBD|TBD|SEE SCHEDULE|SEE SCHEDULE|NA|NA|TBD|NA||||| NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM-BASIC (FEB 2024)|11|||||||||||| LIST OF SOLICITATION ATTACHMENTS|5|||||| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2024)|13|||||||||||||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024))|5|||||| BUY AMERICAN-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|333611|1500|||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||| This amendment hereby increases the qty. from qty. 11 to qty. 12. PLEASE PROVIDE REPAIR PRICE AS FIRM FIXED PRICE OR NOT TO EXCEED AND CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING: NOM: CASE, COMPRESSOR FRT P/N: L25723G03, NSN: 7HH 2835 011463530, QTY: 11 Accelerated delivery is encouraged and accepted before the delivery date(s) listed in the schedule. ^^ A. Electronic submission of any quotes, representations, and any necessary certifications shall be accomplished via an email directed to LEIGH.E.CATCHINGS.CIV@US.NAVY.MIL. B. General Requirements: MIL-STD Packaging, Government Source Inspection, FOB Source, CAV Reporting. C. This RFQ is for REPAIR. The resultant award of this solicitation will be issued bilaterally, requiring the contractor's written acceptance prior to execution. Verify nomenclature, part number, and NSN prior to responding. D. Only a firm-fixed (FFP), not-to-exceed (NTE) or estimated (EST) price for the REPAIR of the subject item(s) will be accepted. Quotes limited to test and evaluation (T&E) will NOT be accepted. The quoted price MUST be for the REPAIRof the item(s). E. Must adhere to IUID requirements of DFARS 252.211-7003 F. The ultimate awardee of the proposed contract action must be an authorized repair source. Award of the proposed contract action will not be delayed while an unauthorized source seeks to obtain authorization. G. The Government is requesting a Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) of: 187.632z days after receipt of asset. Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) definition: The resultant contractual delivery requirement is measured from asset Return to the date of asset acceptance under the terms of the contract. For purposes of this section, Return is defined as physical receipt of the F-condition asset at the contractor's facility as reflected in the Action Date entry in the Commercial Asset Visibility (CAV) system. In accordance with the CAV Statement of Work, the contractor is required to accurately report all transactions by the end of the fifth regular business day after receipt and the Action Date entered in CAV must be dated to reflect the actual dateof physical receipt. The Contractor must obtain final inspection and acceptance by the Government for all assets within the RTATs established in this contract. Please note freight is handled by Navy CAV or Proxy CAV as stated in NAVSUPWSSFA24 or NAVSUPWSSFA25. Throughput Constraint: Contractor must provide a throughput Constraint for eachNSN(s). Total assets to be repaired monthly after initial delivery commences: _____/month (contractor is to fill in #). A throughput of "0" (zero) per monthreflects no throughput constraint. Induction Expiration Date: 365 days after contract award date. Any asset received after this date in days is not authorized for repair without bi-lateral agreement between the Contractor and NAVSUP WSS Contracting Officer. H.IMPORTANT NOTE: Reconciliation Price Reduction: Any asset(s) for which the contractor does not meet the required RTAT will incur a price reduction per unit/per month the contractor is late. However, any delay determined to be excusable (e.g. Government Delay) will not result in a price reduction. If the contractor does not meet the required RTAT due to inexcusable contractor delay, the Contracting Officer will implement the aforementioned price reduction via a "Reconciliation Modification" at the end of the contract performance. Price reductions made pursuant to this section shall not limit other remedies available to the Government for failure to meet required RTATs,ncluding but not limited to the Government's right to terminate for default. In reference to the above important note, the contractor provides the followingprice reduction amount per unit/per month the contractor does not meet the RTAT: $___________, up to a maximum of: $__________. (vendor is to fill in amount) I. Your quote MUST include the following information for justification purposes: - Repair unit price ________________ - Total price________________ - Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) _____________ days - New unit price ______________ NOTE: If you are not quoting the Government's Requested Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) or sooner, you must provide your company's capacity constraints below: ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ - T&E fee/price (if asset is determined BR/BER): If an item is determined BR, and the contractor provides documentation that costs were incurred during evaluation and determination of BR/BER, the contracting officer will negotiate a reduced contract price, not-to exceed (NTE) $___________associated with the repair effort to reflect the BR status of the equipment. - The T&E fee (if asset is determined BR/BER) was determined based on: ____________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ - Award to CAGE:________ - Inspection & Acceptance CAGE, if not the same as Award to CAGE: _________ - Facility/Subcontractor CAGE (where the asset should be shipped to), if not same as Award to CAGE. __________ - Facility/Subcontractor or Packaging Facility CAGE (where the asset will be shipped from), if not the same as Award to CAGE. ________ - Cost breakdown requested, including profit rate (if feasible). - Quote expiration date _______________________ (MIN of 90 Days is requested). - Delivery Vehicle (if Delivery Order requested) (if your company has a currentBOA/IDIQ, for example) Only a firm-fixed price (FFP) for the REPAIR of the subject item(s) will be accepted. Quotes limited to test and evaluation (T&E) will NOT be accepted. The quoted price MUST be for the REPAIR of the item(s). PLEASE CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING WHEN PROVIDING PRICE: Include repair price with all costs associated with receipt and complete repairof material that may be in incomplete condition, missing hardware, damaged, handling damage, missing parts, and wear damage. EVALUATION FACTORS: Evaluation Utilizing Simplified Acquisition Procedures The Government will issue anorder resulting from this Request for Quotation to the responsible offeror whose quotation results in the best value to the Government, considering both priceand a non-price factors. The following factors will be used to evaluate quotations: 1) Price. 2) Past Performance. The offeror's past performance on related contracts will be evaluated to determine, as appropriate, successful performance of contract requirements, quality and timeliness of delivery of goods and services, cost management, communications between contracting parties, proactive management, and customer satisfaction. 3) Supplier Performance Risk as described in DFARS 252.204-7024. (End of provision) Quotes shall be received no later than the date specified in the solicitation in order to be considered. IMPORTANT NOTE: Any asset for which the contractor does not meet the required RTAT will incur a price reduction per unit/per month the contractor is late - any delay determined to be excusable (e.g. Government Delay) will not result ina price reduction. If a price reduction is required due to unexcusable contractordelay, the Contracting Officer will implement the aforementioned price reduction via a "reconciliation modification" at the end of the contract performance. Price reductions made pursuant to this section shall not limit other remedies available to the Government for failure to meet required RTATs, including but not limited to the Government's right to terminate for default. In reference to the above important note, the contractor provides the following price reduction amount per unit per month the contractor does not meet the RTAT: $__________, up to a maximum of: $_________. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 This contract/purchase order contains the requirements for repair and the contract quality requirements for the CASE,COMPRESSOR FRT . 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.1.1 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Cage Code/Reference Number Items - The CASE,COMPRESSOR FRT repaired under this contract/purchase order shall meet the operational and functional requirements as represented by the Cage Code(s) and reference number(s) listed below. All repair work shall be performed in accordance with the contractors repair/overhaul standard practices, manuals and directives including but not limited to drawings, technical orders, manufacturing operations, tooling instructions, approved repair standards and any other contractor or government approved documents developed to provide technical repair procedures. CAGE___Ref. No. ;07482 L25723G03 ; 3.2 Marking - This item shall be physically identified in accordance with ;MIL-STD-130, REV N, 16 NOV 2012; . 3.3 Changes in Design, Material Servicing, or Part Number - Except for a Code 1 change, which shall be processed as provided in the code statement shown below, no substitution of items shall be made until the NAVICP-MECH Contracting Officer has notified and approval has been given by issuance of a written change order. When any change in design, material, servicing or part number is made to replace or substitute any item to be furnished on this contract/purchase order, the Contractor shall furnish, for the substituting/replacement item, a drawing and an explanation of the reason for the change, explaining the reason therefor. If finished detail drawings are not available, shop drawings in the form used by the manufacturer will be acceptable for Government evaluation. When notifying the Procurement Contracting Officer of the reasons for making substitutions, the type of change shall be indicated by code number in accordance with one of the following statements: Code 1: PART NUMBER CHANGE ONLY - If the Manufacturer's Part Number indicated thereon has changed, but the parts are identical in all respects, supply the item and advise NAVICP-MECH immediately of the new part number. Code 2: Assembly (or set or kit) not furnished - Used following detail parts. Code 3: Part not furnished separately - Use assembly. Code 4: Part redesigned - Old and new parts are completely interchangeable. Code 5: Part redesigned - New part replaces old. Old part cannot replace new. Code 6: Part redesigned - Parts not interchangeable. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Responsibility for Inspection - Unless otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor may use his own or any other facilities suitable for the performance of the inspection requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the Government. The Government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections set forth in the specification where such inspections are deemed necessary to assure supplies and services conform to prescribed requirements. 4.2 Responsibility for Compliance - All items must meet all requirements of this contract/purchase order. The inspection set forth in this specification shall become a part of the Contractor's overall inspection system or quality program. The absence of any inspection requirements shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of assuring that all products or supplies submitted to the Government for acceptance comply with all requirements of the contract/purchase order. Sampling in quality conformance does not authorize submission of known defective material, either indicated or actual, not does it commit the Government to acceptance of defective material. 4.3 Records - Records of all inspection work by the Contractor shall be kept complete and available to the Government during the performance of contract/purchase order and for a period of 365 calendar days after final delivery of supplies. 4.4 Inspection/Testing Repaired Items - The Contractor shall perform all inspection and testing requirements as specified in the original manufacturer's specifications and drawings. 5. PACKAGING 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking shall be in accordance with the Contract/Purchase Order Schedule and as specified below. MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering Information for Document References - The Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP), Website http://www.dsp.dla.mil/, provides product information for the Department Of Defense Index Of Specifications and Standards (DODISS) (i.e.Military/Federal Specifications and Standards), Data Item Descriptions (DIDs), and other DODSSP Products. Most Specifications can obtained directly from http://quicksearch.dla.mil/ A. Availability of Cancelled Documents - The DODSSP offers cancelled documentsthat are required by private industry in fulfillment of contractual obligationsin paper format. Documents can be requested by phoning the Subscription Services Desk. B. Commercial Specifications, Standards, and Descriptions - These specifications, standards and descriptions are not available from Government sources. Theymay be obtained from the publishers of the applicable societies. C. Ordnance Standards (OS), Weapons Specifications (WS), and NAVORD OSTD 600 Pages - These type publications may be obtained by submitting a request to: Commander, Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center Code 8410P, 101 Strauss Avenue Indian Head, MD 20640-5035 D. On post-award actions, requests for "Official Use Only" and "NOFORN" (Not Releasable To Foreign Nationals) documents must identify the Government ContractNumber, and must be submitted via the cognizant Defense Contract Management Command (DCMC) for certification of need for the document. On pre-award actions such requests must be submitted to the PCO for certification of need for the document. E. NOFORN Military Specifications and Standards (including Amendments, Change Notices and Supplements, but NOT interim Changes) to be ordered from: Contracting Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 87321 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 F. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned NAVSEA Documents and Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding Standard, NAVSEA 250-1500-1) are to be ordered enue: Commanding Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 009 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 G. Technical Manuals Assigned NAVSEA Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding And Brazing Procedure, NAVSEA S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248) are to be ordered from: Commanding Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 1 Support Branch 700 Robbins Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. 19111-5094 H. Interim Changes and Classified Specifications must be obtained by submitting a request on DD Form 1425 to NAVSUP-WSS. 6.2 In accordance with OPNAVINST 5510.1 all documents and drawings provided by the U.S. Navy to perspective Contractors must include a "Distribution Statement" to inform the contractor of the limits of distribution, and the safeguarding of the information contained on those documents and drawings. There are 7 (seven) seperate distribution statement codes used for non-classified documents and drawings. The definition for each is as follows: A... approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. B... distribution authorized to US Governments agencies only. C... distribution authorized to US Government agencies and their contractors. D... distribution authorized to DoD and DoD contractors only. E... distribution authorized to DoD Components only. F... further distribution only as directed by Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, code 09T. X... distribution is authorized to US Government agencies and private individuals or enterprises eligible to obtain export controlled technical data in accordance with OPNAVINST 5510.161. 6.3 Notice To Distributors/Offerors - Consideration for award of contract shall be given only to authorized distributors of the original manufacturer's item represented in this solicitation. If you desire to be considered as a potential source for award of this contract, proof of being an authorized distributor shall be provided on company letterhead signed by a responsible company official and sent with your offer to the Procurement Contracting Officer.
28--CASE,COMPRESSOR FRT, IN REPAIR/MODIFICATION OF
CONTACT INFORMATION|4|N711.6|GRH|771-229-0400|leigh.e.catchings.civ@us.navy.mil| ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|Invoice and Receiving (combo)|NA|TBD|N00104|TBD|TBD|SEE SCHEDULE|SEE SCHEDULE|NA|NA|TBD|NA||||| NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM-BASIC (FEB 2024)|11|||||||||||| LIST OF SOLICITATION ATTACHMENTS|5|||||| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2024)|13|||||||||||||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024))|5|||||| BUY AMERICAN-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|333611|1500|||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||| PLEASE PROVIDE REPAIR PRICE AS FIRM FIXED PRICE OR NOT TO EXCEED AND CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING: NOM: CASE, COMPRESSOR FRT P/N: L25723G03, NSN: 7HH 2835 011463530, QTY: 11 Accelerated delivery is encouraged and accepted before the delivery date(s) listed in the schedule. ^^ A. Electronic submission of any quotes, representations, and any necessary certifications shall be accomplished via an email directed to LEIGH.E.CATCHINGS.CIV@US.NAVY.MIL. B. General Requirements: MIL-STD Packaging, Government Source Inspection, FOB Source, CAV Reporting. C. This RFQ is for REPAIR. The resultant award of this solicitation will be issued bilaterally, requiring the contractor's written acceptance prior to execution. Verify nomenclature, part number, and NSN prior to responding. D. Only a firm-fixed (FFP), not-to-exceed (NTE) or estimated (EST) price for the REPAIR of the subject item(s) will be accepted. Quotes limited to test and evaluation (T&E) will NOT be accepted. The quoted price MUST be for the REPAIRof the item(s). E. Must adhere to IUID requirements of DFARS 252.211-7003 F. The ultimate awardee of the proposed contract action must be an authorized repair source. Award of the proposed contract action will not be delayed while an unauthorized source seeks to obtain authorization. G. The Government is requesting a Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) of: 187.632z days after receipt of asset. Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) definition: The resultant contractual delivery requirement is measured from asset Return to the date of asset acceptance under the terms of the contract. For purposes of this section, Return is defined as physical receipt of the F-condition asset at the contractor's facility as reflected in the Action Date entry in the Commercial Asset Visibility (CAV) system. In accordance with the CAV Statement of Work, the contractor is required to accurately report all transactions by the end of the fifth regular business day after receipt and the Action Date entered in CAV must be dated to reflect the actual dateof physical receipt. The Contractor must obtain final inspection and acceptance by the Government for all assets within the RTATs established in this contract. Please note freight is handled by Navy CAV or Proxy CAV as stated in NAVSUPWSSFA24 or NAVSUPWSSFA25. Throughput Constraint: Contractor must provide a throughput Constraint for eachNSN(s). Total assets to be repaired monthly after initial delivery commences: _____/month (contractor is to fill in #). A throughput of "0" (zero) per monthreflects no throughput constraint. Induction Expiration Date: 365 days after contract award date. Any asset received after this date in days is not authorized for repair without bi-lateral agreement between the Contractor and NAVSUP WSS Contracting Officer. H.IMPORTANT NOTE: Reconciliation Price Reduction: Any asset(s) for which the contractor does not meet the required RTAT will incur a price reduction per unit/per month the contractor is late. However, any delay determined to be excusable (e.g. Government Delay) will not result in a price reduction. If the contractor does not meet the required RTAT due to inexcusable contractor delay, the Contracting Officer will implement the aforementioned price reduction via a "Reconciliation Modification" at the end of the contract performance. Price reductions made pursuant to this section shall not limit other remedies available to the Government for failure to meet required RTATs,ncluding but not limited to the Government's right to terminate for default. In reference to the above important note, the contractor provides the followingprice reduction amount per unit/per month the contractor does not meet the RTAT: $___________, up to a maximum of: $__________. (vendor is to fill in amount) I. Your quote MUST include the following information for justification purposes: - Repair unit price ________________ - Total price________________ - Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) _____________ days - New unit price ______________ NOTE: If you are not quoting the Government's Requested Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) or sooner, you must provide your company's capacity constraints below: ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ - T&E fee/price (if asset is determined BR/BER): If an item is determined BR, and the contractor provides documentation that costs were incurred during evaluation and determination of BR/BER, the contracting officer will negotiate a reduced contract price, not-to exceed (NTE) $___________associated with the repair effort to reflect the BR status of the equipment. - The T&E fee (if asset is determined BR/BER) was determined based on: ____________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ - Award to CAGE:________ - Inspection & Acceptance CAGE, if not the same as Award to CAGE: _________ - Facility/Subcontractor CAGE (where the asset should be shipped to), if not same as Award to CAGE. __________ - Facility/Subcontractor or Packaging Facility CAGE (where the asset will be shipped from), if not the same as Award to CAGE. ________ - Cost breakdown requested, including profit rate (if feasible). - Quote expiration date _______________________ (MIN of 90 Days is requested). - Delivery Vehicle (if Delivery Order requested) (if your company has a currentBOA/IDIQ, for example) Only a firm-fixed price (FFP) for the REPAIR of the subject item(s) will be accepted. Quotes limited to test and evaluation (T&E) will NOT be accepted. The quoted price MUST be for the REPAIR of the item(s). PLEASE CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING WHEN PROVIDING PRICE: Include repair price with all costs associated with receipt and complete repairof material that may be in incomplete condition, missing hardware, damaged, handling damage, missing parts, and wear damage. EVALUATION FACTORS: Evaluation Utilizing Simplified Acquisition Procedures The Government will issue anorder resulting from this Request for Quotation to the responsible offeror whose quotation results in the best value to the Government, considering both priceand a non-price factors. The following factors will be used to evaluate quotations: 1) Price. 2) Past Performance. The offeror's past performance on related contracts will be evaluated to determine, as appropriate, successful performance of contract requirements, quality and timeliness of delivery of goods and services, cost management, communications between contracting parties, proactive management, and customer satisfaction. 3) Supplier Performance Risk as described in DFARS 252.204-7024. (End of provision) Quotes shall be received no later than the date specified in the solicitation in order to be considered. IMPORTANT NOTE: Any asset for which the contractor does not meet the required RTAT will incur a price reduction per unit/per month the contractor is late - any delay determined to be excusable (e.g. Government Delay) will not result ina price reduction. If a price reduction is required due to unexcusable contractordelay, the Contracting Officer will implement the aforementioned price reduction via a "reconciliation modification" at the end of the contract performance. Price reductions made pursuant to this section shall not limit other remedies available to the Government for failure to meet required RTATs, including but not limited to the Government's right to terminate for default. In reference to the above important note, the contractor provides the following price reduction amount per unit per month the contractor does not meet the RTAT: $__________, up to a maximum of: $_________. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 This contract/purchase order contains the requirements for repair and the contract quality requirements for the CASE,COMPRESSOR FRT . 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.1.1 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Cage Code/Reference Number Items - The CASE,COMPRESSOR FRT repaired under this contract/purchase order shall meet the operational and functional requirements as represented by the Cage Code(s) and reference number(s) listed below. All repair work shall be performed in accordance with the contractors repair/overhaul standard practices, manuals and directives including but not limited to drawings, technical orders, manufacturing operations, tooling instructions, approved repair standards and any other contractor or government approved documents developed to provide technical repair procedures. CAGE___Ref. No. ;07482 L25723G03 ; 3.2 Marking - This item shall be physically identified in accordance with ;MIL-STD-130, REV N, 16 NOV 2012; . 3.3 Changes in Design, Material Servicing, or Part Number - Except for a Code 1 change, which shall be processed as provided in the code statement shown below, no substitution of items shall be made until the NAVICP-MECH Contracting Officer has notified and approval has been given by issuance of a written change order. When any change in design, material, servicing or part number is made to replace or substitute any item to be furnished on this contract/purchase order, the Contractor shall furnish, for the substituting/replacement item, a drawing and an explanation of the reason for the change, explaining the reason therefor. If finished detail drawings are not available, shop drawings in the form used by the manufacturer will be acceptable for Government evaluation. When notifying the Procurement Contracting Officer of the reasons for making substitutions, the type of change shall be indicated by code number in accordance with one of the following statements: Code 1: PART NUMBER CHANGE ONLY - If the Manufacturer's Part Number indicated thereon has changed, but the parts are identical in all respects, supply the item and advise NAVICP-MECH immediately of the new part number. Code 2: Assembly (or set or kit) not furnished - Used following detail parts. Code 3: Part not furnished separately - Use assembly. Code 4: Part redesigned - Old and new parts are completely interchangeable. Code 5: Part redesigned - New part replaces old. Old part cannot replace new. Code 6: Part redesigned - Parts not interchangeable. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Responsibility for Inspection - Unless otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor may use his own or any other facilities suitable for the performance of the inspection requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the Government. The Government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections set forth in the specification where such inspections are deemed necessary to assure supplies and services conform to prescribed requirements. 4.2 Responsibility for Compliance - All items must meet all requirements of this contract/purchase order. The inspection set forth in this specification shall become a part of the Contractor's overall inspection system or quality program. The absence of any inspection requirements shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of assuring that all products or supplies submitted to the Government for acceptance comply with all requirements of the contract/purchase order. Sampling in quality conformance does not authorize submission of known defective material, either indicated or actual, not does it commit the Government to acceptance of defective material. 4.3 Records - Records of all inspection work by the Contractor shall be kept complete and available to the Government during the performance of contract/purchase order and for a period of 365 calendar days after final delivery of supplies. 4.4 Inspection/Testing Repaired Items - The Contractor shall perform all inspection and testing requirements as specified in the original manufacturer's specifications and drawings. 5. PACKAGING 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking shall be in accordance with the Contract/Purchase Order Schedule and as specified below. MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering Information for Document References - The Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP), Website http://www.dsp.dla.mil/, provides product information for the Department Of Defense Index Of Specifications and Standards (DODISS) (i.e.Military/Federal Specifications and Standards), Data Item Descriptions (DIDs), and other DODSSP Products. Most Specifications can obtained directly from http://quicksearch.dla.mil/ A. Availability of Cancelled Documents - The DODSSP offers cancelled documentsthat are required by private industry in fulfillment of contractual obligationsin paper format. Documents can be requested by phoning the Subscription Services Desk. B. Commercial Specifications, Standards, and Descriptions - These specifications, standards and descriptions are not available from Government sources. Theymay be obtained from the publishers of the applicable societies. C. Ordnance Standards (OS), Weapons Specifications (WS), and NAVORD OSTD 600 Pages - These type publications may be obtained by submitting a request to: Commander, Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center Code 8410P, 101 Strauss Avenue Indian Head, MD 20640-5035 D. On post-award actions, requests for "Official Use Only" and "NOFORN" (Not Releasable To Foreign Nationals) documents must identify the Government ContractNumber, and must be submitted via the cognizant Defense Contract Management Command (DCMC) for certification of need for the document. On pre-award actions such requests must be submitted to the PCO for certification of need for the document. E. NOFORN Military Specifications and Standards (including Amendments, Change Notices and Supplements, but NOT interim Changes) to be ordered from: Contracting Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 87321 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 F. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned NAVSEA Documents and Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding Standard, NAVSEA 250-1500-1) are to be ordered enue: Commanding Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 009 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 G. Technical Manuals Assigned NAVSEA Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding And Brazing Procedure, NAVSEA S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248) are to be ordered from: Commanding Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 1 Support Branch 700 Robbins Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. 19111-5094 H. Interim Changes and Classified Specifications must be obtained by submitting a request on DD Form 1425 to NAVSUP-WSS. 6.2 In accordance with OPNAVINST 5510.1 all documents and drawings provided by the U.S. Navy to perspective Contractors must include a "Distribution Statement" to inform the contractor of the limits of distribution, and the safeguarding of the information contained on those documents and drawings. There are 7 (seven) seperate distribution statement codes used for non-classified documents and drawings. The definition for each is as follows: A... approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. B... distribution authorized to US Governments agencies only. C... distribution authorized to US Government agencies and their contractors. D... distribution authorized to DoD and DoD contractors only. E... distribution authorized to DoD Components only. F... further distribution only as directed by Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, code 09T. X... distribution is authorized to US Government agencies and private individuals or enterprises eligible to obtain export controlled technical data in accordance with OPNAVINST 5510.161. 6.3 Notice To Distributors/Offerors - Consideration for award of contract shall be given only to authorized distributors of the original manufacturer's item represented in this solicitation. If you desire to be considered as a potential source for award of this contract, proof of being an authorized distributor shall be provided on company letterhead signed by a responsible company official and sent with your offer to the Procurement Contracting Officer.
SYNCHRONIZER
CONTACT INFORMATION|4|N771.1|APA|7176052375|HILARY.L.GARRETT.CIV@US.NAVY.MIL| ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|COMBO (INVOICE & RECEIVING REPORT)|N/A|TBD|N00104|TBD|TBD|SEE SCHEDULE|SEE SCHEDULE|||TBD|||||| NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|WSS MECHANICSBURG| EQUAL OPPORTUNITY (SEP 2016)|2||| BUY AMERICAN --FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS--BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM - BASIC (NOV2023))|5|||||| OPTION FOR INCREASED QUANTITY (MAR 1989)|1|365 DAYS| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (NOV 2023)|13|||||||||||||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (NOV 2023))|5|||||| BUY AMERICAN-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (NOV 2014)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2023)|13|334290|800|||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||X| Accelerated delivery is encouraged and accepted before the delivery date(s) listed in the schedule. ^^ All freight is FOB Origin. This RFQ is for repair. The resultant award of this solicitation will be issued bilaterally, requiring the contractors written acceptance prior to execution.. Verify nomenclature, part number, and NSN prior to responding. The Government is seeking a Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) of: 126 DAYS Government Source Inspection (GSI) is required. Please note freight is handled by the Navy as per the Commercial Asset Visibility (CAV) Statement of Work. Your quote should include the following information: QUOTE AMOUNT AND RTAT Unit Price:__________ Total Price:__________ Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT): _______ days If your company is not quoting the Government's Required Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) or earlier, provide your company's capacity constraints? _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT): the resultant contractual delivery requirement is measured from asset Return to the date of asset acceptance under the terms of the contract. For purposes of this section, Return is defined as physical receipt of the F-condition asset at the contractors facility as reflected in the AAction Date entry in the Commercial Asset Visibility (CAV) system. In accordance with the CAV Statement of Work, the contractor is required to accurately report all transactions by the end of the fifth regular business day after receipt and the Action Date entered in CAV must be dated to reflect the actual date of physical receipt. The Contractor must obtain final inspection and acceptance by the Government for all assets within the RTATs established in this contract. Check one: Firm-fixed-Price ___ Estimated ___ Not-to Exceed (NTE): ___ Return Material Authorization # (RMA), if applicable:__________ Delivery Vehicle (if Delivery Order requested) (if your company has a current BOA/IDIQ, for example) :__________________ TESTING AND EVALUATION IF BEYOND REPAIR T&E fee/price (if asset is determined BR/BER): If an item is determined BR, and the contractor provides documentation that costs were incurred during evaluation and determination of BR, the contracting officer will negotiate a reduced contract price, not-to exceed (NTE) $___________associated with the repair effort to reflect the BR status of the equipment. The T&E fee (if asset is determined BR/BER) was determined/computed based on:______________________________________. AWARDEE INFO & PERFORMANCE LOCATION Awardee CAGE: __________ Inspection & Acceptance CAGE, if not same as ""awardee CAGE"": __________ Facility/Subcontractor CAGE (where the asset should be shipped), if not same as ""awardee CAGE"":__________ IOT COMPARE REPAIR PRICE TO PRICE TO BUY NEW New unit price:__________ New unit delivery lead-time:__________ If Rent-Free Usage (RFU) of Government Furnished Equipment (GFE) is required for performance, provide a list of GFE Nomenclature and Item Numbers here:_____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ The Government intends to add an option quantity to the resultant contract. In reference to the option quantity, the Government may increase the quantity of supplies called for in the Schedule at the unit price specified. The Contracting Officer may exercise the option by written notice to the Contractor within the number of days in FAR 52.217-6 herein. Delivery of the added items shall continue at the same rate as the like items called for under the contract, unless the parties otherwise agree. IMPORTANT NOTE: Any asset for which the contractor does not meet the required RTAT will incur a price reduction per unit/per month the contractor is late - any delay determined to be excusable (e.g. Government Delay) will not result in a price reduction. If a price reduction is required due to unexcusable contractor delay, the Contracting Officer will implement the aforementioned price reduction via a ""reconciliation modification"" at the end of the contract performance. Price reductions made pursuant to this section shall not limit other remedies available to the Government for failure to meet required RTATs, including but not limited to the Government's right to terminate for default. In reference to the above important note, the contractor provides the following price reduction amount per unit per month the contractor does not meet the RTAT: $__________, up to a maximum of: $_________. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 This contract/purchase order contains the requirements for repair and the contract quality requirements for the SYNCHRONIZER . 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.1.1 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Cage Code/Reference Number Items - The SYNCHRONIZER repaired under this contract/purchase order shall meet the operational and functional requirements as represented by the Cage Code(s) and reference number(s) listed below. All repair work shall be performed in accordance with the contractors repair/overhaul standard practices, manuals and directives including but not limited to drawings, technical orders, manufacturing operations, tooling instructions, approved repair standards and any other contractor or government approved documents developed to provide technical repair procedures. CAGE___Ref. No. ;24930 299143-2; 3.2 Marking - This item shall be physically identified in accordance with ;MIL-STD-130, REV N, 16 NOV 2012; . 3.3 Changes in Design, Material Servicing, or Part Number - Except for a Code 1 change, which shall be processed as provided in the code statement shown below, no substitution of items shall be made until the NAVICP-MECH Contracting Officer has notified and approval has been given by issuance of a written change order. When any change in design, material, servicing or part number is made to replace or substitute any item to be furnished on this contract/purchase order, the Contractor shall furnish, for the substituting/replacement item, a drawing and an explanation of the reason for the change, explaining the reason therefor. If finished detail drawings are not available, shop drawings in the form used by the manufacturer will be acceptable for Government evaluation. When notifying the Procurement Contracting Officer of the reasons for making substitutions, the type of change shall be indicated by code number in accordance with one of the following statements: Code 1: PART NUMBER CHANGE ONLY - If the Manufacturer's Part Number indicated thereon has changed, but the parts are identical in all respects, supply the item and advise NAVICP-MECH immediately of the new part number. Code 2: Assembly (or set or kit) not furnished - Used following detail parts. Code 3: Part not furnished separately - Use assembly. Code 4: Part redesigned - Old and new parts are completely interchangeable. Code 5: Part redesigned - New part replaces old. Old part cannot replace new. Code 6: Part redesigned - Parts not interchangeable. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Responsibility for Inspection - Unless otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor may use his own or any other facilities suitable for the performance of the inspection requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the Government. The Government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections set forth in the specification where such inspections are deemed necessary to assure supplies and services conform to prescribed requirements. 4.2 Responsibility for Compliance - All items must meet all requirements of this contract/purchase order. The inspection set forth in this specification shall become a part of the Contractor's overall inspection system or quality program. The absence of any inspection requirements shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of assuring that all products or supplies submitted to the Government for acceptance comply with all requirements of the contract/purchase order. Sampling in quality conformance does not authorize submission of known defective material, either indicated or actual, not does it commit the Government to acceptance of defective material. 4.3 Records - Records of all inspection work by the Contractor shall be kept complete and available to the Government during the performance of contract/purchase order and for a period of 365 calendar days after final delivery of supplies. 4.4 Inspection/Testing Repaired Items - The Contractor shall perform all inspection and testing requirements as specified in the original manufacturer's specifications and drawings. 5. PACKAGING 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking shall be in accordance with the Contract/Purchase Order Schedule and as specified below. MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering Information for Document References - The Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP), Website http://www.dsp.dla.mil/, provides product information for the Department Of Defense Index Of Specifications and Standards (DODISS) (i.e.Military/Federal Specifications and Standards), Data Item Descriptions (DIDs), and other DODSSP Products. Most Specifications can obtained directly from http://quicksearch.dla.mil/ A. Availability of Cancelled Documents - The DODSSP offers cancelled documentsthat are required by private industry in fulfillment of contractual obligationsin paper format. Documents can be requested by phoning the Subscription Services Desk. B. Commercial Specifications, Standards, and Descriptions - These specifications, standards and descriptions are not available from Government sources. Theymay be obtained from the publishers of the applicable societies. C. Ordnance Standards (OS), Weapons Specifications (WS), and NAVORD OSTD 600 Pages - These type publications may be obtained by submitting a request to: Commander, Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center Code 8410P, 101 Strauss Avenue Indian Head, MD 20640-5035 D. On post-award actions, requests for "Official Use Only" and "NOFORN" (Not Releasable To Foreign Nationals) documents must identify the Government ContractNumber, and must be submitted via the cognizant Defense Contract Management Command (DCMC) for certification of need for the document. On pre-award actions such requests must be submitted to the PCO for certification of need for the document. E. NOFORN Military Specifications and Standards (including Amendments, Change Notices and Supplements, but NOT interim Changes) to be ordered from: Contracting Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 87321 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 F. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned NAVSEA Documents and Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding Standard, NAVSEA 250-1500-1) are to be ordered enue: Commanding Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 009 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 G. Technical Manuals Assigned NAVSEA Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding And Brazing Procedure, NAVSEA S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248) are to be ordered from: Commanding Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 1 Support Branch 700 Robbins Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. 19111-5094 H. Interim Changes and Classified Specifications must be obtained by submitting a request on DD Form 1425 to NAVSUP-WSS. 6.2 In accordance with OPNAVINST 5510.1 all documents and drawings provided by the U.S. Navy to perspective Contractors must include a "Distribution Statement" to inform the contractor of the limits of distribution, and the safeguarding of the information contained on those documents and drawings. There are 7 (seven) seperate distribution statement codes used for non-classified documents and drawings. The definition for each is as follows: A... approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. B... distribution authorized to US Governments agencies only. C... distribution authorized to US Government agencies and their contractors. D... distribution authorized to DoD and DoD contractors only. E... distribution authorized to DoD Components only. F... further distribution only as directed by Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, code 09T. X... distribution is authorized to US Government agencies and private individuals or enterprises eligible to obtain export controlled technical data in accordance with OPNAVINST 5510.161. 6.3 Notice To Distributors/Offerors - Consideration for award of contract shall be given only to authorized distributors of the original manufacturer's item represented in this solicitation. If you desire to be considered as a potential source for award of this contract, proof of being an authorized distributor shall be provided on company letterhead signed by a responsible company official and sent with your offer to the Procurement Contracting Officer.
COMPRESSOR,RECIPROC
ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|tbd|tbd|tbd|tbd|tbd|tbd|tbd|tbd|tbd|tbd|tbd|||||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM-BASIC (FEB 2024)|11|||||||||||| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2024)|13|x|x|x||x|x|||||||| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|333914|750|||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||x| The purpose of this amendment is to reduce the quantity and extend the close date. 1. PD N210155034W336 and N210155034W337 have been cancelled reducing the quantity for this requirement from qty 3 to qty 1. 2. The due date has been changed from 11 JUL 25 to 31 DEC 25. All other terms and conditions remain the same. The purpose of this amendment is to extend to close date to receive quotes. 1. The due date is changed from 27 JUN 25 to 11 JUL 25. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. \ The purpose of this amendment is to extend the solicitation close date and update the part number. 1. The old part number N6300 has been corrected to 5MH40-149 as shown in the technical data package. 2. The solicitation close date had been changed from 09 jun 25 to 27 jun 25. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. \ The purpose of this amendment is to extend the close date for quotes. 1. The due date is hereby changed from 14 may 25 to 09 jun 25. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. \ 1. All contractual documents (i.e. contracts, purchase orders, task orders, Delivery orders, and modifications) related to the instant procurement are considered to be "issued" by the government when copies are either deposited in the mail, transmitted by facsimile, or sent by other electronic commerce methods, such as email. The government's acceptance of the contractor's proposal constitutes bilateral agreement to "issue" contractual documents as detailed herein. 2. No drawings or technical data are available for this item. 3. RFID is only required if the Ship To code identified above is listed at the website with DFARS 252.211-7006 PASSIVE RFID, as the time of shipment. Currently, there are no locations listed that require passive RFID tagging. 4. Delivery days_________aro. 5. Offer valid for _____ days. 6. Notice to surplus/new surplus/new manufactured surplus suppliers: Submission of your quote without a surplus certificate will null and void your quote. A surplus material certificate must accompany all quotes for surplus/new surplus/new manufactured. If submitting quote via EDI, a faxed or scanned copy must be sent to the buyer. 7. When submitting quotes via EDI, make sure you specify any exceptions (i.e. Mil specs/standards, packaging, I&A, packaging houses etc) or follow up with a hardcopy of the exceptions. If nothing is indicated or received, award will be based upon solicitation requirements. Changes or requests for changes after award will have consideration costs deducted on modifications. 8. If supplies will be packaged at a location different from the offeror address, the offeror shall provide the name and street address of the packaging facility. Inspection of material will be at: ______________________________________________________________ Inspection of packaging and final acceptance of material will be at: ______________________________________________________________ 9. If you are not the manufacturer of the material you are offering, you must state who the OEM is (cage code) and the part number you are offering. 10. Please provide an email address for follow up communications. ____________________________________________________________ It is recommended that vendors provide contact information to NAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg in order to receive automated notifications from Navy Electronic Commerce Online (NECO) when contracts/modifications are issued by DLA Maritime Mechanicsburg and posted on EDA. To receive these notifications, contact: NAVSUPWSS code 025, procurement systems design and contract support division Via email at NAVSUPWSSITIMPHelpdesk@navy.mil. Please include the following information with your request: cage code, company name, address and POC with phone number and email address. Contractors can view their orders, contracts and modifications at the Electronic Document Access (EDA) web tool. This web tool is located at the Procurement Integrated Enterprise Environment (PIEE) website. It is recommended that the contractor register for EDA at https://piee.eb.mil/. Click on new user and registration. Any order resulting from this Request for Quotation will require electronicsubmittal of Receiving Report and Invoices through PIEE-WAWF. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 This contract/purchase order contains the requirements for manufacture and the contract quality requirements for the COMPRESSOR,RECIPROC . 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS - NOT APPLICABLE 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Cage Code/Reference Number Items - The COMPRESSOR,RECIPROC furnished under this contract/purchase order shall be the design represented by Cage Code(s) reference number(s). Cage _______ ref. no. ;9D672 5MH40-149; 3.2 Changes in Design, Material Servicing, or Part Number - Except for a Code 1 change, which shall be processed as provided in the code statement shown below, no substitution of items shall be made until the NAVICP-MECH Contracting Officer has notified and approval has been given by issuance of a written change order. When any change in design, material, servicing or part number is made to replace or substitute any item to be furnished on this contract/purchase order, the Contractor shall furnish, for the substituting/replacement item, a drawing and an explanation of the reason for the change, explaining the reason therefor. If finished detail drawings are not available, shop drawings in the form used by the manufacturer will be acceptable for Government evaluation. When notifying the Procurement Contracting Officer of the reasons for making substitutions, the type of change shall be indicated by code number in accordance with one of the following statements: Code 1: PART NUMBER CHANGE ONLY - If the Manufacturer's Part Number indicated thereon has changed, but the parts are identical in all respects, supply the item and advise NAVICP-MECH immediately of the new part number. Code 2: Assembly (or set or kit) not furnished - Used following detail parts. Code 3: Part not furnished separately - Use assembly. Code 4: Part redesigned - Old and new parts are completely interchangeable. Code 5: Part redesigned - New part replaces old. Old part cannot replace new. Code 6: Part redesigned - Parts not interchangeable. 3.3 Marking - This item shall be physically identified in accordance with ;MIL-STD-130 H 01 DEC 93; . 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Responsibility for Compliance - All items must meet all requirements of this contract/purchase order. The inspection set forth in this specification shall become a part of the Contractor's overall inspection system or quality program. The absence of any inspection requirements shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of assuring that all products or supplies submitted to the Government for acceptance comply with all requirements of the contract/purchase order. Sampling in quality conformance does not authorize submission of known defective material, either indicated or actual, not does it commit the Government to acceptance of defective material. 4.2 Records - Records of all inspection work by the Contractor shall be kept complete and available to the Government during the performance of contract/purchase order and for a period of 365 calendar days after final delivery of supplies. 5. PACKAGING- MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES - NOT APPLICABLE
COMPRESSOR,RECIPROC
ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|tbd|tbd|tbd|tbd|tbd|tbd|tbd|tbd|tbd|tbd|tbd|||||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM-BASIC (FEB 2024)|11|||||||||||| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2024)|13|x|x|x||x|x|||||||| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|333914|750|||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||x| The purpose of this amendment is to extend to close date to receive quotes. 1. The due date is changed from 27 JUN 25 to 11 JUL 25. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. \ The purpose of this amendment is to extend the solicitation close date and update the part number. 1. The old part number N6300 has been corrected to 5MH40-149 as shown in the technical data package. 2. The solicitation close date had been changed from 09 jun 25 to 27 jun 25. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. \ The purpose of this amendment is to extend the close date for quotes. 1. The due date is hereby changed from 14 may 25 to 09 jun 25. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. \ 1. All contractual documents (i.e. contracts, purchase orders, task orders, Delivery orders, and modifications) related to the instant procurement are considered to be "issued" by the government when copies are either deposited in the mail, transmitted by facsimile, or sent by other electronic commerce methods, such as email. The government's acceptance of the contractor's proposal constitutes bilateral agreement to "issue" contractual documents as detailed herein. 2. No drawings or technical data are available for this item. 3. RFID is only required if the Ship To code identified above is listed at the website with DFARS 252.211-7006 PASSIVE RFID, as the time of shipment. Currently, there are no locations listed that require passive RFID tagging. 4. Delivery days_________aro. 5. Offer valid for _____ days. 6. Notice to surplus/new surplus/new manufactured surplus suppliers: Submission of your quote without a surplus certificate will null and void your quote. A surplus material certificate must accompany all quotes for surplus/new surplus/new manufactured. If submitting quote via EDI, a faxed or scanned copy must be sent to the buyer. 7. When submitting quotes via EDI, make sure you specify any exceptions (i.e. Mil specs/standards, packaging, I&A, packaging houses etc) or follow up with a hardcopy of the exceptions. If nothing is indicated or received, award will be based upon solicitation requirements. Changes or requests for changes after award will have consideration costs deducted on modifications. 8. If supplies will be packaged at a location different from the offeror address, the offeror shall provide the name and street address of the packaging facility. Inspection of material will be at: ______________________________________________________________ Inspection of packaging and final acceptance of material will be at: ______________________________________________________________ 9. If you are not the manufacturer of the material you are offering, you must state who the OEM is (cage code) and the part number you are offering. 10. Please provide an email address for follow up communications. ____________________________________________________________ It is recommended that vendors provide contact information to NAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg in order to receive automated notifications from Navy Electronic Commerce Online (NECO) when contracts/modifications are issued by DLA Maritime Mechanicsburg and posted on EDA. To receive these notifications, contact: NAVSUPWSS code 025, procurement systems design and contract support division Via email at NAVSUPWSSITIMPHelpdesk@navy.mil. Please include the following information with your request: cage code, company name, address and POC with phone number and email address. Contractors can view their orders, contracts and modifications at the Electronic Document Access (EDA) web tool. This web tool is located at the Procurement Integrated Enterprise Environment (PIEE) website. It is recommended that the contractor register for EDA at https://piee.eb.mil/. Click on new user and registration. Any order resulting from this Request for Quotation will require electronicsubmittal of Receiving Report and Invoices through PIEE-WAWF. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 This contract/purchase order contains the requirements for manufacture and the contract quality requirements for the COMPRESSOR,RECIPROC . 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS - NOT APPLICABLE 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Cage Code/Reference Number Items - The COMPRESSOR,RECIPROC furnished under this contract/purchase order shall be the design represented by Cage Code(s) reference number(s). Cage _______ ref. no. ;9D672 5MH40-149; 3.2 Changes in Design, Material Servicing, or Part Number - Except for a Code 1 change, which shall be processed as provided in the code statement shown below, no substitution of items shall be made until the NAVICP-MECH Contracting Officer has notified and approval has been given by issuance of a written change order. When any change in design, material, servicing or part number is made to replace or substitute any item to be furnished on this contract/purchase order, the Contractor shall furnish, for the substituting/replacement item, a drawing and an explanation of the reason for the change, explaining the reason therefor. If finished detail drawings are not available, shop drawings in the form used by the manufacturer will be acceptable for Government evaluation. When notifying the Procurement Contracting Officer of the reasons for making substitutions, the type of change shall be indicated by code number in accordance with one of the following statements: Code 1: PART NUMBER CHANGE ONLY - If the Manufacturer's Part Number indicated thereon has changed, but the parts are identical in all respects, supply the item and advise NAVICP-MECH immediately of the new part number. Code 2: Assembly (or set or kit) not furnished - Used following detail parts. Code 3: Part not furnished separately - Use assembly. Code 4: Part redesigned - Old and new parts are completely interchangeable. Code 5: Part redesigned - New part replaces old. Old part cannot replace new. Code 6: Part redesigned - Parts not interchangeable. 3.3 Marking - This item shall be physically identified in accordance with ;MIL-STD-130 H 01 DEC 93; . 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Responsibility for Compliance - All items must meet all requirements of this contract/purchase order. The inspection set forth in this specification shall become a part of the Contractor's overall inspection system or quality program. The absence of any inspection requirements shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of assuring that all products or supplies submitted to the Government for acceptance comply with all requirements of the contract/purchase order. Sampling in quality conformance does not authorize submission of known defective material, either indicated or actual, not does it commit the Government to acceptance of defective material. 4.2 Records - Records of all inspection work by the Contractor shall be kept complete and available to the Government during the performance of contract/purchase order and for a period of 365 calendar days after final delivery of supplies. 5. PACKAGING- MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES - NOT APPLICABLE
PARTS KIT,BALL VALV
CONTACT INFORMATION|4|N743.30|N/A|717-605-2379|SCOTT.R.YOUNGBLOOD2.CIV@US.NAVY.MIL| ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT (NAVICP REVIEW FEB 1991)(FEB 1999)|1|See specification sections C and E.| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| GENERAL INFORMATION-FOB-DESTINATION|1|A| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|Stand-Alone Receiving Report- Certifications Combo- Receiving Report & Invoice- Material|N/A|TBD|N00104|TBD|N39040 - Certifications, S4306A - Material |N50286|TBD|133.2|N/A|N/A|N/A|N/A|SEE DD FORM 1423|PORT_PT NH_WAWF_NOTIFICATION@NAVY.MIL|| NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|| WARRANTY OF SUPPLIES OF A NONCOMPLEX NATURE (JUNE 2003)|6|one year from date of delivery|one year from date of delivery||||| WARRANTY OF DATA--BASIC (MAR 2014)|2||| NOTICE OF TOTAL SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE (OCT 2020)(DEVIATION 2020-O0008)|1|| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (OCT 2024)|13|||||||||||||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (FEB 2024))|5|||||| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2025)(DEVIATION 2025-O0003 AND2025-O0004))|13|332919|750|||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||x| The small business set-aside has been dissolved. This is full and open competition. Any resultant award will be pursuant to the Emergency Acuisition Flexibilities . DD1423 Data Item A001 may be waived if already on file atNAVSUP WSS Mechanicsburg. Any contract awarded as a result of this solicitation will be DO rated order certified fornational defense use under the Defense Priorities andAllocations System (DPAS). 1. SCOPE 1.1 The material covered in this contract/purchase order will be used in a crucial shipboard system. The use of incorrect or defective material would create a high probability of failure resulting in serious personnel injury, loss of life, loss of vital shipboard systems, or loss of the ship itself. Therefore, the material has been designated as SPECIAL EMPHASIS material (Level I, Scope of Certification, or Quality Assured) and special control procedures are invoked to ensure receipt of correct material. 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Order of Precedence - In the event of a conflict between the text of this contract/purchase order and the references and/or drawings cited herein, the text of this contract/purchase order must take precedence. Nothing in this contract/purchase order, however, must supersede applicable laws and regulations unless a specific exemption has been obtained. 2.2 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.2.1 Specification Revisions - The specification revisions listed under "Documents References" below are the preferred revision. Older and/or newer r evisions are acceptable when listed within Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD155 in ECDS (Electric Contractor Data Submission) at: ht tps://register.nslc.navy.mil/. This is to allow Contractors to use certain acceptable older specification revisions to purge their existing stock of material certified to those older revisions or to use newer specification revisions when material is certified to newly released revisions,without requiring the submittal of waiver/deviation requests for each specification revision on every contract. Revisions of specifications reflecting editorial and/or re-approval (e.g. E2009, R2014, etc.) are considered inconsequential, but are acceptable when their revisions are listedwithin CSD155 or elsewhere within this contract. 2.2.2 Documents, drawings, and publications supplied are listed under "Drawing Number". These items should be retained until an award is made. 2.2.3 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. DRAWING DATA=EB-4147 |96169| B|SP |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=2643-820-23C1 |53711| A|ER |D| | | | DRAWING DATA=6758076 |53711| C| |D| | | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 | | | |080101|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-792 | | |F |230223|A| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-2035 | | |A |950515|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=SAE AMS 6931 | | |D |171201|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO_9001 | | | |081115|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO10012 | | | |030415|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ISO/IEC 17025 | | | |050515|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-I-45208 | | |A |810724|A|1 | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=MIL-STD-45662 | | |A |880801|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=ANSI/NCSL Z540.3 | | | |130326|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=0900-LP-001-7000 | | | |810101|C| |01| DOCUMENT REF DATA=S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 | | |1 |191112|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 | | |1 |140911|A| | | DOCUMENT REF DATA=S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278 (CHG A) | | | |130214|A| | | 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 ;Parts Kit for size 1 inch Ball Valve consisting of one Ball, Find No. IB5, and two matching Seats, Find No. IB36, must be in accordance with NAVSEA Drawing 6758076 and all EB ERs provided with this Contract/Purchase Order except as amplified or modified herein.; 3.2 Material for Parts Requiring Certification - Quantitative chemical and mechanical analysis is required for the parts listed below unless specifically stated otherwise: Part - ;Ball, Find No. IB5; Material - SAE-AMS-6931 Note: Mechanical properties for bars, forgings and forging stock over 10" must be as specified in the applicable drawing. If the mechanical properties are not provided in the drawing, the mechanical properties specified in SAE-AMS-6931 Table 2 for material 6" to 10", must be applied. Part - ;Seats (Q3) Find No 1B36; Material - Torlon 4503, 4203, or 4203L (unfilled polyamide-imide) per Electric Boat Specification 4147. (Certificate of Compliance only is required) 3.3 Testing Certification - Certifications are required for the following tests on the items listed below. Additional testing on other piece parts (if any) per applicable drawings and specifications is still required, but certifications are only required as listed below. Test - Hydrostatic Test Item - Each Ball Performance - 30 minutes at ;1275 psi; with stem hole plugged Acceptance - No weeping, leakage, or permanent deformation. The following may be substituted by manufacturers who do not posess a hydrostatic test fixture: Test - Dye Penetrant Inspection Item - Each Ball Performance - T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 Acceptance - S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278 (Castings) / MIL-STD-2035 (Wrought) Test - Non-Destructive Tests Item - ;Weld Repair and/or Production Weld (as applicable); Performance - Per applicable fabrication specification Acceptance - Per applicable fabrication specification 3.4 The pressure tolerance must be as specified in the assembly drawing, detail drawing, design specification or elsewhere in this contract. Where pressure tolerances are not provided by drawings, specifications or specified elsewhere in this contract, the following must be used: For pressure tests below 100 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +1 PSIG / -0 PSIG. For pressure tests at or above 100 PSIG up to and including 2500 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +2% / -0 PSIG rounded off to the nearest multiple of the smallest graduation on an analog test pressure gauge, not to exceed 50 PSIG. For pressure tests above 2500 PSIG, the pressure tolerance must be +2% / -0 PSIG, rounded off to the nearest multiple of the smallest graduation on an analog test pressure gauge, not to exceed 200 PSIG. The pressure test time tolerance must be as specified in the assembly drawing, detail drawing, design specification or elsewhere in this contract. Where pressure test time tolerances are not provided by drawings, specifications or specified elsewhere in this contract, the following must be used: For a test duration up to and including 1 hour, the tolerance must be +5 minutes / - 0 minutes. For a test duration of more than 1 hour up to and including 24 hours, the tolerance must be +30 minutes / - 0 minutes. For a test duration of more than 24 hours, the tolerance must be +60 minutes / - 0 minutes. 3.5 Chemours Company (formerly DuPont) Teflon Coating 850G-204 and 852G-201. Use of Chemours Company (formerly DuPont) Teflon Coating 851N-204 and 852N-201 is acceptable until exhausted - Teflon coating of ball(s) must be in accordance with general note ;2366 and 2367; of drawing ;801-6758076; . 3.5.1 Naval Ordnance Systems Command OD 10362 First Revision dated 15 Aug 1961 is provided by Contract Support Library Reference Number CSD018 in ECDS at https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 3.6 Ball Spherical Surface Waviness - Unless otherwise specified on drawing, all sealing area surfaces must have a spherical surface waviness which does not exceed 0.0005 inches of height per inch of spherical surface. Roughness and waviness ratings must apply in a direction which yields the maximum rating, normally perpendicular to the lay. 3.7 ;Surface waviness must be verified prior to Teflon coating.; 3.8 Seat Stack Height Measurement - To ensure that each seat is within tolerance, check each seat individually by measuring the seat height with the ball resting on the seat. Limits are determined by the ball diameter tolerance and the stack height tolerance combined. Refer to CSD171 for recommended methods to measure and calculate stack heights. CSD171 is available in the ECDS (Electronic Contractor Data Submission) system at: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/. 3.9 Welding or Brazing - When welding, brazing, and allied processes are required, as invoked by Section C paragraph 3 requirements, they must be in accordance with S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278, 0900-LP-001-7000 for brazing of piping and pressure vessel applications, or S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 for brazing of other applications. For all production and repair welding and brazing personnel and procedures must be qualified under S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 or 0900-LP-001-7000, as applicable. Procedures and Qualification Data must be submitted for review and approval prior to performing any welding or brazing. 3.10 Certificate of Compliance - (SPECIAL EMPHASIS MATERIAL) The Contractor must prepare and submit a certificate of compliance certifying that the items/components furnished under this contract comply with the requirements of the procurement document, including any/all invoked specifications and drawings. 3.11 Configuration Control - The Contractor must maintain the total equipment baseline configuration. For items of proprietary design, Contractor drawings showing the latest assembly configuration must be provided to the Government in electronic (C4) format. Definitions are provided elsewhere in the Contract/Purchase Order. 3.11.1 Waivers/Deviations - All waivers and deviations, regardless of significance or classification require review and approval by the Contracting Officer. Waivers and Deviations must be designated as Critical, Major, or Minor. The Contractor must provide a copy of this request to the QAR. Requests must include the information listed below. a. A complete description of the contract requirement affected and the nature of the waiver/deviation (non-conformance), including a classification of Critical, Major, or Minor. b. Number of units (and serial/lot numbers) to be delivered in this configuration. c. Any impacts to logistics support elements (such as software, manuals, spares, tools, and similar) being utilized by Government personnel or impacts to the operational use of the product. d. Information about remedial action being taken to prevent reoccurrence of the non-conformance. 3.11.2 All requests for Waivers/Deviations on NAVSUP-WSS Contracts must be submitted to the NAVSUP WSS Contracting Specialist via eMail. 3.11.3 ECPs - The Government will maintain configuration control and change authority for all modifications or changes affecting form, fit, function, or interface parameters of the Equipment and its sub-assemblies. The Contractor must submit an Engineering Change Proposal (ECP) for any Class I or II changes that impact the Equipment covered by this contract. ECPs must be prepared in Contractor format, and must include the following information: a. The change priority, change classification (Class I or Class II), and change justification. b. A complete description of the change to be made and the need for that change. c. A complete listing of other Configuration Items impacted by the proposed change and a description of the impact on those CIs. d. Proposed changes to documents controlled by the Government. e. Proposed serial/lot number effectivities of units to be produced in, or retrofitted to, the proposed configuration. f. Recommendations about the way a retrofit should be accomplished. g. Impacts to any logistics support elements (such as software, manuals, spares, tools, and similar) being utilized by Government personnel in support of the product. h. Impacts to the operational use of the product. i. Complete estimated life-cycle cost impact of the proposed change. j. Milestones relating to the processing and implementation of the engineering change. 3.12 Mercury Free - Mercury and mercury containing compounds must not be intentionally added or come in direct contact with hardware or supplies furnished under this contract. Mercury contamination of the material will be cause for rejection. 3.13 NAVSEA 0948-LP-045-7010 - Any applicable requirements of NAVSHIPS 4410.17,NAVSEA 0948-LP-045-7010, or 0948-045-7010 which the contractor must meet are included in this contract/purchase order. The above documents are for GovernmentUse Only. Further application of the above documents is prohibited.prohibited. 3.13.1 Marking of material with a Material Designator per the Drawing is also prohibited, with the exception of Fasteners. Fasteners must be marked with a Material Symbol/Designator as specified elsewhere in this contract. ^ QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ^ 3.14 See CDRL DI-MISC-80678 (Test Certification) - A statement of tests performed, listing the pieces tested must be furnished along with a copy of the test results. Certification must include the contractor's name, address and date, quantity inspected, identified to the contract/purchase order and item number, and the Contractor's or authorized personnel's signature. Test certifications must reference the standard/specification, including the revision, to which the testing was performed and the acceptance criteria used. Test procedure numbers may also be referenced on test reports. Test reports on weldments must be identified to weld joint and layer. 3.15 Welding Requirements - When production or repair welding is required, the applicable welding procedure(s) and qualification data must be submitted for review and approval. In addition, the CONSUMED WELD METAL C of C as defined below must be submitted as part of the certification OQE package submitted by the Contractor. Note: These requirements do not apply to tack/spot welds when the conditions of Section 4.2.1.1 of S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278 are met. 3.15.1 Approval of the Contractor's qualification data must be obtained prior to performing any welding (production or repair). 3.15.2 If the Contractors qualification data has previously been approved by the Navy for other contracts, a copy of the original approval letter may be submitted along with the procedures and qualification data report to expedite the approval process. The approval letter must reference the applicable welding procedure and qualification data report identification/number. Prior approval does not guarantee acceptance for this or any future contracts. As far as practical, all procedures for the contract must be submitted at the same time. Welding procedures and qualification data must be submitted in a commercially available electronic format such as Adobe Acrobat PDF. The contractor must state the applicability of each weld procedure and qualification data submitted, citing the drawing number and pieces to be welded. (i.e. ''WP-123 and QD-123 are submitted for the weld joint between pieces 1 and 2 on drawing ABC'.' WP-456 and QD-456 are submitted for the hardfacing of piece 3 on drawing XYZ'') 3.15.3 The PCO's authorization for the use of weld procedure(s) and qualification data for the specific application as submitted does not mitigate the vendors responsibility to comply with the requirements of S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248, S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278, and the contract. 3.15.4 Authority for the repair of Special Repairs in castings, the repair of wrought material, or the repair of forged material must be obtained via request for waiver from the Procurement Contracting Officer. This request must describe the defect; including size, depth, location, and a description of the proposed repair. Repairs deemed minor or nominal in accordance with S9074-AR-GIB-010/278 can be made at contractor discretion in accordance with S9074-AR-GIB-010/278 requirements; however, Weld Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) submittals are still required. This request for NAVSUP-WSS Contracts must be submitted via the Electronic Contractor Data Submission (ECDS) application. 3.15.5 Any new procedure qualification performed under this Contract will require the vendor to provide a minimum 72 hour notification to DCMA with an offer to observe the welding of the test assemblies. The 72 hour time limit may be modified upon mutual agreement between the vendor and DCMA. 3.15.6 When drawings require hardfacing surface Iron or Nickel content not to exceed 5%, the contractor must verify surface Iron or Nickel content by performing chemical testing as defined by the applicable drawing. The chemical test results must be submitted as part of the qualification data. 3.15.7 Additional qualification requirements for production hardfacing thickness less than 1/8-inch: Macro-etch (or legible photomacrographs clearly showing the fusion area) must be submitted for review and show consistent, minimized dilution. All essential elements and any elements not listed in S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248 that influence dilution must be in the qualification data and weld procedure, with strict limits placed on each essential element. 3.15.8 Preparation and retention of weld records is required, as specified by paragraph 4.1.3 of S9074-AR-GIB-010A/278. 3.15.9 When production or repair welding is required on titanium materials, the applicable fabrication plan, facilities procedure, training plan, and active welder qualification must also be submitted for review and approval. 3.15.10 If the contractor's fabrication plan, facilities procedure, training plan, or active welder qualification has previously been approved by the Navy for other contracts, a copy of the original approval letter may be submitted along with the applicable documentation to expedite the approval process. The approval letter must reference the applicable documentation. Prior approval does not guarantee acceptance for this or any future contracts. The contractor's fabrication plan, facilities procedure, training plan, and active welder qualification must be submitted at the same time as the applicable welding procedure(s) and weld procedure qualification data. All documentation must be submitted in a commercially available electronic format, such as Adobe Acrobat PDF. 3.15.11 A Certificate of Compliance is required for all weld filler metals used for production or repair welding, and must include the following: a) Filler Metal LOT number(s) b) Specification and Type c) A positive statement that the vendor has obtained OQE and verified thateach LOT of weld filler material conforms to specification requirements. d) A positive statement verifying that the weld filler metals were the correct material type or grade prior to consumption. 3.15.12 When production welds or repair welds are performed by a subcontractor,the requirement for submission of all certification documentation required herein must be passed down to the subcontractor. 3.16 Quality System Requirements - The Contractor furnishing items under this contract/purchase order must provide and maintain a quality system in accordance with ISO-9001 as amplified or modified herein, with the calibration system requirements of ISO-10012 or ANSI-Z540.3 with ISO-17025. A Quality System in accordance with MIL-I-45208, with the calibration system requirements of MIL-STD-45662, is acceptable as an alternate. 3.16.1 The Contractor's quality system and products supplied under the system are subject to evaluation, verification inspection, and acceptance/non-acceptance by the Government representative to determine the system's effectiveness in meeting the quality requirements established in the Contract/Purchase Order. 3.16.2 The Contractor's quality system must be documented and must be available for review by the Contracting Officer or his representative prior to initiation of production and throughout the life of the contract. The Prime Contractor must, upon notification, make his facilities available for audit by the contracting Officer or his authorized representative. 3.16.3 See CDRL DI-QCIC-81110 (Inspection System Procedures) - All suppliers of Level I/SUBSAFE (LI/SS) material are required to submit a copy of their current documented quality system procedures to the Procurement Contracting Officer (PCO) prior to award of any contract/purchase order. Suppliers that have a copy of their current quality system procedures on file at the Procuring Activity may request the PCO waive this requirement. 3.16.4 This contract provides for the performance of Government Quality Assurance at source. The place or places of performance may not be changed without the authorization of the Procurement Contracting Officer. Upon receipt of this order, promptly notify the Government representative who normally services your plant so that appropriate planning for Government inspection can be accomplished. If you do not have an assigned Government representative, notify the nearest Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA) Office. In the event that a local Government representative or DCMA Office cannot be located, our purchasing agent should be notified immediately. 3.16.5 Any changes made by the Contractor to a qualified quality system will require re-submittal to the PCO and concurrence by the Government Quality Assurance Representative prior to adoption. 3.17 Contractor Inspection Requirements - The Contractor must maintain adequate records of all inspections and tests. The records must indicate the nature and number of observations made, the number and type of deficiencies found, the quantities approved and rejected and the nature of corrective action taken as appropriate. Inspection records must be traceable to the material inspected. 3.17.1 The supplier's gages, measuring and test equipment must be made available for use by the Government representative when required to determine conformance with Contract requirements. When conditions warrant, the supplier's personnel must be made available for operations of such devices and for verification of their accuracy and condition. 3.17.2 All documents and reference data applicable to this contract must be available for review by the Government representative. Copies of documents required for Government inspection purposes must be furnished in accordance with the instructions provided by the Government representative. 3.18 Subcontractor Inspection Requirements - The Government has the right to inspect at source, any supplies or services that were not manufactured or performed within the contractor's facility. Such inspection can only be requested by or under authorization of the Government representative. Any purchasing documents to a subcontractor must cite the applicable portions of the contractually invoked quality system (e.g. calibration requirements), plus any product requirements that apply to the supplies being purchased. When the Government elects to perform source inspection at the subcontractor's facility, applicable purchase documents must be annotated with the following statement: "A Government inspection is required prior to shipment from your plant. Upon receipt of this order, promptly notify the Government representative who normally services your plant so that appropriate planning for Government inspection can be accomplished. If you do not have an assigned Government representative, notify the nearest Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA) Office. In the event that a local Government representative or DCMA Office cannot be located, our purchasing agent should be notified immediately." 3.19 The prime contractor's program must include procedures to assess the capability of the prospective suppliers to produce the products or supply the services in accordance with the contract, prior to the issuance of any purchase document. 3.19.1 Each sub-tier supplier of material or services for items in Section 3 of this contract must be subjected to a periodic review or audit by the Prime to determine the continued capability of the supplier to control the quality of the products or services specified in the purchase order or contract. 3.19.2 The prime contractor must ensure that the purchased product conforms to specified purchase requirements and this contract. The type and extent of control applied to the supplier and the purchased product must be dependent upon the effect of the purchased product on the end item represented by this contract. 3.19.3 The prime contractor must evaluate the requirements of the contract and select suppliers based on their ability to supply the product in accordance with the prime contractor's requirements and the contract. Criteria for selection and evaluation must be established. Records of this effort must be available for review by the government. 3.19.4 The prime contractor's supplier quality assurance program must provide for a review of purchase documents to assure applicable quality requirements are included or referenced in the documentation for compliance by the supplier. 3.20 Government Furnished Material and/or Equipment (GFM/GFE) - When material or equipment is furnished by the Government, the Contractor must develop documented control procedures that require at least the following: 3.20.1 Visual examination upon receipt to detect damage during transit. 3.20.2 Inspection for completeness and proper type. 3.20.3 Verification of material quality received. 3.20.4 Periodic inspection and precautions to assure adequate storage conditions and to guard against damage from handling and deterioration during storage. 3.20.5 Functional testing, either prior to or after installation, or both, as required by the Contract to determine satisfactory operation. 3.20.6 Identification and protection from improper use or disposition. 3.20.7 Reporting to the Government, any GFM or GFE property found damaged, malfunctioning, or otherwise unsuitable for use. In the event of damage or malfunction during or after installation, the supplier must determine and record probable cause and necessity for withholding the material from use. 3.20.8 For GFE material, and as required by the terms of the bailment agreement, the supplier must establish procedures for adequate storage, maintenance, and inspection of bailed Government material. Records of all inspection and maintenance performed on bailed property must be maintained. 3.20.9 Material returned to the contractor must be handled as GFM. 3.21 Traceability and Certification Requirements - To assure that correct materials are installed in Level I/SUBSAFE systems, it is imperative that traceability be maintained from the material to the material certification test report and other required Objective Quality Evidence (OQE). The material certification report must completely and accurately reflect that the material supplied meets the specified requirements. Materials requiring Traceability and Certification Data are identified within Paragraph 3, Section C of this contract/purchase order. 3.21.1 The following provides the minimum requirements for maintaining material traceability and supplements the requirements specified in DI-MISC-81020 and elsewhere in the contract/purchase order. The Contractor must develop written procedures that implement the material control requirements stated herein. 3.22 Material Traceability - The certification data report must be identified through a unique traceability number, heat-lot number, or heat-treat number for metallic material or batch of non-metallic material, as applicable, which must also be marked on the material. This traceability marking on the material must provide direct traceability to the material's chemical composition and mechanical properties certification data. For material produced by batch, continuous cast, or continuous pour processes, samples must be taken no less than once in every eight hours of operation for the purpose of validating proper chemical composition and mechanical properties. Traceability must be maintained through all process operations including any subcontracted operations, to the finished component. 3.22.1 Material Marking for Traceability and Identification - The following are the minimum marking requirements. Additional/alternate marking requirements, if applicable, will be specified elsewhere in the contract/purchase order. In addition to the marking requirements on applicable drawings and/or specifications, marking for traceability is required. All traceability markings must be permanently applied in accordance with MIL-STD-792 (except as specified below). An alternate marking method is permissible provided it is an available option in the contractually invoked specification or drawing, except in instances where the material has been modified by this contract/purchase order and differs from that specified in the specification or drawing. 3.22.2 Traceability markings for items with precision machined or plated surfaces, or material with suitable marking surface areas less than 3/8 inches square (either 3/8" x 3/8" or an area equal to 0.1406 inches square) must be applied to a durable tag and the tag securely affixed to the material. 3.22.3 Permanent marking must be legible and must be located so as to not affect the form, fit, and function of the material. ;Ball is to be marked in the waterway and Seats to be marked on the outer cylindrical surface; 3.22.4 Seat Marking - Each seat must be permanently marked in accordance with MIL-STD-792, type I and as stated below, except for Teflon seats, which must only be tagged. Type IX marking may be substituted for type I, provided the minimum character size scribed by the marking tool must be approximately 3/32 inch high to insure legibility. Permanent marking is not permitted on Teflon seats. Seat marking requirements must maintain complete traceability to certification OQE. Seat marking must be either heat/lot or batch number, a vendor traceability number/code, or a combination thereof and must be unique to the material certification. 3.22.5 Traceability markings must be maintained through assembly, and whenever possible must be visible after assembly. For items where the marking is not visible after assembly, a durable tag must be securely attached to the item identifying the part number, piece number, traceability number, and the location of the permanent mark. 3.23 See CDRL-DI-MISC-81020 (Chemical and Mechanical) and CDRL DI-MISC-80678 (SEAT MATERIAL) - Material Certifications - The following material certification requirements apply: 3.23.1 Metallic Material - Quantitative chemical and mechanical analysis of material traceable to traceability markings is required. Material certification test reports must include the class, form, condition, grade, type, finish, and/or composi...
SYNCHRONIZER
CONTACT INFORMATION|4|N771.1|APA|7176052375|HILARY.L.GARRETT.CIV@US.NAVY.MIL| ITEM UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND VALUATION (JAN 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES--FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1996)|2||| WIDE AREA WORKFLOW PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2023)|16|COMBO (INVOICE & RECEIVING REPORT)|N/A|TBD|N00104|TBD|TBD|SEE SCHEDULE|SEE SCHEDULE|||TBD|||||| NAVY USE OF ABILITYONE SUPPORT CONTRACTOR - RELEASE OF OFFEROR INFORMATION (3-18))|1|WSS MECHANICSBURG| EQUAL OPPORTUNITY (SEP 2016)|2||| BUY AMERICAN --FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS--BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM - BASIC (NOV2023))|5|||||| OPTION FOR INCREASED QUANTITY (MAR 1989)|1|365 DAYS| ALTERNATE A, ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (NOV 2023)|13|||||||||||||| BUY AMERICAN-FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (NOV 2023))|5|||||| BUY AMERICAN-BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM CERTIFICATE-BASIC (NOV 2014)|1|| ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (MAR 2023)|13|334290|800|||||||||||| NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE, EMERGENCY PERPARDENESS, AND ENRGY PROGAM USE (APRIL 2008))|2||X| Amendment to adjust quantity requested. Accelerated delivery is encouraged and accepted before the delivery date(s) listed in the schedule. ^^ All freight is FOB Origin. This RFQ is for repair. The resultant award of this solicitation will be issued bilaterally, requiring the contractors written acceptance prior to execution.. Verify nomenclature, part number, and NSN prior to responding. The Government is seeking a Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) of: 126 DAYS Government Source Inspection (GSI) is required. Please note freight is handled by the Navy as per the Commercial Asset Visibility (CAV) Statement of Work. Your quote should include the following information: QUOTE AMOUNT AND RTAT Unit Price:__________ Total Price:__________ Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT): _______ days If your company is not quoting the Government's Required Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT) or earlier, provide your company's capacity constraints? _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ Repair Turnaround Time (RTAT): the resultant contractual delivery requirement is measured from asset Return to the date of asset acceptance under the terms of the contract. For purposes of this section, Return is defined as physical receipt of the F-condition asset at the contractors facility as reflected in the AAction Date entry in the Commercial Asset Visibility (CAV) system. In accordance with the CAV Statement of Work, the contractor is required to accurately report all transactions by the end of the fifth regular business day after receipt and the Action Date entered in CAV must be dated to reflect the actual date of physical receipt. The Contractor must obtain final inspection and acceptance by the Government for all assets within the RTATs established in this contract. Check one: Firm-fixed-Price ___ Estimated ___ Not-to Exceed (NTE): ___ Return Material Authorization # (RMA), if applicable:__________ Delivery Vehicle (if Delivery Order requested) (if your company has a current BOA/IDIQ, for example) :__________________ TESTING AND EVALUATION IF BEYOND REPAIR T&E fee/price (if asset is determined BR/BER): If an item is determined BR, and the contractor provides documentation that costs were incurred during evaluation and determination of BR, the contracting officer will negotiate a reduced contract price, not-to exceed (NTE) $___________associated with the repair effort to reflect the BR status of the equipment. The T&E fee (if asset is determined BR/BER) was determined/computed based on:______________________________________. AWARDEE INFO & PERFORMANCE LOCATION Awardee CAGE: __________ Inspection & Acceptance CAGE, if not same as ""awardee CAGE"": __________ Facility/Subcontractor CAGE (where the asset should be shipped), if not same as ""awardee CAGE"":__________ IOT COMPARE REPAIR PRICE TO PRICE TO BUY NEW New unit price:__________ New unit delivery lead-time:__________ If Rent-Free Usage (RFU) of Government Furnished Equipment (GFE) is required for performance, provide a list of GFE Nomenclature and Item Numbers here:_____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ The Government intends to add an option quantity to the resultant contract. In reference to the option quantity, the Government may increase the quantity of supplies called for in the Schedule at the unit price specified. The Contracting Officer may exercise the option by written notice to the Contractor within the number of days in FAR 52.217-6 herein. Delivery of the added items shall continue at the same rate as the like items called for under the contract, unless the parties otherwise agree. IMPORTANT NOTE: Any asset for which the contractor does not meet the required RTAT will incur a price reduction per unit/per month the contractor is late - any delay determined to be excusable (e.g. Government Delay) will not result in a price reduction. If a price reduction is required due to unexcusable contractor delay, the Contracting Officer will implement the aforementioned price reduction via a ""reconciliation modification"" at the end of the contract performance. Price reductions made pursuant to this section shall not limit other remedies available to the Government for failure to meet required RTATs, including but not limited to the Government's right to terminate for default. In reference to the above important note, the contractor provides the following price reduction amount per unit per month the contractor does not meet the RTAT: $__________, up to a maximum of: $_________. \ 1. SCOPE 1.1 This contract/purchase order contains the requirements for repair and the contract quality requirements for the SYNCHRONIZER . 2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 Applicable Documents - The document(s) listed below form a part of this contract/purchase order including modifications or exclusions. 2.1.1 "Document References" listed below must be obtained by the Contractor. Ordering information is included as an attachment to this contract/purchase order. 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Cage Code/Reference Number Items - The SYNCHRONIZER repaired under this contract/purchase order shall meet the operational and functional requirements as represented by the Cage Code(s) and reference number(s) listed below. All repair work shall be performed in accordance with the contractors repair/overhaul standard practices, manuals and directives including but not limited to drawings, technical orders, manufacturing operations, tooling instructions, approved repair standards and any other contractor or government approved documents developed to provide technical repair procedures. CAGE___Ref. No. ;24930 299143-2; 3.2 Marking - This item shall be physically identified in accordance with ;MIL-STD-130, REV N, 16 NOV 2012; . 3.3 Changes in Design, Material Servicing, or Part Number - Except for a Code 1 change, which shall be processed as provided in the code statement shown below, no substitution of items shall be made until the NAVICP-MECH Contracting Officer has notified and approval has been given by issuance of a written change order. When any change in design, material, servicing or part number is made to replace or substitute any item to be furnished on this contract/purchase order, the Contractor shall furnish, for the substituting/replacement item, a drawing and an explanation of the reason for the change, explaining the reason therefor. If finished detail drawings are not available, shop drawings in the form used by the manufacturer will be acceptable for Government evaluation. When notifying the Procurement Contracting Officer of the reasons for making substitutions, the type of change shall be indicated by code number in accordance with one of the following statements: Code 1: PART NUMBER CHANGE ONLY - If the Manufacturer's Part Number indicated thereon has changed, but the parts are identical in all respects, supply the item and advise NAVICP-MECH immediately of the new part number. Code 2: Assembly (or set or kit) not furnished - Used following detail parts. Code 3: Part not furnished separately - Use assembly. Code 4: Part redesigned - Old and new parts are completely interchangeable. Code 5: Part redesigned - New part replaces old. Old part cannot replace new. Code 6: Part redesigned - Parts not interchangeable. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Responsibility for Inspection - Unless otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract/purchase order, the Contractor may use his own or any other facilities suitable for the performance of the inspection requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the Government. The Government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections set forth in the specification where such inspections are deemed necessary to assure supplies and services conform to prescribed requirements. 4.2 Responsibility for Compliance - All items must meet all requirements of this contract/purchase order. The inspection set forth in this specification shall become a part of the Contractor's overall inspection system or quality program. The absence of any inspection requirements shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of assuring that all products or supplies submitted to the Government for acceptance comply with all requirements of the contract/purchase order. Sampling in quality conformance does not authorize submission of known defective material, either indicated or actual, not does it commit the Government to acceptance of defective material. 4.3 Records - Records of all inspection work by the Contractor shall be kept complete and available to the Government during the performance of contract/purchase order and for a period of 365 calendar days after final delivery of supplies. 4.4 Inspection/Testing Repaired Items - The Contractor shall perform all inspection and testing requirements as specified in the original manufacturer's specifications and drawings. 5. PACKAGING 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking shall be in accordance with the Contract/Purchase Order Schedule and as specified below. MIL-STD 2073 PACKAGING APPLIES AS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THE SCHEDULE 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering Information for Document References - The Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP), Website http://www.dsp.dla.mil/, provides product information for the Department Of Defense Index Of Specifications and Standards (DODISS) (i.e.Military/Federal Specifications and Standards), Data Item Descriptions (DIDs), and other DODSSP Products. Most Specifications can obtained directly from http://quicksearch.dla.mil/ A. Availability of Cancelled Documents - The DODSSP offers cancelled documentsthat are required by private industry in fulfillment of contractual obligationsin paper format. Documents can be requested by phoning the Subscription Services Desk. B. Commercial Specifications, Standards, and Descriptions - These specifications, standards and descriptions are not available from Government sources. Theymay be obtained from the publishers of the applicable societies. C. Ordnance Standards (OS), Weapons Specifications (WS), and NAVORD OSTD 600 Pages - These type publications may be obtained by submitting a request to: Commander, Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center Code 8410P, 101 Strauss Avenue Indian Head, MD 20640-5035 D. On post-award actions, requests for "Official Use Only" and "NOFORN" (Not Releasable To Foreign Nationals) documents must identify the Government ContractNumber, and must be submitted via the cognizant Defense Contract Management Command (DCMC) for certification of need for the document. On pre-award actions such requests must be submitted to the PCO for certification of need for the document. E. NOFORN Military Specifications and Standards (including Amendments, Change Notices and Supplements, but NOT interim Changes) to be ordered from: Contracting Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 87321 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 F. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned NAVSEA Documents and Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding Standard, NAVSEA 250-1500-1) are to be ordered enue: Commanding Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 009 5450 Carlisle Pike P.O. Box 2020 Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 G. Technical Manuals Assigned NAVSEA Identification Numbers (i.e. NAVSEA Welding And Brazing Procedure, NAVSEA S9074-AQ-GIB-010/248) are to be ordered from: Commanding Officer NAVSUP-WSS Code 1 Support Branch 700 Robbins Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. 19111-5094 H. Interim Changes and Classified Specifications must be obtained by submitting a request on DD Form 1425 to NAVSUP-WSS. 6.2 In accordance with OPNAVINST 5510.1 all documents and drawings provided by the U.S. Navy to perspective Contractors must include a "Distribution Statement" to inform the contractor of the limits of distribution, and the safeguarding of the information contained on those documents and drawings. There are 7 (seven) seperate distribution statement codes used for non-classified documents and drawings. The definition for each is as follows: A... approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. B... distribution authorized to US Governments agencies only. C... distribution authorized to US Government agencies and their contractors. D... distribution authorized to DoD and DoD contractors only. E... distribution authorized to DoD Components only. F... further distribution only as directed by Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, code 09T. X... distribution is authorized to US Government agencies and private individuals or enterprises eligible to obtain export controlled technical data in accordance with OPNAVINST 5510.161. 6.3 Notice To Distributors/Offerors - Consideration for award of contract shall be given only to authorized distributors of the original manufacturer's item represented in this solicitation. If you desire to be considered as a potential source for award of this contract, proof of being an authorized distributor shall be provided on company letterhead signed by a responsible company official and sent with your offer to the Procurement Contracting Officer.